manualshive.com logo in svg

Texas Instruments SimpleLink Ethernet MSP432E401Y, Technical Reference Manual

The Texas Instruments SimpleLink Ethernet MSP432E401Y offers advanced networking capabilities for embedded applications. For detailed technical information and guidance, download the free Technical Reference Manual from manualshive.com. This comprehensive manual provides in-depth insights into the product's features and functionalities, aiding in successful implementation and development.

Share
Download
background image

www.ti.com

Functional Description

1683

SLAU723A – October 2017 – Revised October 2018

Submit Documentation Feedback

Copyright © 2017–2018, Texas Instruments Incorporated

Universal Serial Bus (USB) Controller

If the USB OTG controller is the A device, then the USB OTG controller enters host mode (the A device is
always the default host), turns on VBUS, and waits for VBUS to go above the VBUS Valid threshold, as
indicated by the VBUS bit in the USBDEVCTL register going to 0x3. The USB OTG controller then waits
for a peripheral to be connected. When a peripheral is detected, a Connect interrupt is signaled and either
the FSDEV or LSDEV bit in the USBDEVCTL register is set, depending whether a full-speed or a low-
speed peripheral is detected. The USB controller then issues a RESET to the connected device. The
SESSION bit in the USBDEVCTL register can be cleared to end a session. The USB OTG controller also
automatically ends the session if babble is detected or if VBUS drops below session valid.

NOTE:

The USB OTG controller may not remain in host mode when connected to high-current

devices. Some devices draw enough current to momentarily drop VBUS below the VBUS-
valid level causing the controller to drop out of host mode. The only way to get back into host
mode is to allow VBUS to go below the Session End level. In this situation, the device is
causing VBUS to drop repeatedly and pull VBUS back low the next time VBUS is enabled.

In addition, the USB OTG controller may not remain in host mode when a device is told that
it can start using it's active configuration. At this point the device starts drawing more current
and can also drop VBUS below VBUS valid.

If the USB OTG controller is the B device, then the USB OTG controller requests a session using the
session request protocol defined in the USB On-The-Go supplement, that is, it first discharges VBUS.
Then when VBUS has gone below the Session End threshold (VBUS bit in the USBDEVCTL register goes
to 0x0) and the line state has been a single-ended zero for > 2 ms, the USB OTG controller pulses the
data line, then pulses VBUS. At the end of the session, the SESSION bit is cleared either by the USB
OTG controller or by the application software. The USB OTG controller then causes the PHY to switch out
the pullup resistor on D+, signaling the A device to end the session.

27.3.3.2 Detecting Activity

When the other device of the OTG setup wishes to start a session, it either raises VBUS above the
Session Valid threshold if it is the A device, or if it is the B device, it pulses the data line then pulses
VBUS. Depending on which of these actions happens, the USB controller can determine whether it is the
A device or the B device in the current setup and act accordingly. If VBUS is raised above the Session
Valid threshold, then the USB controller is the B device. The USB controller sets the SESSION bit in the
USBDEVCTL register. When RESET signaling is detected on the bus, a RESET interrupt is signaled,
which is interpreted as the start of a session.

The USB controller is in device mode as the B device is the default mode. At the end of the session, the A
device turns off the power to VBUS. When VBUS drops below the Session Valid threshold, the USB
controller detects this drop and clears the SESSION bit to indicate that the session has ended, causing a
disconnect interrupt to be signaled. If data line and VBUS pulsing is detected, then the USB controller is
the A device. The controller generates a SESSION REQUEST interrupt to indicate that the B device is
requesting a session. The SESSION bit in the USBDEVCTL register must be set to start a session.

27.3.3.3 Host Negotiation

When the USB controller is the A device, ID is Low, and the controller automatically enters host mode
when a session starts. When the USB controller is the B device, ID is High, and the controller
automatically enters device mode when a session starts. However, software can request that the USB
controller become the host by setting the HOSTREQ bit in the USBDEVCTL register. This bit can be set
either at the same time as requesting a Session Start by setting the SESSION bit in the USBDEVCTL
register or at any time after a session has started. When the USB controller next enters SUSPEND mode
and if the HOSTREQ bit remains set, the controller enters host mode and begins host negotiation (as
specified in the USB On-The-Go supplement) by causing the PHY to disconnect the pullup resistor on the
D+ line, causing the A device to switch to device mode and connect its own pullup resistor. When the USB
controller detects this, a Connect interrupt is generated and the RESET bit in the USBPOWER register is
set to begin resetting the A device. The USB controller begins this reset sequence automatically to ensure
that RESET is started as required within 1 ms of the A device connecting its pullup resistor. The main
processor should wait at least 20 ms, then clear the RESET bit and enumerate the A device.

Summary of Contents for SimpleLink Ethernet MSP432E401Y

Page 1: ...MSP432E4 SimpleLink Microcontrollers Technical Reference Manual Literature Number SLAU723A October 2017 Revised October 2018...

Page 2: ...Behavior of Memory Accesses 100 1 5 4 Software Ordering of Memory Accesses 101 1 5 5 Bit Banding 102 1 5 6 Data Storage 104 1 5 7 Synchronization Primitives 104 1 6 Exception Model 105 1 6 1 Exception...

Page 3: ...t 0xD14 reset 0x200 156 2 5 8 SYSPRI1 Register Offset 0xD18 reset 0x0 157 2 5 9 SYSPRI2 Register Offset 0xD1C reset 0x0 158 2 5 10 SYSPRI3 Register Offset 0xD20 reset 0x0 159 2 5 11 SYSHNDCTRL Registe...

Page 4: ...250 4 2 18 PIOSCSTAT Register Offset 0x154 reset 0x00400040 251 4 2 19 PLLFREQ0 Register Offset 0x160 reset 0x0 252 4 2 20 PLLFREQ1 Register Offset 0x164 reset 0x0 253 4 2 21 PLLSTAT Register Offset...

Page 5: ...EPI Register Offset 0x510 reset 0x00 305 4 2 69 SRHIB Register Offset 0x514 reset 0x00 306 4 2 70 SRUART Register Offset 0x518 reset 0x00 307 4 2 71 SRSSI Register Offset 0x51C reset 0x0 309 4 2 72 SR...

Page 6: ...EI Register Offset 0x744 reset 0x0 365 4 2 122 SCGCEEPROM Register Offset 0x758 reset 0x0 366 4 2 123 SCGCCCM Register Offset 0x774 reset 0x0 367 4 2 124 SCGCLCD Register Offset 0x790 reset 0x0 368 4...

Page 7: ...0x0 445 4 2 173 PREPI Register Offset 0xA10 reset 0x0 446 4 2 174 PRHIB Register Offset 0xA14 reset 0x1 447 4 2 175 PRUART Register Offset 0xA18 reset 0x00 448 4 2 176 PRSSI Register Offset 0xA1C res...

Page 8: ...x0 502 6 5 6 HIBRIS Register Offset 0x18 reset 0x0 504 6 5 7 HIBMIS Register Offset 0x1C reset 0x0 506 6 5 8 HIBIC Register Offset 0x20 reset 0x0 508 6 5 9 HIBRTCT Register Offset 0x24 reset 0x7FFF 51...

Page 9: ...Register Offset 0x4 reset 0x0 573 7 4 3 EEOFFSET Register Offset 0x8 reset 0x0 574 7 4 4 EERDWR Register Offset 0x10 reset X 575 7 4 5 EERDWRINC Register Offset 0x14 reset X 576 7 4 6 EEDONE Register...

Page 10: ...Register Offset 0x20 reset 0x0 636 8 6 10 DMAREQMASKCLR Register Offset 0x24 reset X 637 8 6 11 DMAENASET Register Offset 0x28 reset 0x0 638 8 6 12 DMAENACLR Register Offset 0x2C reset X 639 8 6 13 DM...

Page 11: ...0 698 9 6 2 AES_DMARIS Register Offset 0x24 reset 0x0 699 9 6 3 AES_DMAMIS Register Offset 0x28 reset 0x0 700 9 6 4 AES_DMAIC Register Offset 0x2C reset 0x0 701 10 Analog to Digital Converter ADC 702...

Page 12: ...ffset 0xD00 reset 0x0 775 10 5 36 ADCDCCTL0 to ADCDCCTL7 Registers reset 0x0 779 10 5 37 ADCDCCMP0 to ADCDCCMP7 Registers reset 0x0 781 10 5 38 ADCPP Register Offset 0xFC0 reset 0x01B02187 782 10 5 39...

Page 13: ...Register Offset 0x8 reset 0x0 837 12 5 4 ACREFCTL Register Offset 0x10 reset 0x0 838 12 5 5 ACSTATn Register reset 0x0 839 12 5 6 ACCTLn Register reset 0x0 840 12 5 7 ACMPPP Register Offset 0xFC0 rese...

Page 14: ...2 Block Diagram 884 15 3 Functional Description 884 15 3 1 Ethernet Clock Control 884 15 3 2 MII and RMII Signals 887 15 3 3 DMA Controller 888 15 3 4 TX RX Controller 909 15 3 5 MAC Operation 913 15...

Page 15: ...0x180 reset 0x0 990 15 6 35 EMACRXCNTCRCERR Register Offset 0x194 reset 0x0 991 15 6 36 EMACRXCNTALGNERR Register Offset 0x198 reset 0x0 992 15 6 37 EMACRXCNTGUNI Register Offset 0x1C4 reset 0x0 993...

Page 16: ...9 reset 0x0 1059 15 7 11 EPHYCFG2 Register Address 0xA reset 0x4 1061 15 7 12 EPHYCFG3 Register Address 0xB reset 0x0 1062 15 7 13 EPHYREGCTL Register Address 0xD reset 0x0 1063 15 7 14 EPHYADDAR Regi...

Page 17: ...4 1161 16 5 22 EPIMIS Register Offset 0x218 reset 0x0 1163 16 5 23 EPIEISC Register Offset 0x21C reset 0x0 1165 16 5 24 EPIHB8CFG3 Register Offset 0x308 reset 0x00080000 1166 16 5 25 EPIHB16CFG3 Regis...

Page 18: ...gister Offset 0x540 reset 0x0 1235 17 5 28 GPIOWAKELVL Register Offset 0x544 reset 0x0 1236 17 5 29 GPIOWAKESTAT Register Offset 0x548 reset 0x0 1237 17 5 30 GPIOPP Register Offset 0xFC0 reset 0x1 123...

Page 19: ...8 5 19 GPTMTBR Register Offset 0x4C reset 0xFFFF 1301 18 5 20 GPTMTAV Register Offset 0x50 reset 0xFFFFFFFF 1302 18 5 21 GPTMTBV Register Offset 0x54 reset 0xFFFF 1303 18 5 22 GPTMRTCPD Register Offse...

Page 20: ...5 27 I2CPC Register Offset 0xFC4 reset 0x1 1376 20 LCD Controller 1377 20 1 Introduction 1378 20 2 Block Diagram 1378 20 3 Functional Description 1379 20 3 1 Clocking 1379 20 3 2 LCD DMA Engine 1380...

Page 21: ...mparators 1439 21 3 4 PWM Signal Generator 1440 21 3 5 Dead Band Generator 1441 21 3 6 Interrupt or ADC Trigger Selector 1441 21 3 7 Synchronization Methods 1441 21 3 8 Fault Conditions 1442 21 3 9 Ou...

Page 22: ...RECS Register Offset 0x0 reset 0x0 1511 22 5 2 ONEWIRETIM Register Offset 0x4 reset 0x0 1513 22 5 3 ONEWIREDATW Register Offset 0x8 reset 0x0 1514 22 5 4 ONEWIREDATR Register Offset 0xC reset 0x0 1515...

Page 23: ...Encoder Interface QEI 1567 24 1 Introduction 1568 24 2 Block Diagram 1568 24 3 Functional Description 1570 24 4 Initialization and Configuration 1572 24 5 QEI Registers 1573 24 5 1 QEICTL Register Of...

Page 24: ...UARTECR Register Offset 0x4 reset 0x0 1634 26 5 3 UARTFR Register Offset 0x18 reset 0x90 1635 26 5 4 UARTILPR Register Offset 0x20 reset 0x0 1637 26 5 5 UARTIBRD Register Offset 0x24 reset 0x0 1638 2...

Page 25: ...1709 27 5 9 USBFRAME Register Offset 0xC reset 0x0 1711 27 5 10 USBEPIDX Register Offset 0xE reset 0x0 1712 27 5 11 USBTEST Register Offset 0xF reset 0x0 1713 27 5 12 USBFIFOn Register reset 0x0 1715...

Page 26: ...2 27 5 59 USBHSBT Register Offset 0x348 reset 0x0 1773 27 5 60 USBLPMATTR Register Offset 0x360 reset 0x0 1774 27 5 61 USBLPMCNTRL Register Offset 0x362 reset 0x0 1775 27 5 62 USBLPMIM Register Offset...

Page 27: ...0 reset 0x0 1810 28 5 10 WDTPeriphID5 Register Offset 0xFD4 reset 0x0 1810 28 5 11 WDTPeriphID6 Register Offset 0xFD8 reset 0x0 1811 28 5 12 WDTPeriphID7 Register Offset 0xFDC reset 0x0 1811 28 5 13 W...

Page 28: ...111 2 1 SRD Use Example 127 2 2 FPU Register Bank 129 2 3 STCTRL Register 134 2 4 STRELOAD Register 135 2 5 STCURRENT Register 136 2 6 EN0 to EN3 Registers 139 2 7 DISn Register 140 2 8 PENDn Registe...

Page 29: ...odule Clock Selection 213 4 7 DID0 Register 222 4 8 DID1 Register 224 4 9 PTBOCTL Register 226 4 10 RIS Register 227 4 11 IMC Register 229 4 12 MISC Register 230 4 13 RESC Register 232 4 14 PWRTC Regi...

Page 30: ...56 PPI2C Register 286 4 57 PPUSB Register 287 4 58 PPEPHY Register 288 4 59 PPCAN Register 289 4 60 PPADC Register 290 4 61 PPACMP Register 291 4 62 PPPWM Register 292 4 63 PPQEI Register 293 4 64 PPE...

Page 31: ...Register 341 4 107 RCGCEEPROM Register 342 4 108 RCGCCCM Register 343 4 109 RCGCLCD Register 344 4 110 RCGCOWIRE Register 345 4 111 RCGCEMAC Register 346 4 112 SCGCWD Register 347 4 113 SCGCTIMER Reg...

Page 32: ...395 4 154 PCWD Register 396 4 155 PCTIMER Register 398 4 156 PCGPIO Register 401 4 157 PCDMA Register 405 4 158 PCEPI Register 407 4 159 PCHIB Register 409 4 160 PCUART Register 411 4 161 PCSSI Regist...

Page 33: ...s the Hibernation Clock Source with VDD3ON Mode 480 6 4 Using a Regulator for Both VDD and VBAT 481 6 5 Counter Behavior with a TRIM Value of 0x8002 484 6 6 Counter Behavior with a TRIM Value of 0x7FF...

Page 34: ...ster 561 7 16 FWBVAL Register 562 7 17 FLPEKEY Register 563 7 18 FWBn Register 564 7 19 FLASHPP Register 565 7 20 SSIZE Register 566 7 21 FLASHCONF Register 567 7 22 ROMSWMAP Register 568 7 23 FLASHDM...

Page 35: ...ster 636 8 19 DMAREQMASKCLR Register 637 8 20 DMAENASET Register 638 8 21 DMAENACLR Register 639 8 22 DMAALTSET Register 640 8 23 DMAALTCLR Register 641 8 24 DMAPRIOSET Register 642 8 25 DMAPRIOCLR Re...

Page 36: ...of Two ADC Blocks 703 10 2 ADC Module Block Diagram 704 10 3 ADC Sample Phases 708 10 4 Doubling the ADC Sample Rate 708 10 5 Skewed Sampling 709 10 6 Sample Averaging Example 710 10 7 ADC Input Equi...

Page 37: ...r 775 10 50 ADCDCCTLn Register 779 10 51 ADCDCCMPn Register 781 10 52 ADCPP Register 782 10 53 ADCPC Register 784 10 54 ADCCC Register 785 11 1 CAN Controller Block Diagram 787 11 2 CAN Data Frame or...

Page 38: ...4 12 DES_LENGTH Register 868 14 13 DES_DATA_L Register 869 14 14 DES_DATA_H Register 870 14 15 DES_REVISION Register 871 14 16 DES_SYSCONFIG Register 872 14 17 DES_SYSSTATUS Register 873 14 18 DES_IRQ...

Page 39: ...33 EMACADDR1H Register 971 15 34 EMACADDR1L Register 972 15 35 EMACADDR2H Register 973 15 36 EMACADDR2L Register 974 15 37 EMACADDR3H Register 975 15 38 EMACADDR3L Register 976 15 39 EMACWDOGTO Regist...

Page 40: ...ister 1034 15 81 EMACHOSTXBA Register 1035 15 82 EMACHOSRXBA Register 1036 15 83 EMACPP Register 1037 15 84 EMACPC Register 1038 15 85 EMACCC Register 1041 15 86 EPHYRIS Register 1042 15 87 EPHYIM Reg...

Page 41: ...d Address and Data and ALE With Dual or Quad CSn 1114 16 16 Continuous Read Mode Accesses 1114 16 17 Write Followed by Read to External FIFO 1115 16 18 Two Entry FIFO 1115 16 19 Single Cycle Single Wr...

Page 42: ...16 62 EPIHB16TIME3 Register 1184 16 63 EPIHB8TIME4 Register 1186 16 64 EPIHB16TIME4 Register 1188 16 65 EPIHBPSRAM Register 1190 17 1 Digital I O Pads 1193 17 2 Analog and Digital I O Pads 1194 17 3 G...

Page 43: ...7 GPIOPCellID3 Register 1252 18 1 GPTM Module Block Diagram 1255 18 2 Input Edge Count Mode Example Counting Down 1261 18 3 16 Bit Input Edge Time Mode Example 1262 18 4 16 Bit PWM Mode Example 1263 1...

Page 44: ...Transmit 1330 19 13 Master Transmit With Repeated START After Master Receive 1330 19 14 Standard High Speed Mode Master Transmit 1331 19 15 Slave Command Sequence 1332 19 16 I2CMSA Register 1336 19 1...

Page 45: ...Register 1398 20 17 LCDCTL Register 1399 20 18 LCDLIDDCTL Register 1401 20 19 LIDDCS0CFG Register 1403 20 20 LIDDCS0ADDR Register 1404 20 21 LIDDCS0DATA Register 1405 20 22 LIDDCS1CFG Register 1406 2...

Page 46: ...Register 1480 21 27 PWMnGENB Register 1482 21 28 PWMnDBCTL Register 1484 21 29 PWMnDBRISE Register 1485 21 30 PWMnDBFALL Register 1486 21 31 PWMnFLTSRC0 Register 1487 21 32 PWMnFLTSRC1 Register 1489 2...

Page 47: ...545 23 15 SSIIM Register 1546 23 16 SSIRIS Register 1547 23 17 SSIMIS Register 1549 23 18 SSIICR Register 1551 23 19 SSIDMACTL Register 1552 23 20 SSIPP Register 1553 23 21 SSICC Register 1554 23 22 S...

Page 48: ...26 4 UARTDR Register 1633 26 5 UARTRSR UARTECR Register 1634 26 6 UARTFR Register 1635 26 7 UARTILPR Register 1637 26 8 UARTIBRD Register 1638 26 9 UARTFBRD Register 1639 26 10 UARTLCRH Register 1640...

Page 49: ...er 1719 27 22 ULPIVBUSCTL Register 1720 27 23 ULPIREGDATA Register 1721 27 24 ULPIREGADDR Register 1722 27 25 ULPIREGCTL Register 1723 27 26 USBEPINFO Register 1724 27 27 USBRAMINFO Register 1725 27 2...

Page 50: ...USBCTO Register 1771 27 69 USBHHSRTN Register 1772 27 70 USBHSBT Register 1773 27 71 USBLPMATTR Register 1774 27 72 USBLPMCNTRL Register OTG A Host 1775 27 73 USBLPMCNTRL Register OTG B Device 1775 27...

Page 51: ...er 1809 28 10 WDTPeriphID4 Register 1810 28 11 WDTPeriphID5 Register 1810 28 12 WDTPeriphID6 Register 1811 28 13 WDTPeriphID7 Register 1811 28 14 WDTPeriphID0 Register 1812 28 15 WDTPeriphID1 Register...

Page 52: ...Exception Types 107 1 20 Exception Return Behavior 112 1 21 Faults 113 1 22 Fault Status and Fault Address Registers 114 1 23 Cortex M4F Instruction Summary 116 2 1 Core Peripheral Register Regions 12...

Page 53: ...scriptions 171 2 45 MPUNUMBER Register Field Descriptions 172 2 46 MPUBASEn Register Field Descriptions 173 2 47 Example SIZE Field Values 175 2 48 MPUATTRn Register Field Descriptions 176 2 49 FPU Re...

Page 54: ...59 4 38 LDOSPCTL Register Field Descriptions 259 4 39 LDOSPCAL Register Field Descriptions 260 4 40 LDODPCTL Register Field Descriptions 261 4 41 LDODPCAL Register Field Descriptions 262 4 42 SDPMST R...

Page 55: ...88 SRCAN Register Field Descriptions 314 4 89 SRADC Register Field Descriptions 315 4 90 SRACMP Register Field Descriptions 316 4 91 SRPWM Register Field Descriptions 317 4 92 SRQEI Register Field Des...

Page 56: ...egister Field Descriptions 367 4 137 SCGCLCD Register Field Descriptions 368 4 138 SCGCOWIRE Register Field Descriptions 369 4 139 SCGCEMAC Register Field Descriptions 370 4 140 DCGCWD Register Field...

Page 57: ...186 PCADC Register Field Descriptions 425 4 187 Module Power Control 426 4 188 PCACMP Register Field Descriptions 427 4 189 Module Power Control 428 4 190 PCPWM Register Field Descriptions 429 4 191...

Page 58: ...gurations 478 6 2 HIB Registers 493 6 3 HIB Access Type Codes 494 6 4 HIBRTCC Register Field Descriptions 495 6 5 HIBRTCM0 Register Field Descriptions 496 6 6 HIBRTCLD Register Field Descriptions 497...

Page 59: ...riptions 567 7 21 ROMSWMAP Register Field Descriptions 568 7 22 FLASHDMASZ Register Field Descriptions 569 7 23 FLASHDMAST Register Field Descriptions 570 7 24 EEPROM Registers 571 7 25 EEPROM Access...

Page 60: ...ions 629 8 22 DMACTLBASE Register Field Descriptions 630 8 23 DMAALTBASE Register Field Descriptions 631 8 24 DMAWAITSTAT Register Field Descriptions 632 8 25 DMASWREQ Register Field Descriptions 633...

Page 61: ...rs 697 9 22 AES DMA Access Type Codes 697 9 23 AES_DMAIM Register Field Descriptions 698 9 24 AES_DMARIS Register Field Descriptions 699 9 25 AES_DMAMIS Register Field Descriptions 700 9 26 AES_DMAIC...

Page 62: ...774 10 44 ADCSSTSH3 Register Field Descriptions 774 10 45 ADCDCRIC Register Field Descriptions 775 10 46 ADCDCCTLn Register Field Descriptions 779 10 47 ADCDCCMPn Register Field Descriptions 781 10 4...

Page 63: ...46 13 4 CRC Access Type Codes 846 13 5 CRCCTRL Register Field Descriptions 847 13 6 CRCSEED Register Field Descriptions 849 13 7 CRCDIN Register Field Descriptions 850 13 8 CRCRSLTPP Register Field De...

Page 64: ...nd Bit 24 of TDES0 925 15 20 Forced Mode Configurations 931 15 21 Advertised Mode Configurations 931 15 22 EMACPC to PHY Register Mapping 936 15 23 EMAC Registers 939 15 24 EMAC Access Type Codes 941...

Page 65: ...ons 1001 15 68 EMACTIMSECU Register Field Descriptions 1002 15 69 EMACTIMNANOU Register Field Descriptions 1003 15 70 EMACTIMADD Register Field Descriptions 1004 15 71 EMACTARGSEC Register Field Descr...

Page 66: ...escriptions 1067 15 117 EPHYMISR1 Register Field Descriptions 1069 15 118 EPHYMISR2 Register Field Descriptions 1071 15 119 EPHYFCSCR Register Field Descriptions 1073 15 120 EPHYRXERCNT Register Field...

Page 67: ...C Register Field Descriptions 1165 16 37 EPIHB8CFG3 Register Field Descriptions 1166 16 38 EPIHB16CFG3 Register Field Descriptions 1168 16 39 EPIHB8CFG4 Register Field Descriptions 1170 16 40 EPIHB16C...

Page 68: ...Register Field Descriptions 1235 17 39 GPIOWAKELVL Register Field Descriptions 1236 17 40 GPIOWAKESTAT Register Field Descriptions 1237 17 41 GPIOPP Register Field Descriptions 1238 17 42 GPIO Drive...

Page 69: ...r Field Descriptions 1302 18 32 GPTMTBV Register Field Descriptions 1303 18 33 GPTMRTCPD Register Field Descriptions 1304 18 34 GPTMTAPS Register Field Descriptions 1305 18 35 GPTMTBPS Register Field...

Page 70: ...LCD Access Type Codes 1397 20 8 LCDPID Register Field Descriptions 1398 20 9 LCDCTL Register Field Descriptions 1399 20 10 SYSCLK to Pixel Clock LCDCP Frequency Conversion Table 1400 20 11 LCDLIDDCTL...

Page 71: ...iptions 1478 21 21 PWMnCMPB Register Field Descriptions 1479 21 22 PWMnGENA Register Field Descriptions 1480 21 23 PWMnGENB Register Field Descriptions 1482 21 24 PWMnDBCTL Register Field Descriptions...

Page 72: ...criptions 1557 23 21 SSIPeriphID7 Register Field Descriptions 1558 23 22 SSIPeriphID0 Register Field Descriptions 1559 23 23 SSIPeriphID1 Register Field Descriptions 1560 23 24 SSIPeriphID2 Register F...

Page 73: ...A_DMARIS Register Field Descriptions 1617 25 29 SHA_DMAMIS Register Field Descriptions 1618 25 30 SHA_DMAIC Register Field Descriptions 1619 26 1 Flow Control Mode 1626 26 2 UART Registers 1631 26 3 U...

Page 74: ...eld Descriptions OTG A Host 1707 27 15 USBIS Register Field Descriptions OTG B Device 1708 27 16 USBIE Register Field Descriptions OTG A Host 1709 27 17 USBIE Register Field Descriptions OTG B Device...

Page 75: ...758 27 62 USBTXTYPEn Register Field Descriptions 1759 27 63 USBTXINTERVALn Register Values 1760 27 64 USBTXINTERVALn Register Field Descriptions 1760 27 65 USBRXTYPEn Register Field Descriptions 1761...

Page 76: ...scriptions 1802 28 5 WDTCTL Register Field Descriptions 1803 28 6 WDTICR Register Field Descriptions 1805 28 7 WDTRIS Register Field Descriptions 1806 28 8 WDTMIS Register Field Descriptions 1807 28 9...

Page 77: ...ortex M4 Devices Generic User Guide IEEE Standard 1149 1 Test Access Port and Boundary Scan Architecture Documentation Conventions The following table lists the conventions used in this document Notat...

Page 78: ...al names are in uppercase An overbar on a signal name indicates that it is active low To assert SIGNAL is to drive it low to deassert SIGNAL is to drive it high SIGNAL Signal names are in uppercase An...

Page 79: ...igh performance low cost platform that meets the system requirements of minimal memory implementation reduced pin count and low power consumption while delivering outstanding computational performance...

Page 80: ...sing orientated multiply accumulate Saturating arithmetic for signal processing Deterministic high performance interrupt handling for time critical applications Memory protection unit MPU to provide a...

Page 81: ...g capabilities The Cortex M4F processor implements a version of the Thumb instruction set based on Thumb 2 technology ensuring high code density and reduced program memory requirements The Cortex M4F...

Page 82: ...debug ports into one module See the Arm Debug Interface V5 Architecture Specification for details on SWJ DP For system trace the processor integrates an Instrumentation Trace Macrocell ITM alongside...

Page 83: ...5 1 4 Programming Model This section describes the Cortex M4F programming model In addition to the individual core register descriptions information about the processor modes and privilege levels for...

Page 84: ...or implements two stacks the main stack and the process stack with a pointer for each held in independent registers see the SP register on Figure 1 5 In thread mode the CONTROL register see Figure 1 1...

Page 85: ...gister 0 to Cortex General Purpose Register 12 Section 1 4 2 1 1 SP Stack Pointer Section 1 4 2 1 2 LR Link Register Section 1 4 2 1 3 PC Program Counter Section 1 4 2 1 4 PSR Program Status Register...

Page 86: ...0h Table 1 4 R_0 to R_12 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 0 DATA R W 0h Register data 1 4 2 1 2 Stack Pointer SP SP is shown in Figure 1 5 and described in Table 1 5 Re...

Page 87: ...7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 LINK R W FFFFFFFFh Table 1 6 LR Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 0 LINK R W FFFFFFFFh This field is the return address 1 4 2 1 4 Program Counter PC PC is...

Page 88: ...pts to read the EPSR directly through application software using the MSR instruction always return zero Attempts to write the EPSR using the MSR instruction in application software are always ignored...

Page 89: ...of the IT instruction When EPSR holds the ICI execution state bits 26 25 are zero The If Then block contains up to four instructions following an IT instruction Each instruction in the block is condit...

Page 90: ...ster pointed to by bits 15 12 and resumes execution of the multiple load or store instruction When EPSR holds the ICI execution state bits 11 10 are zero The If Then block contains up to four instruct...

Page 91: ...ing of critical tasks This register is only accessible in privileged mode The MSR and MRS instructions are used to access the PRIMASK register and the CPS instruction may be used to change the value o...

Page 92: ...instructions are used to access the FAULTMASK register and the CPS instruction may be used to change the value of the FAULTMASK register See the Cortex M4 instruction set chapter in the Arm Cortex M4...

Page 93: ...en they might impact the timing of critical tasks This register is only accessible in privileged mode For more information on exception priority levels see Section 1 6 2 Figure 1 11 BASEPRI Register 3...

Page 94: ...rtex M4 instruction set chapter in the Arm Cortex M4 Devices Generic User Guide or perform an exception return to thread mode with the appropriate EXC_RETURN value as shown in Table 1 20 NOTE When cha...

Page 95: ...ondition code flag 27 RESERVED R 0h 26 AHP R W X Alternative Half Precision When set alternative half precision format is selected When clear IEEE half precision format is selected The AHP bit in the...

Page 96: ...d Bit Field Type Reset Description 2 OFC R W X Overflow Cumulative Exception When set indicates this exception has occurred since 0 was last written to this bit 1 DZC R W X Division by Zero Cumulative...

Page 97: ...ual register addresses are given as a hexadecimal increment relative to the base address of the module as shown in the memory map The regions for SRAM and peripherals include bit band regions Bit band...

Page 98: ...02 FFFF Reserved 0x4003 0000 0x4003 0FFF 16 32 bit Timer 0 0x4003 1000 0x4003 1FFF 16 32 bit Timer 1 0x4003 2000 0x4003 2FFF 16 32 bit Timer 2 0x4003 3000 0x4003 3FFF 16 32 bit Timer 3 0x4003 4000 0x4...

Page 99: ...9000 0x400B 9FFF I2C 9 0x400B A000 0x400B FFFF Reserved 0x400C 0000 0x400C 0FFF I2C 4 0x400C 1000 0x400C 1FFF I2C 5 0x400C 2000 0x400C 2FFF I2C 6 0x400C 3000 0x400C 3FFF I2C 7 0x400C 4000 0x400C FFFF...

Page 100: ...red memory Strongly Ordered The processor preserves transaction order relative to all other transactions The different ordering requirements for Device and Strongly Ordered memory mean that the memory...

Page 101: ...The order of instructions in the program flow does not always ensure the order of the corresponding memory transactions for the following reasons The processor can reorder some memory accesses to impr...

Page 102: ...5 5 Bit Banding A bit band region maps each word in a bit band alias region to a single bit in the bit band region The bit band regions occupy the lowest 1MB of the SRAM and peripheral memory regions...

Page 103: ...bit band memory region bit_word_addr The address of the word in the alias memory region that maps to the targeted bit bit_band_base The starting address of the alias region byte_offset The number of t...

Page 104: ...t stored word and bytes 4 7 hold the second stored word Data is stored in little endian format with the least significant byte LSByte of a word stored at the lowest numbered byte and the most signific...

Page 105: ...e processor has executed a Load Exclusive instruction The processor removes its exclusive access tag if It executes a CLREX instruction It executes a Store Exclusive instruction regardless of whether...

Page 106: ...The exception types are Reset Reset is invoked on power up or a warm reset The exception model treats reset as a special form of exception When reset is asserted the operation of the processor stops p...

Page 107: ...nterrupt Control and State INTCTRL register In an OS environment the processor can use this exception as system tick Interrupt IRQ An interrupt or IRQ is an exception signaled by a peripheral or gener...

Page 108: ...3 Exception Handlers The processor handles exceptions using Interrupt Service Routines ISRs Interrupts IRQx are the exceptions handled by ISRs Fault Handlers Hard fault memory management fault usage f...

Page 109: ...a 1024 byte boundary 1 6 5 Exception Priorities As Table 1 19 shows all exceptions have an associated priority with a lower priority value indicating a higher priority and configurable priorities for...

Page 110: ...he priority of the exception being handled See Section 1 6 6 for more information about preemption by an interrupt When one exception preempts another the exceptions are called nested exceptions See S...

Page 111: ...k frame layout when floating point state is preserved on the stack as the result of an interrupt or an exception NOTE Where stack space for floating point state is not allocated the stack frame is the...

Page 112: ...rn stack and processor mode Table 1 20 shows the EXC_RETURN values with a description of the exception return behavior EXC_RETURN bits 31 5 are all set When this value is loaded into the PC it indicat...

Page 113: ...tch on exception stacking Memory management fault Memory Management Fault Status MFAULTSTAT MSTKE MPU or default memory mismatch on exception unstacking Memory management fault Memory Management Fault...

Page 114: ...r another hard fault 1 7 3 Fault Status Registers and Fault Address Registers The fault status registers indicate the cause of a fault For bus faults and memory management faults the fault address reg...

Page 115: ...egister directly See the Cortex M4 instruction set chapter in the Arm Cortex M4 Devices Generic User Guide for more information 1 8 1 3 Sleep on Exit If the SLEEPEXIT bit of the SYSCTRL register is se...

Page 116: ...idth Bit field clear BFI Rd Rn lsb width Bit field insert BIC BICS Rd Rn Op2 Bit clear N Z C BKPT imm Breakpoint BL label Branch with link BLX Rm Branch indirect with link BX Rm Branch indirect CBNZ R...

Page 117: ...Op2 Logical OR N Z C PKHTB PKHBT Rd Rn Rm Op2 Pack halfword POP reglist Pop registers from stack PUSH reglist Push registers onto stack QADD Rd Rn Rm Saturating add Q QADD16 Rd Rn Rm Saturating add 1...

Page 118: ...ord multiply SMUAD SMUADX Rd Rn Rm Signed dual multiply add Q SMULBB SMULBT SMULTB SMULTT Rd Rn Rm Signed multiply halfwords SMULL RdLo RdHi Rn Rm Signed multiply 32 32 64 bit result SMULWB SMULWT Rd...

Page 119: ...UMLAL RdLo RdHi Rn Rm Unsigned multiply with accumulate 32 32 32 32 64 bit result UMULL RdLo RdHi Rn Rm Unsigned multiply 32 32 64 bit result UQADD16 Rd Rn Rm Unsigned saturating add 16 UQADD8 Rd Rn...

Page 120: ...int fused negate multiply subtract VLDM F 32 64 Rn list Load multiple extension registers VLDR F 32 64 Dd Sd Rn Load an extension register from memory VLMA F32 Sd Sn Sm Floating point multiply accumul...

Page 121: ...als Chapter 2 SLAU723A October 2017 Revised October 2018 Cortex M4 Peripherals This chapter describes the MSP432E4 implementation of the Cortex M4 processor peripherals Topic Page 2 1 Introduction 122...

Page 122: ...Some peripheral register regions are split into two address regions as indicated by two addresses listed Table 2 1 Core Peripheral Register Regions Address Core Peripheral Description 0xE000 E010 to 0...

Page 123: ...ck counter is 1 Program the value in the STRELOAD register 2 Clear the STCURRENT register by writing to it with any value 3 Configure the STCTRL register for the required operation NOTE When the proce...

Page 124: ...tate of the interrupt changes to pending and active In this case when the processor returns from the ISR the state of the interrupt changes to pending which might cause the processor to immediately re...

Page 125: ...cessed with aligned word accesses The MPUATTR register can be accessed with byte or aligned halfword or word accesses The processor does not support unaligned accesses to MPU registers When setting up...

Page 126: ...e information is divided Consider the following reprogramming R1 region number R2 address R3 size attributes in one LDR R0 MPUNUMBER 0xE000ED98 MPU region number register STR R1 R0 0x0 Region Number S...

Page 127: ...eness however the current implementation of the Cortex M4 does not support the concept of cacheability or shareability For information on programming the MPU for MSP432E4 implementations see Section 2...

Page 128: ...ftware 2 2 4 2 1 MPU Configuration for a MSP432E4 Microcontroller MSP432E4 microcontrollers have only a single processor and no caches As a result the MPU should be programmed as shown in Table 2 6 Ta...

Page 129: ...e FPU provides floating point computation functionality that is compliant with the ANSI IEEE Std 754 2008 IEEE Standard for Binary Floating Point Arithmetic referred to as the IEEE 754 standard The FP...

Page 130: ...result flush occurs Default NaN mode Setting the DN bit in the FPSC register enables default NaN mode In this mode the result of any arithmetic data processing operation that involves an input NaN or...

Page 131: ...arithmetic CDP instructions involving NaN operands return the default NaN regardless of the fractions of any NaN operands SNaNs in an arithmetic CDP operation set the IOC flag FPSCR 0 NaN handling by...

Page 132: ...h instruction in accordance with the FPv4 architecture The FPU does not support user mode traps The exception enable bits in the FPSCR read as zero and writes are ignored The processor also has six ou...

Page 133: ...le 2 9lists the memory mapped registers for the SYSTICK All register offset addresses not listed in Table 2 9 should be considered as reserved locations and the register contents should not be modifie...

Page 134: ...tten with any value If read by the debugger using the DAP this bit is cleared only if the MasterType bit in the AHB AP Control Register is clear Otherwise the COUNT bit is not changed by the debugger...

Page 135: ...counting from 1 to 0 SysTick can be configured as a multi shot timer repeated over and over firing every N 1 clock pulses where N is any value from 1 to 0x00FFFFFF For example if a tick interrupt is...

Page 136: ...5 and described in Table 2 13 Return to Summary Table Figure 2 5 STCURRENT Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED CURRENT R 0x0 R WC 0...

Page 137: ...1 Clear Enable Section 2 4 2 0x184 DIS1 Interrupt 32 63 Clear Enable Section 2 4 2 0x188 DIS2 Interrupt 64 95 Clear Enable Section 2 4 2 0x18C DIS3 Interrupt 96 113 Clear Enable Section 2 4 2 0x200 PE...

Page 138: ...on 2 4 6 0x454 PRI21 Interrupt 84 87 Priority Section 2 4 6 0x458 PRI22 Interrupt 88 91 Priority Section 2 4 6 0x45C PRI23 Interrupt 92 95 Priority Section 2 4 6 0x460 PRI24 Interrupt 96 99 Priority S...

Page 139: ...95 Bit 0 of EN3 corresponds to Interrupt 96 bit 17 corresponds to Interrupt 113 See for interrupt assignments If a pending interrupt is enabled the NVIC activates the interrupt based on its priority...

Page 140: ...errupt 31 Bit 0 of DIS1 corresponds to Interrupt 32 bit 31 corresponds to Interrupt 63 Bit 0 of DIS2 corresponds to Interrupt 64 bit 31 corresponds to Interrupt 95 Bit 0 of DIS3 corresponds to Interru...

Page 141: ...terrupt 63 Bit 0 of PEND2 corresponds to Interrupt 64 bit 31 corresponds to Interrupt 95 Bit 0 of PEND3 corresponds to Interrupt 96 bit 17 corresponds to interrupt 113 See for interrupt assignments PE...

Page 142: ...Interrupt 32 bit 31 corresponds to Interrupt 63 Bit 0 of UNPEND2 corresponds to Interrupt 64 bit 31 corresponds to Interrupt 95 Bit 0 of UNPEND3 corresponds to Interrupt 96 bit 31 corresponds to Inter...

Page 143: ...nds to Interrupt 31 Bit 0 of ACTIVE1 corresponds to Interrupt 32 bit 31 corresponds to Interrupt 63 Bit 0 of ACTIVE2 corresponds to Interrupt 64 bit 31 corresponds to Interrupt 95 Bit 0 of ACTIVE3 cor...

Page 144: ...ty PRI14 offset 0x438 Interrupt 60 63 Priority PRI15 offset 0x43C Interrupt 64 67 Priority PRI16 offset 0x440 Interrupt 68 71 Priority PRI17 offset 0x444 Interrupt 72 75 Priority PRI18 offset 0x448 In...

Page 145: ...erved bit should be preserved across a read modify write operation 23 21 INTC R W 0x0 Interrupt Priority for Interrupt 4n 2 This field holds a priority value 0 7 for the interrupt with the number 4n 2...

Page 146: ...register see Section 2 5 7 is set unprivileged software can access the SWTRIG register SWTRIG is shown in Figure 2 12 and described in Table 2 22 Return to Summary Table Figure 2 12 SWTRIG Register 3...

Page 147: ...Auxiliary Control Section 2 5 1 0xD00 CPUID CPU ID Base Section 2 5 2 0xD04 INTCTRL Interrupt Control and State Section 2 5 3 0xD08 VTABLE Vector Table Offset Section 2 5 4 0xD0C APINT Application Int...

Page 148: ...LD DISWBUF DISMCYC R 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 2 25 ACTLR Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 10 RESERVED R 0x0 9 DISOOFP R W 0x0 Disable Out Of Order Floating Poin...

Page 149: ...x M4 processor part number version and implementation information CPUID is shown in Figure 2 14 and described in Table 2 26 Return to Summary Table Figure 2 14 CPUID Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 2...

Page 150: ...x0 W 0x0 R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 ISRPRE ISRPEND RESERVED VECPEND R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 VECPEND RETBASE RESERVED R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 VECACT R 0x0 Table 2 27...

Page 151: ...t not any effect of the PRIMASK register 11 RETBASE R 0x0 Return to Base This bit provides status for all interrupts excluding NMI and Faults This bit only has meaning if the processor is currently ex...

Page 152: ...mory address 0x00000000 VTABLE is shown in Figure 2 16 and described in Table 2 28 Return to Summary Table Figure 2 16 VTABLE Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10...

Page 153: ...INTD 31 29 Determining preemption of an exception uses only the group priority field 1 INTx field showing the binary point An x denotes a group priority field bit and a y denotes a subpriority field...

Page 154: ...etermines the split of group priority from subpriority see for more information 7 3 RESERVED R 0x0 2 SYSRESREQ W 0x0 System Reset Request This bit is automatically cleared during the reset of the core...

Page 155: ...14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED SEVONPEND RESERVED SLEEPDEEP SLEEPEXIT RESERVED R 0x0 R W 0x0 R 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R 0x0 Table 2 31 SYSCTRL Register Field Descriptions Bit...

Page 156: ...TRL Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 10 RESERVED R 0x0 9 STKALIGN R W 0x1 Stack Alignment on Exception Entry On exception entry the processor uses bit 9 of the stacked P...

Page 157: ...ED R 0x0 R W 0x0 R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 BUS RESERVED MEM RESERVED R W 0x0 R 0x0 R W 0x0 R 0x0 Table 2 33 SYSPRI1 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 24...

Page 158: ...l 0 to 7 of the SVCall handler This register is byte accessible SYSPRI2 is shown in Figure 2 21 and described in Table 2 34 Return to Summary Table Figure 2 21 SYSPRI2 Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24...

Page 159: ...ED PENDSV RESERVED R W 0x0 R 0x0 R W 0x0 R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED DEBUG RESERVED R 0x0 R W 0x0 R 0x0 Table 2 35 SYSPRI3 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Des...

Page 160: ...fault exception Ensure software that writes to this register retains and subsequently restores the current active status If the value of a bit in this register must be modified after enabling the sys...

Page 161: ...Exception Active This bit can be modified to change the active status of the PendSV exception however see the Caution above before setting this bit 9 RESERVED R 0x0 8 MON R W 0x0 Debug Monitor Active...

Page 162: ...et 0xD2A Bits are cleared by writing a 1 to them In a fault handler the true faulting address can be determined by 1 Read and save the Memory Management Fault Address MMADDR or Bus Fault Address FAULT...

Page 163: ...cution Program Status Register EPSR register This bit is not set if an undefined instruction uses the EPSR register This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to it 16 UNDEF R W1C 0x0 Undefined Instruction Us...

Page 164: ...t occurs and is escalated to a hard fault because of priority the hard fault handler must clear this bit This action prevents problems if returning to a stacked active memory management fault handler...

Page 165: ...20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED VECT RESERVED R 0x0 R W1C 0x0 R 0x0 Table 2 38 HFAULTSTAT Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset...

Page 166: ...instruction can be split into multiple aligned accesses the fault address can be any address in the range of the requested access size Bits in the Memory Management Fault Status MFAULTSTAT register i...

Page 167: ...ne requested by the instruction even if it is not the address of the fault Bits in the Bus Fault Status BFAULTSTAT register indicate the cause of the fault and whether the value in the FAULTADDR regis...

Page 168: ...1 0xD94 MPUCTRL MPU Control Section 2 6 2 0xD98 MPUNUMBER MPU Region Number Section 2 6 3 0xD9C MPUBASE MPU Region Base Address Section 2 6 4 0xDA0 MPUATTR MPU Region Attribute and Size Section 2 6 5...

Page 169: ...described in Table 2 43 Return to Summary Table Figure 2 28 MPUTYPE Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 IREGION R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 DREGION R 0x8 7 6 5 4 3...

Page 170: ...ne region of the memory map must be enabled for the system to function unless the PRIVDEFEN bit is set If the PRIVDEFEN bit is set and no regions are enabled then only privileged software can operate...

Page 171: ...e default memory map When this bit is set the background region acts as if it is region number 1 Any region that is defined and enabled has priority over this default map If the MPU is disabled the pr...

Page 172: ...s register before accessing the MPUBASE or the MPUATTR register However the region number can be changed by writing to the MPUBASE register with the VALID bit set see Section 2 6 4 This write updates...

Page 173: ...bytes If the region size is configured to 4 GB in the MPUATTR register there is no valid ADDR field In this case the region occupies the complete memory map and the base address is 0x00000000 The bas...

Page 174: ...18 Texas Instruments Incorporated Cortex M4 Peripherals Table 2 46 MPUBASEn Register Field Descriptions continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 2 0 REGION R W 0x0 Region Number On a write contains...

Page 175: ...y region If an access is made to an area of memory without the required permissions then the MPU generates a permission fault The SIZE field defines the size of the MPU memory region specified by the...

Page 176: ...k For information on using this bit field see Table 2 3 18 S R W 0x0 Shareable For information on using this bit see Table 2 3 17 C R W 0x0 Cacheable For information on using this bit see 16 B R W 0x0...

Page 177: ...Table 2 49 FPU Registers Offset Acronym Register Name Section 0xD88 CPAC Coprocessor Access Control Section 2 7 1 0xF34 FPCC Floating Point Context Control Section 2 7 2 0xF38 FPCA Floating Point Cont...

Page 178: ...R W 0x0 R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED R 0x0 Table 2 51 CPAC Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 CP11 R W 0x0 CP11 Coprocessor...

Page 179: ...ion for floating point context on exception entry and exit NOTE Two bits control when FPCA can be enabled the ASPEN bit in the Floating Point Context Control FPCC register and the DISFPCA bit in the A...

Page 180: ...2 52 FPCC Register Field Descriptions continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 1 USER R W 0x0 User Privilege Level When set privilege level was user when the floating point stack frame was allocate...

Page 181: ...point register space allocated on an exception stack frame FPCA is shown in Figure 2 35 and described in Table 2 53 Return to Summary Table Figure 2 35 FPCA Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 2...

Page 182: ...0x0 R W X R W X R W X R W X R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED R 0x0 Table 2 54 FPDSC Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 27 RESERVED R 0x0 26 AHP R W X...

Page 183: ...ides a standardized serial interface for controlling the associated test logic The TAP Instruction Register IR and Data Register DR can be used to test the interconnections of assembled printed circui...

Page 184: ...d by the JTAG controller which has comprehensive programming for the Arm core MSP432E4 microcontroller and unimplemented JTAG instructions The JTAG module has the following features IEEE 1149 1 1990 c...

Page 185: ...shift or update any of the chains Instructions that are not implemented decode to the BYPASS instruction to ensure that the serial path between TDI and TDO is always connected see Table 3 2 for a lis...

Page 186: ...pullup resistor on the TMS pin is enabled after reset Changes to the pullup resistor settings on GPIO Port C should ensure that the internal pullup resistor remains enabled on PC1 TMS otherwise JTAG c...

Page 187: ...1149 1 Figure 3 2 Test Access Port State Machine 3 3 3 Shift Registers The Shift Registers consist of a serial shift register chain and a parallel load register The serial shift register chain sample...

Page 188: ...provided for the GPIO pins that can be used as the four JTAG SWD pins and the NMI pin see for pin numbers Writes to protected bits of the GPIO Alternate Function Select GPIOAFSEL register see Section...

Page 189: ...R Select IR and Test Logic Reset states Stepping through this sequence of the TAP state machine enables the SWD interface and disables the JTAG interface For more information on this operation and the...

Page 190: ...their alternate function using the GPIOAFSEL register In addition to enabling the alternate functions any other changes to the GPIO pad configurations on the four JTAG pins PC 3 0 should be returned...

Page 191: ...allel load registers when the TAP controller enters the Update DR state This update of the parallel load register preloads data into the Boundary Scan Data Register that is associated with each input...

Page 192: ...ebug To facilitate the use of auto configuration debug tools the IDCODE instruction outputs a value of 0x4BA0 0477 This value allows the debuggers to automatically configure themselves to work correct...

Page 193: ...Scan Register Format 3 5 2 4 APACC Data Register The format for the 35 bit APACC Data Register defined by Arm is described in the Arm Debug Interface V5 Architecture Specification 3 5 2 5 DPACC Data...

Page 194: ...7 Revised October 2018 System Control System control configures the overall operation of the device and provides information about the device Configurable features include reset control NMI operation...

Page 195: ...2 Reset Control This section discusses aspects of hardware functions during reset as well as system software requirements following the reset sequence 4 1 2 1 Reset Sources The MSP432E4 microcontroll...

Page 196: ...or I2 C SSI and UART The speed of the bootloader is determined by the frequency of the internal oscillator PIOSC or external crystal if connected If the flash at address 0x0000 0004 contains a valid r...

Page 197: ...ve 3 The internal reset is released and the core executes a full initialization of the device 4 When initialization is complete the core loads from memory the initial stack pointer the initial program...

Page 198: ...fault value at reset is to generate an interrupt The application can identify the type of BOR event that occurred by reading the Power Temperature Cause PWRTC register The BOR detection circuits can b...

Page 199: ...BOR event triggers occurs an internal BOR condition is set 2 If the BOR event has been programmed to generate a reset in the PTBOCTL register and the BOR bit of the RESBEHAVCTL has been set to 0x2 an...

Page 200: ...out interrupt is cleared and watchdog reset generation has been enabled through the RESEN bit in the Watchdog Control WDTCTL register the watchdog timer asserts its reset signal to the microcontroller...

Page 201: ...ter can be accessed only in privileged mode Before the return to factory settings routine has completed a system reset sequence executes and the HSSR bit in the RESC register is set After the HSSR fun...

Page 202: ...er is used to address the main oscillator verification failure because the necessary code can be removed from the general reset handler speeding up reset processing The detection circuit is enabled by...

Page 203: ...ipherals that can use the PIOSC as an alternate clock Main Oscillator MOSC The MOSC provides a frequency accurate clock sourced by one of two means an external single ended clock source is connected t...

Page 204: ...ontrol for the system clock in run and sleep mode The DSCLKCFG register specifies the behavior of the clock system while in deep sleep mode These registers control the following clock functionality So...

Page 205: ...VSCLK mosc piosc N RTCCLK DIVSCLK MII RMII CLK LFIOSC ALTCLKCFG SYSCLK PTP REF_CLK 1 0 USB0CLK USBCLK 0 1 ULPIEN amp CSD ULPIEN amp CSD PIOSC16 To peripherals requiring 16MHz PIOSC clock ALTCLK To per...

Page 206: ...ion only integer divisors should be used to achieve the 60 MHz USB clock source Fractional divisors may increase jitter and compromise USB function Program the CLKDIV bit field in the USB Clock Contro...

Page 207: ...clock source can be a single ended source on the OSC0 pin or a crystal on the OSC0 and OSC1 pins When advanced timestamping is used and the PTP module has been enabled by setting the PTPCEN bit in the...

Page 208: ...frequency can be trimmed for other voltage or temperature conditions using software in the following ways Default calibration Clear the UTEN bit and set the UPDATE bit in the Precision Internal Oscill...

Page 209: ...generation of system clock frequencies in excess of the reference clock provided The reference clocks for the PLL are the PIOSC and the MOSC The PLL is controlled by two registers PLLFREQ0 and PLLFREQ...

Page 210: ...ice specific data sheet During the relock time the affected PLL is not usable as a clock reference Software can poll the LOCK bit in the PLL Status PLLSTAT register to determine when the PLL has locke...

Page 211: ...the RSCLKCFG register The PLL has two sources of reference clock as an input the main oscillator MOSC or the precision internal oscillator PIOSC The PLL input select is specified by PLLSRC If the PLL...

Page 212: ...ing deep sleep mode The Cortex M4F processor core and the memory subsystem are not clocked in deep sleep mode Peripherals are clocked if enabled in the peripheral specific DCGC registers when automati...

Page 213: ...e wait states are configured for run mode when the device enters deep sleep mode it achieves its lowest possible current If no wait states are applied in run mode the lowest possible current is not ac...

Page 214: ...her modules are not on their own power domain 4 1 6 4 2 Peripheral Memory Power Control When the device enters deep sleep mode software can further reduce power in peripheral modules that have their o...

Page 215: ...t be configured to 1 2 V 4 1 6 4 4 Flash Memory and SRAM Power Control During sleep or deep sleep mode flash memory can be in either the default active mode or the low power mode while SRAM can be in...

Page 216: ...previous request completed successfully 0xFF FFFF No request and the previous request failed Anything else The offset into SRAM of a HSSR request structure During the HSSR routine if any value other t...

Page 217: ...ernate Clock Configuration Section 4 2 13 0x144 DSCLKCFG Deep Sleep Clock Configuration Register Section 4 2 14 0x148 DIVSCLK Divisor and Source Clock Configuration Section 4 2 15 0x14C SYSPROP System...

Page 218: ...Modules Peripheral Present Section 4 2 59 0x390 PPLCD LCD Peripheral Present Section 4 2 60 0x398 PPOWIRE 1 Wire Peripheral Present Section 4 2 61 0x39C PPEMAC Ethernet MAC Peripheral Present Section...

Page 219: ...ting Control Section 4 2 107 0x708 SCGCGPIO General Purpose Input Output Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Section 4 2 108 0x70C SCGCDMA Micro Direct Memory Access Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control Sectio...

Page 220: ...ose Input Output Power Control Section 4 2 150 0x90C PCDMA Micro Direct Memory Access Power Control Section 4 2 151 0x910 PCEPI External Peripheral Interface Power Control Section 4 2 152 0x914 PCHIB...

Page 221: ...REEPROM EEPROM Peripheral Ready Section 4 2 185 0xA74 PRCCM CRC and Cryptographic Modules Peripheral Ready Section 4 2 186 0xA90 PRLCD LCD Controller Peripheral Ready Section 4 2 187 0xA98 PROWIRE 1 W...

Page 222: ...5 24 RESERVED VER RESERVED R 0x0 R 0x1 R 0x8 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 CLASS R 0x0C 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 MAJOR R X 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 MINOR R X Table 4 11 DID0 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type R...

Page 223: ...number is indicated in the part number as a letter A for first revision B for second and so on This field is encoded as follows 0x0 Revision A initial device 0x1 Revision B first base layer revision 0...

Page 224: ...on This field defines the DID1 register format version The version number is numeric The value of the VER field is encoded as follows all other encodings are reserved 0x0 Reserved 0x1 Second version o...

Page 225: ...fies the package type The value is encoded as follows all other encodings are reserved 0x0 Reserved 0x1 QFP package 0x2 BGA package 2 ROHS R 0x1 RoHS Compliance This bit specifies whether the device i...

Page 226: ...the device and VDD is the supply voltage to the digital components of the device PTBOCTL is shown in Figure 4 9 and described in Table 4 13 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 9 PTBOCTL Register 31 30 2...

Page 227: ...RESERVED R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 Table 4 14 RIS Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 9 RESERVED R 0x0 8 MOSCPUPRIS R 0x0 MOSC Power Up Raw Interrupt Status...

Page 228: ...ld Descriptions continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 1 BORRIS R 0x0 Brownout Reset Raw Interrupt Status The appropriate BOR bit in the PTBOCTL register must be set to an interrupt 0x1 encoding t...

Page 229: ...ter Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 9 RESERVED R 0x0 8 MOSCPUPIM R W 0x0 MOSC Power Up Interrupt Mask 0x0 The MOSCPUPRIS interrupt is suppressed and not sent to the interrupt co...

Page 230: ...MOSCPUPMIS R W1C 0x0 MOSC Power Up Masked Interrupt Status 0x0 When read 0 indicates that sufficient time has not passed for the MOSC PLL to lock Writing 0 has no effect on the state of this bit 0x1 W...

Page 231: ...escriptions continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 1 BORMIS R W1C 0x0 BOR Masked Interrupt Status 0x0 When read 0 indicates that a brownout condition has not occurred Writing 0 has no effect on th...

Page 232: ...attery detect is only registered in the HIBRIS register RESC is shown in Figure 4 13 and described in Table 4 17 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 13 RESC Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x...

Page 233: ...t since the previous power on reset Writing 0 to this bit clears it 0x1 When read this bit indicates that Watchdog Timer 0 timed out and generated a reset 2 BOR R W 0x0 Brownout Reset For this bit the...

Page 234: ...TBOCTL register causes the appropriate interrupt or reset condition to occur and the corresponding status bits to be set PWRTC is shown in Figure 4 14 and described in Table 4 18 Return to Summary Tab...

Page 235: ...Table 4 19 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 15 NMIC Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED MOSCFAIL R 0x0 R W 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED TAMPER RESERV...

Page 236: ...C Register Field Descriptions continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 2 POWER R W 0x0 Power Brownout Event NMI See PWRTC register for exact cause of power out or brownout event 0x0 No power event h...

Page 237: ...ERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED OSCRNG PWRDN NOXTAL MOSCIM CVAL R 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x1 R W 0x1 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 4 20 MOSCCTL Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 5...

Page 238: ...iption 1 MOSCIM R W 0x0 MOSC Failure Action Regardless of the action taken if the MOSC fails the oscillator source is switched to the PIOSC automatically 0x0 If the MOSC fails a MOSC failure reset is...

Page 239: ...the values in the PLLFREQ0 and PLLFREQ1 registers as applied to the PLL Until NEWFREQ is written to a 1 writes to the PLLFREQ0 and PLLFREQ1 are deferred When written with a 1 the values stored in PLLF...

Page 240: ...urce that becomes the oscillator clock OSCCLK source which is used when the PLL is bypassed during run or sleep modes 0x0 Reserved 0x1 Reserved 0x2 LFIOSC is the oscillator source 0x3 MOSC is the osci...

Page 241: ...are being modified Depending on the CPU frequency the application must program specific values into the fields of the MEMTIM0 register Table 4 22 details the bit field values that are required for th...

Page 242: ...rising 0x1 EEPROM clock rising aligns with system clock falling 20 RESERVED R 0x0 19 16 EWS R W 0x0 EEPROM Wait States This field specifies the number of wait states inserted Note The value of the EWS...

Page 243: ...ble 4 23 MEMTIM0 Register Field Descriptions continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 3 0 FWS R W 0x0 Flash Wait State This field specifies the number of wait states inserted Note The value of the F...

Page 244: ...Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED ALTCLK R 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 4 24 ALTCLKCFG Register Field Descriptions Bit Field T...

Page 245: ...ffect in all modes of operation NOTE If the MOSC is chosen as the deep sleep clock source in the DSCLKCFG register the MOSC must also be configured as the run and sleep clock source in the RSCLKCFG re...

Page 246: ...OSCRC is programmed to be MOSC This bit should be set only after software configures the MOSCCTL register Setting the MOSCDPD bit masks writes to PWRDN bit in the MOSCCTL register 29 24 RESERVED R 0x0...

Page 247: ...8 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 EN RESERVED SRC R W 0x0 R 0x0 R W 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED DIV R 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 4 27 DIVSCLK Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Ty...

Page 248: ...gister is ignored 0x1 The LDOSM bit of the DSLPPWRCFG register can be set to place the LDO in a low power mode when deep sleep mode is entered 16 TSPDE R 0x1 Temp Sense Power Down Enable This bit allo...

Page 249: ...Flash Memory Sleep Deep Sleep Low Power Mode Present This bit determines whether the FLASHPM field in the SLPPWRCFG and DSLPPWRCFG registers can be configured to put the flash memory into low power m...

Page 250: ...ESERVED UT R 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 4 29 PIOSCCAL Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 UTEN R W 0x0 Use User Trim Value 0x0 The factory calibration value is used for an update tr...

Page 251: ...RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED DT R 0x0 R 0x40 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED RESULT R 0x0 R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED CT R 0x0 R 0x40 Table 4 30 PIOSCSTAT Register Field Descript...

Page 252: ...uation 3 fVCO fIN MDIV where fIN fXTAL Q 1 N 1 or fPIOSC Q 1 N 1 MDIV MINT MFRAC 1024 3 The Q and N values are programmed in the PLLFREQ1 register To reduce jitter program MFRAC to 0x0 PLLFREQ0 is sho...

Page 253: ...e while the PLL is powered down Writes to PLLFREQ0 are delayed from affecting the PLL until the RSCLKCFG register NEWFREQ bit is written as 1 The MINT and MFRAC fields are present in the PLLFREQ0 regi...

Page 254: ...f the PLL lock PLLSTAT is shown in Figure 4 27 and described in Table 4 33 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 27 PLLSTAT Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED...

Page 255: ...0 Flash Power Modes 0x0 Active mode flash memory is not placed in a lower power mode This mode provides the fastest time to sleep and wakeup but the highest power consumption while the microcontroller...

Page 256: ...a low power mode when deep sleep mode is entered 8 TSPD R W 0x0 Temperature Sense Power Down This bit controls low power mode for the internal temperature sensor in the ADC 0x0 Temperature sensor in...

Page 257: ...while the microcontroller is in deep sleep mode See the device specific data sheet for information regarding wake times from sleep and deep sleep 0x0 Active Mode SRAM is not placed in a lower power mo...

Page 258: ...and can be used to verify features NVMSTAT is shown in Figure 4 30 and described in Table 4 36 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 30 NVMSTAT Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESE...

Page 259: ...SPCTL Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 VADJEN RESERVED R W 0x0 R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 VLDO R W 0x18 Table 4 38 LDOSPCTL Regis...

Page 260: ...ummary Table Figure 4 32 LDOSPCAL Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED WITHPLL NOPLL R 0x0 R 0x18 R 0x18 Table 4 39 LDOSPCAL Register...

Page 261: ...R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 VLDO R W 0x12 Table 4 40 LDODPCTL Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 VAD...

Page 262: ...ary Table Figure 4 34 LDODPCAL Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED NOPLL 30KHZ R 0x0 R 0x12 R 0x12 Table 4 41 LDODPCAL Register Fiel...

Page 263: ...ESERVED LDOUA FLASHLP LOWPWR PRACT R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 PPDW LMAXERR RESERVED LSMINERR LDMINERR PPDERR FPDERR SPDERR R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0...

Page 264: ...g the VLDO bit in the LDOSPCTL register In this situation the LDO voltage is not changed when entering sleep mode 3 LDMINERR R 0x0 VLDO Value Below Minimum Error in Deep Sleep Mode 0x0 No error 0x1 An...

Page 265: ...24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0xFFFF 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED WDOG1 WDOG0 BOR EXTRES R 0xFFFF R W 0x3 R W 0x3 R W 0x3 R W 0x3 Table 4 43 RESBEHAVCTL Register Field Descri...

Page 266: ...egister HSSR is shown in Figure 4 37 and described in Table 4 44 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 37 HSSR Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0...

Page 267: ...etention and the MEMSTAT field of the USBPDS register reads as 0x1 retention USBPDS is shown in Figure 4 38 and described in Table 4 45 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 38 USBPDS Register 31 30 29 28...

Page 268: ...the P0 bit of the PCUSB register then the SRAM goes into retention and the MEMSTAT field of the USBPDS register reads as 0x1 retention USBMPC is shown in Figure 4 39 and described in Table 4 46 Return...

Page 269: ...ved by clearing the P0 bit of the PCEMAC register the event causes the memory array to turn off and the MEMSTAT bit in the EMACPDS register to be 0x0 array off EMACPDS is shown in Figure 4 40 and desc...

Page 270: ...CTL 0x3 and the power control to the EMAC is removed by clearing the P0 bit of the PCEMAC register the memory array is turned off and the MEMSTAT bit in the EMACPDS register is 0x0 EMACMPC is shown in...

Page 271: ...e PCLCD register the event causes the memory array to turn off and the MEMSTAT bit in the LCDPDS register to be 0x0 array off LCDPDS is shown in Figure 4 42 and described in Table 4 49 Return to Summa...

Page 272: ...he LCD is subsequently removed by clearing the P0 bit of the PCLCD register the event causes the memory array to turn off and the MEMSTAT bit in the LCDPDS register to be 0x0 array off LCDMPC is shown...

Page 273: ...CCAN register the event causes the memory array to turn off and the MEMSTAT bit in the CAN0PDS register to be 0x0 array off CAN0PDS is shown in Figure 4 44 and described in Table 4 51 Return to Summar...

Page 274: ...o CAN0 is subsequently removed by clearing the P0 bit of the PCCAN register the event causes the memory array to turn off and the MEMSTAT bit in the CAN0PDS register to be 0x0 array off CAN0MPC is sho...

Page 275: ...e PCCAN register the event causes the memory array to turn off and the MEMSTAT bit in the CAN1PDS register to be 0x0 array off CAN1PDS is shown in Figure 4 46 and described in Table 4 53 Return to Sum...

Page 276: ...o CAN1 is subsequently removed by clearing the P1 bit of the PCCAN register the event causes the memory array to turn off and the MEMSTAT bit in the CAN1PDS register to be 0x0 array off CAN1MPC is sho...

Page 277: ...are implemented on this microcontroller PPWD is shown in Figure 4 48 and described in Table 4 55 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 48 PPWD Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESER...

Page 278: ...se timer module 7 is present 6 P6 R 0x1 16 32 Bit General Purpose Timer 6 Present 0x0 16 32 bit general purpose timer module 6 is not present 0x1 16 32 bit general purpose timer module 6 is present 5...

Page 279: ...0x1 R 0x1 R 0x1 R 0x1 R 0x1 R 0x1 Table 4 57 PPGPIO Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 18 RESERVED R X 17 P17 R X GPIO Port T Present 0x0 GPIO port T is not present 0x1 GP...

Page 280: ...0 GPIO port G is not present 0x1 GPIO port G is present 5 P5 R 0x1 GPIO Port F Present 0x0 GPIO port F is not present 0x1 GPIO port F is present 4 P4 R 0x1 GPIO Port E Present 0x0 GPIO port E is not p...

Page 281: ...egarding the DMA module NOTE This register reports if the DMA module is implemented on this microcontroller PPDMA is shown in Figure 4 51 and described in Table 4 58 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 5...

Page 282: ...e EPI module NOTE This register reports if the EPI module is implemented on this microcontroller PPEPI is shown in Figure 4 52 and described in Table 4 59 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 52 PPEPI Reg...

Page 283: ...dule NOTE This register reports if the Hibernation module is implemented on this microcontroller PPHIB is shown in Figure 4 53 and described in Table 4 60 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 53 PPHIB Reg...

Page 284: ...0 R 0x1 R 0x1 R 0x1 R 0x1 R 0x1 R 0x1 R 0x1 R 0x1 Table 4 61 PPUART Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 P7 R 0x1 UART Module 7 Present 0x0 UART module 7...

Page 285: ...ister to determine if a module that is not supported by the DC2 register is present PPSSI is shown in Figure 4 55 and described in Table 4 62 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 55 PPSSI Register 31 30 2...

Page 286: ...scriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 10 RESERVED R 0x0 9 P9 R 0x1 I2C Module 9 Present 0x0 I2C module 9 is not present 0x1 I2C module 9 is present 8 P8 R 0x1 I2C Module 8 Present 0x0 I2C mod...

Page 287: ...rding the USB module NOTE This register reports if the USB module is implemented on this microcontroller PPUSB is shown in Figure 4 57 and described in Table 4 64 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 57 P...

Page 288: ...ule NOTE This register reports if the Ethernet PHY module is implemented on this microcontroller PPEPHY is shown in Figure 4 58 and described in Table 4 65 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 58 PPEPHY R...

Page 289: ...h CAN modules are implemented on this microcontroller PPCAN is shown in Figure 4 59 and described in Table 4 66 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 59 PPCAN Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 1...

Page 290: ...ich ADC modules are implemented on this microcontroller PPADC is shown in Figure 4 60 and described in Table 4 67 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 60 PPADC Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20...

Page 291: ...mented on this microcontroller The Analog Comparator Peripheral Properties ACMPPP register indicates how many analog comparator blocks are included in the module PPACMP is shown in Figure 4 61 and des...

Page 292: ...ng the PWM modules NOTE This register reports which PWM modules are implemented on this microcontroller PPPWM is shown in Figure 4 62 and described in Table 4 69 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 62 PP...

Page 293: ...rding the QEI modules NOTE This register reports which QEI modules are implemented on this microcontroller PPQEI is shown in Figure 4 63 and described in Table 4 70 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 63...

Page 294: ...des software information regarding the EEPROM module PPEEPROM is shown in Figure 4 64 and described in Table 4 71 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 64 PPEEPROM Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21...

Page 295: ...register reports if the CRC and Cryptographic Modules AES DES SHA MD5 are implemented on this microcontroller PPCCM is shown in Figure 4 65 and described in Table 4 72 Return to Summary Table Figure...

Page 296: ...LCD module NOTE This register reports if an LCD controller is implemented on this microcontroller PPLCD is shown in Figure 4 66 and described in Table 4 73 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 66 PPLCD R...

Page 297: ...re module NOTE This register reports which 1 Wire modules are implemented on this microcontroller PPOWIRE is shown in Figure 4 67 and described in Table 4 74 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 67 PPOWIR...

Page 298: ...egister reports which Ethernet controller modules are implemented on this microcontroller PPEMAC is shown in Figure 4 68 and described in Table 4 75 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 68 PPEMAC Register...

Page 299: ...Regulator Bus module NOTE This register reports which Power Regulator Bus modules are implemented on this microcontroller PPPRB is shown in Figure 4 69 and described in Table 4 76 Return to Summary Ta...

Page 300: ...g of the SRWD bit to when the peripheral is ready for use Software should check the corresponding PRWD bit to verify that the Watchdog Timer module registers are ready to be accessed NOTE Use this reg...

Page 301: ...Field Type Reset Description 31 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 R7 R W 0x0 16 32 Bit General Purpose Timer 7 Software Reset 0x0 16 32 bit general purpose timer module 7 is not reset 0x1 16 32 bit general purpose t...

Page 302: ...mmary Table Figure 4 72 SRGPIO Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R17 R16 R 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 R15 R14 R13 R12 R11 R10 R9 R8 R7 R6...

Page 303: ...7 R7 R W 0x0 GPIO Port H Software Reset 0x0 GPIO port H is not reset 0x1 GPIO port H is reset 6 R6 R W 0x0 GPIO Port G Software Reset 0x0 GPIO port G is not reset 0x1 GPIO port G is reset 5 R5 R W 0x0...

Page 304: ...s the reset process by clearing the SRDMA bit There may be latency from the clearing of the SRDMA bit to when the peripheral is ready for use Software should check the corresponding PRDMA bit to verif...

Page 305: ...process by clearing the SREPI bit There may be latency from the clearing of the SREPI bit to when the peripheral is ready for use Software should check the corresponding PREPI bit to verify that the...

Page 306: ...clearing the SRHIB bit There may be latency from the clearing of the SRHIB bit to when the peripheral is ready for use Software should check the corresponding PRHIB bit to verify that the Hibernation...

Page 307: ...e 4 76 and described in Table 4 83 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 76 SRUART Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED R7...

Page 308: ...ubmit Documentation Feedback Copyright 2017 2018 Texas Instruments Incorporated System Control Table 4 83 SRUART Register Field Descriptions continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 0 R0 R W 0x0 UAR...

Page 309: ...the corresponding PRSSI bit to verify that the SSI module registers are ready to be accessed NOTE Use this register to reset the SSI modules SRSSI is shown in Figure 4 77 and described in Table 4 84 R...

Page 310: ...bed in Table 4 85 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 78 SRI2C Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED R9 R8 R7 R6 R5 R4 R3...

Page 311: ...Table 4 85 SRI2C Register Field Descriptions continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 2 R2 R W 0x0 I2C Module 2 Software Reset 0x0 I2C module 2 is not reset 0x1 I2C module 2 is reset 1 R1 R W 0x0 I2...

Page 312: ...he reset process by clearing the SRUSB bit There may be latency from the clearing of the SRUSB bit to when the peripheral is ready for use Software should check the corresponding PRUSB bit to verify t...

Page 313: ...aring the SREPHY bit There may be latency from the clearing of the SREPHY bit to when the peripheral is ready for use Software should check the corresponding PREPHY bit to verify that the EPHY module...

Page 314: ...latency from the clearing of the SRCAN bit to when the peripheral is ready for use Software should check the corresponding PRCAN bit to verify that the CAN module registers are ready to be accessed NO...

Page 315: ...e latency from the clearing of the SRADC bit to when the peripheral is ready for use Software should check the corresponding PRADC bit to verify that the ADC module registers are ready to be accessed...

Page 316: ...RACMP bit There may be latency from the clearing of the SRACMP bit to when the module is ready for use Software should check the corresponding PRACMP bit to verify that the Analog Comparator module re...

Page 317: ...reset process by clearing the SRPWM bit There may be latency from the clearing of the SRPWM bit to when the peripheral is ready for use Software should check the corresponding PRPWM bit to verify that...

Page 318: ...the reset process by clearing the SRQEI bit There may be latency from the clearing of the SRQEI bit to when the peripheral is ready for use Software should check the corresponding PRQEI bit to verify...

Page 319: ...mpletes the reset process by clearing the SREEPROM bit There may be latency from the clearing of the SREEPROM bit to when the peripheral is ready for use Software should check the corresponding PREEPR...

Page 320: ...ay be latency from the clearing of the SRCCM bit to when the peripheral is ready for use Software should read the corresponding PRCCM bit to verify that the CRC and Cryptographic module AES DES and SH...

Page 321: ...cess by clearing the SRLCD bit There may be latency from the clearing of the SRLCD bit to when the peripheral is ready for use Software should check the corresponding PRLCD bit to verify that the LCD...

Page 322: ...clearing the SROWIRE bit There may be latency from the clearing of the SROWIRE bit to when the peripheral is ready for use Software should check the corresponding PROWIRE bit to verify that the 1 Wire...

Page 323: ...e may be latency from the clearing of the SREMAC bit to when the peripheral is ready for use Software should check the corresponding PREMAC bit to verify that the Ethernet MAC module registers are rea...

Page 324: ...bus fault NOTE This register controls the clocking for the watchdog modules RCGCWD is shown in Figure 4 91 and described in Table 4 98 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 91 RCGCWD Register 31 30 29 28 2...

Page 325: ...al Purpose Timer 6 Run Mode Clock Gating Control 0x0 16 32 bit general purpose timer module 6 is disabled 0x1 Enable and provide a clock to 16 32 bit general purpose timer module 6 in run mode 5 R5 R...

Page 326: ...t Description 31 18 RESERVED R 0x0 17 R17 R W 0x0 GPIO Port T Run Mode Clock Gating Control 0x0 GPIO port T is disabled 0x1 Enable and provide a clock to GPIO port T in run mode 16 R16 R W 0x0 GPIO Po...

Page 327: ...GPIO port G in run mode 5 R5 R W 0x0 GPIO Port F Run Mode Clock Gating Control 0x0 GPIO port F is disabled 0x1 Enable and provide a clock to GPIO port F in run mode 4 R4 R W 0x0 GPIO Port E Run Mode C...

Page 328: ...llowed When disabled the clock is disabled to save power and accesses to module registers generate a bus fault NOTE This register controls the clocking for the DMA module RCGCDMA is shown in Figure 4...

Page 329: ...disabled the clock is disabled to save power and accesses to module registers generate a bus fault NOTE This register controls the clocking for the EPI module RCGCEPI is shown in Figure 4 95 and descr...

Page 330: ...the clock is disabled to save power and accesses to module registers generate a bus fault NOTE This register controls the clocking for the Hibernation module RCGCHIB is shown in Figure 4 96 and descr...

Page 331: ...eld Type Reset Description 31 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 R7 R W 0x0 UART Module 7 Run Mode Clock Gating Control 0x0 UART module 7 is disabled 0x1 Enable and provide a clock to UART module 7 in run mode 6 R6 R...

Page 332: ...eturn to Summary Table Figure 4 98 RCGCSSI Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED R3 R2 R1 R0 R 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W...

Page 333: ...C Module 9 Run Mode Clock Gating Control 0x0 I2C module 9 is disabled 0x1 Enable and provide a clock to I2C module 9 in run mode 8 R8 R W 0x0 I2C Module 8 Run Mode Clock Gating Control 0x0 I2C module...

Page 334: ...dback Copyright 2017 2018 Texas Instruments Incorporated System Control Table 4 106 RCGCI2C Register Field Descriptions continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 0 R0 R W 0x0 I2C Module 0 Run Mode Cl...

Page 335: ...ed When disabled the clock is disabled to save power and accesses to module registers generate a bus fault NOTE This register controls the clocking for the USB module RCGCUSB is shown in Figure 4 100...

Page 336: ...isabled the clock is disabled to save power and accesses to module registers generate a bus fault NOTE This register controls the clocking for the PHY module RCGCEPHY is shown in Figure 4 101 and desc...

Page 337: ...gisters generate a bus fault NOTE This register controls the clocking for the CAN modules RCGCCAN is shown in Figure 4 102 and described in Table 4 109 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 102 RCGCCAN Reg...

Page 338: ...registers generate a bus fault NOTE This register controls the clocking for the ADC modules RCGCADC is shown in Figure 4 103 and described in Table 4 110 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 103 RCGCADC R...

Page 339: ...ck is disabled to save power and accesses to module registers generate a bus fault NOTE This register controls the clocking for the analog comparator module RCGCACMP is shown in Figure 4 104 and descr...

Page 340: ...When disabled the clock is disabled to save power and accesses to module registers generate a bus fault NOTE This register controls the clocking for the PWM modules RCGCPWM is shown in Figure 4 105 a...

Page 341: ...owed When disabled the clock is disabled to save power and accesses to module registers generate a bus fault NOTE This register controls the clocking for the QEI modules RCGCQEI is shown in Figure 4 1...

Page 342: ...registers are allowed When disabled the clock is disabled to save power and accesses to module registers generate a bus fault RCGCEEPROM is shown in Figure 4 107 and described in Table 4 114 Return to...

Page 343: ...clock is disabled to save power and accesses to module registers generate a bus fault NOTE This register controls the clocking for the CRC AES DES and SHA MD5 modules RCGCCCM is shown in Figure 4 108...

Page 344: ...clock is disabled to save power and accesses to module registers generate a bus fault NOTE This register controls the clocking for the LCD Controller module RCGCLCD is shown in Figure 4 109 and descri...

Page 345: ...led the clock is disabled to save power and accesses to module registers generate a bus fault NOTE This register controls the clocking for the 1 Wire module RCGCOWIRE is shown in Figure 4 110 and desc...

Page 346: ...ock is disabled to save power and accesses to module registers generate a bus fault NOTE This register controls the clocking for the Ethernet Controller module RCGCEMAC is shown in Figure 4 111 and de...

Page 347: ...modules SCGCWD is shown in Figure 4 112 and described in Table 4 119 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 112 SCGCWD Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11...

Page 348: ...W 0x0 16 32 Bit General Purpose Timer 7 Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control 0x0 16 32 bit general purpose timer module 7 is disabled in sleep mode 0x1 Enable and provide a clock to 16 32 bit general purpo...

Page 349: ...2 is disabled in sleep mode 0x1 Enable and provide a clock to 16 32 bit general purpose timer module 2 in sleep mode 1 S1 R W 0x0 16 32 Bit General Purpose Timer 1 Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control 0x0...

Page 350: ...er Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 18 RESERVED R 0x0 17 S17 R W 0x0 GPIO Port T Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control 0x0 GPIO port T is disabled in sleep mode 0x1 Enable and provide...

Page 351: ...S6 R W 0x0 GPIO Port G Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control 0x0 GPIO port G is disabled in sleep mode 0x1 Enable and provide a clock to GPIO port G in sleep mode 5 S5 R W 0x0 GPIO Port F Sleep Mode Clock G...

Page 352: ...ck When disabled the clock is disabled to save power NOTE This register controls the clocking for the DMA module SCGCDMA is shown in Figure 4 115 and described in Table 4 122 Return to Summary Table F...

Page 353: ...bled the clock is disabled to save power NOTE This register controls the clocking for the EPI module SCGCEPI is shown in Figure 4 116 and described in Table 4 123 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 116...

Page 354: ...clock is disabled to save power NOTE This register controls the clocking for the Hibernation module SCGCHIB is shown in Figure 4 117 and described in Table 4 124 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 117...

Page 355: ...ule 7 is disabled in sleep mode 0x1 Enable and provide a clock to UART module 7 in sleep mode 6 S6 R W 0x0 UART Module 6 Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control 0x0 UART module 6 is disabled in sleep mode 0x1...

Page 356: ...21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED S3 S2 S1 S0 R 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 4 126 SCGCSSI Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset D...

Page 357: ...ule 9 in sleep mode 8 S8 R W 0x0 I2C Module 8 Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control 0x0 I2C module 8 is disabled in sleep mode 0x1 Enable and provide a clock to I2C module 8 in sleep mode 7 S7 R W 0x0 I2C M...

Page 358: ...yright 2017 2018 Texas Instruments Incorporated System Control Table 4 127 SCGCI2C Register Field Descriptions continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 0 S0 R W 0x0 I2C Module 0 Sleep Mode Clock Gat...

Page 359: ...When disabled the clock is disabled to save power NOTE This register controls the clocking for the USB module SCGCUSB is shown in Figure 4 121 and described in Table 4 128 Return to Summary Table Figu...

Page 360: ...disabled the clock is disabled to save power NOTE This register controls the clocking for the PHY module SCGCEPHY is shown in Figure 4 122 and described in Table 4 129 Return to Summary Table Figure...

Page 361: ...king for the CAN modules SCGCCAN is shown in Figure 4 123 and described in Table 4 130 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 123 SCGCCAN Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R...

Page 362: ...ocking for the ADC modules SCGCADC is shown in Figure 4 124 and described in Table 4 131 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 124 SCGCADC Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED...

Page 363: ...is disabled to save power NOTE This register controls the clocking for the analog comparator module SCGCACMP is shown in Figure 4 125 and described in Table 4 132 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 125...

Page 364: ...hen disabled the clock is disabled to save power NOTE This register controls the clocking for the PWM modules SCGCPWM is shown in Figure 4 126 and described in Table 4 133 Return to Summary Table Figu...

Page 365: ...ck When disabled the clock is disabled to save power NOTE This register controls the clocking for the QEI modules SCGCQEI is shown in Figure 4 127 and described in Table 4 134 Return to Summary Table...

Page 366: ...s provided a clock When disabled the clock is disabled to save power SCGCEEPROM is shown in Figure 4 128 and described in Table 4 135 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 128 SCGCEEPROM Register 31 30 29...

Page 367: ...he clock is disabled to save power NOTE This register controls the clocking for the CRC AES DES and SHA MD5 modules SCGCCCM is shown in Figure 4 129 and described in Table 4 136 Return to Summary Tabl...

Page 368: ...ck is disabled to save power NOTE This register controls the clocking for the LCD Controller module SCGCLCD is shown in Figure 4 130 and described in Table 4 137 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 130 S...

Page 369: ...the clock is disabled to save power NOTE This register controls the clocking for the 1 Wire module SCGCOWIRE is shown in Figure 4 131 and described in Table 4 138 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 131...

Page 370: ...lock is disabled to save power NOTE This register controls the clocking for the Ethernet MAC module SCGCEMAC is shown in Figure 4 132 and described in Table 4 139 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 132...

Page 371: ...CGCWD is shown in Figure 4 133 and described in Table 4 140 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 133 DCGCWD Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7...

Page 372: ...imer 7 Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control 0x0 16 32 bit general purpose timer module 7 is disabled in deep sleep mode 0x1 Enable and provide a clock to 16 32 bit general purpose timer module 7 in de...

Page 373: ...eep sleep mode 0x1 Enable and provide a clock to 16 32 bit general purpose timer module 2 in deep sleep mode 1 D1 R W 0x0 16 32 Bit General Purpose Timer 1 Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control 0x0 16...

Page 374: ...31 18 RESERVED R 0x0 17 D17 R W 0x0 GPIO Port T Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control 0x0 GPIO port T is disabled in deep sleep mode 0x1 Enable and provide a clock to GPIO port T in deep sleep mode 16...

Page 375: ...Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control 0x0 GPIO port G is disabled in deep sleep mode 0x1 Enable and provide a clock to GPIO port G in deep sleep mode 5 D5 R W 0x0 GPIO Port F Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gat...

Page 376: ...When disabled the clock is disabled to save power NOTE This register controls the clocking for the DMA module DCGCDMA is shown in Figure 4 136 and described in Table 4 143 Return to Summary Table Figu...

Page 377: ...ed the clock is disabled to save power NOTE This register controls the clocking for the EPI module DCGCEPI is shown in Figure 4 137 and described in Table 4 144 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 137 DC...

Page 378: ...lock is disabled to save power NOTE This register controls the clocking for the Hibernation module DCGCHIB is shown in Figure 4 138 and described in Table 4 145 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 138 DC...

Page 379: ...p Mode Clock Gating Control 0x0 UART module 7 is disabled in deep sleep mode 0x1 Enable and provide a clock to UART module 7 in deep sleep mode 6 D6 R W 0x0 UART Module 6 Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gating...

Page 380: ...17 2018 Texas Instruments Incorporated System Control Table 4 146 DCGCUART Register Field Descriptions continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 0 D0 R W 0x0 UART Module 0 Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gatin...

Page 381: ...D R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED D3 D2 D1 D0 R 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 4 147 DCGCSSI Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 4 RESERVED...

Page 382: ...eep Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control 0x0 I2C module 9 is disabled in deep sleep mode 0x1 Enable and provide a clock to I2C module 9 in deep sleep mode 8 D8 R W 0x0 I2C Module 8 Deep Sleep Mode Clock Ga...

Page 383: ...Sleep Mode Clock Gating Control 0x0 I2C module 2 is disabled in deep sleep mode 0x1 Enable and provide a clock to I2C module 2 in deep sleep mode 1 D1 R W 0x0 I2C Module 1 Deep Sleep Mode Clock Gatin...

Page 384: ...n disabled the clock is disabled to save power NOTE This register controls the clocking for the USB module DCGCUSB is shown in Figure 4 142 and described in Table 4 149 Return to Summary Table Figure...

Page 385: ...sabled the clock is disabled to save power NOTE This register controls the clocking for the PHY module DCGCEPHY is shown in Figure 4 143 and described in Table 4 150 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 1...

Page 386: ...he CAN modules DCGCCAN is shown in Figure 4 144 and described in Table 4 151 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 144 DCGCCAN Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14...

Page 387: ...the ADC modules DCGCADC is shown in Figure 4 145 and described in Table 4 152 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 145 DCGCADC Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 1...

Page 388: ...disabled to save power NOTE This register controls the clocking for the analog comparator module DCGCACMP is shown in Figure 4 146 and described in Table 4 153 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 146 DC...

Page 389: ...n disabled the clock is disabled to save power NOTE This register controls the clocking for the PWM modules DCGCPWM is shown in Figure 4 147 and described in Table 4 154 Return to Summary Table Figure...

Page 390: ...When disabled the clock is disabled to save power NOTE This register controls the clocking for the QEI modules DCGCQEI is shown in Figure 4 148 and described in Table 4 155 Return to Summary Table Fig...

Page 391: ...rovided a clock When disabled the clock is disabled to save power DCGCEEPROM is shown in Figure 4 149 and described in Table 4 156 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 149 DCGCEEPROM Register 31 30 29 28...

Page 392: ...sabled to save power NOTE This register controls the clocking for the CRC AES DES and SHA MD modules DCGCCCM is shown in Figure 4 150 and described in Table 4 157 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 150...

Page 393: ...is disabled to save power NOTE This register controls the clocking for the LCD Controller module DCGCLCD is shown in Figure 4 151 and described in Table 4 158 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 151 DCG...

Page 394: ...he clock is disabled to save power NOTE This register controls the clocking for the 1 Wire module DCGCOWIRE is shown in Figure 4 152 and described in Table 4 159 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 152 D...

Page 395: ...ck is disabled to save power NOTE This register controls the clocking for the Ethernet MAC module DCGCEMAC is shown in Figure 4 153 and described in Table 4 160 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 153 DC...

Page 396: ...ly depending on the value of the corresponding Pn bit in the PCWD register In this case when the Pn bit is clear the module is not powered and does not receive a clock If the Pn bit is set the module...

Page 397: ...ot receive a clock In this case the state of the module is not retained This configuration provides the lowest power consumption state 0x1 Watchdog Timer 1 module is powered but does not receive a clo...

Page 398: ...e of the corresponding Pn bit in the PCTIMER register In this case when the Pn bit is clear the module is not powered and does not receive a clock If the Pn bit is set the module is powered but does n...

Page 399: ...module is inactive 4 P4 R W 0x1 General Purpose Timer 4 Power Control The Pn bit encodings do not apply if the corresponding bit in the RCGCTIMER SCGCTIMER or DCGCTIMER register is clear 0x0 Timer 4 m...

Page 400: ...t Description 0 P0 R W 0x1 General Purpose Timer 0 Power Control The Pn bit encodings do not apply if the corresponding bit in the RCGCTIMER SCGCTIMER or DCGCTIMER register is clear 0x0 Timer 0 module...

Page 401: ...PCGPIO register In this case when the Pn bit is clear the module is not powered and does not receive a clock If the Pn bit is set the module is powered but does not receive a clock Table 4 165 lists...

Page 402: ...case the module is inactive 14 P14 R W 0x1 GPIO Port Q Power Control The Pn bit encodings do not apply if the corresponding bit in the RCGCGPIO SCGCGPIO or DCGCGPIO register is clear 0x0 GPIO port Q...

Page 403: ...e the module is inactive 7 P7 R W 0x1 GPIO Port H Power Control The Pn bit encodings do not apply if the corresponding bit in the RCGCGPIO SCGCGPIO or DCGCGPIO register is clear 0x0 GPIO port H is not...

Page 404: ...d does not receive a clock In this case the state of the module is not retained This configuration provides the lowest power consumption state 0x1 GPIO port C is powered but does not receive a clock I...

Page 405: ...rently depending on the value of the corresponding Pn bit in the PCDMA register In this case when the Pn bit is clear the module is not powered and does not receive a clock If the Pn bit is set the mo...

Page 406: ...ription 31 1 RESERVED R 0x0 0 P0 R W 0x1 DMA Module Power Control The Pn bit encodings do not apply if the corresponding bit in the RCGCDMA SCGCDMA or DCGCDMA register is clear 0x0 The DMA module is n...

Page 407: ...odule behaves differently depending on the value of the corresponding Pn bit in the PCEPI register In this case when the Pn bit is clear the module is not powered and does not receive a clock If the P...

Page 408: ...ription 31 1 RESERVED R 0x0 0 P0 R W 0x1 EPI Module Power Control The Pn bit encodings do not apply if the corresponding bit in the RCGCEPI SCGCEPI or DCGCEPI register is clear 0x0 The EPI module is n...

Page 409: ...tly depending on the value of the corresponding Pn bit in the PCHIB register In this case when the Pn bit is clear the module is not powered and does not receive a clock If the Pn bit is set the modul...

Page 410: ...ion 31 1 RESERVED R 0x0 0 P0 R W 0x1 Hibernation Module Power Control The Pn bit encodings do not apply if the corresponding bit in the RCGCHIB SCGCHIB or DCGCHIB register is clear 0x0 The HIB module...

Page 411: ...value of the corresponding Pn bit in the PCUART register In this case when the Pn bit is clear the module is not powered and does not receive a clock If the Pn bit is set the module is powered but doe...

Page 412: ...he module is inactive 4 P4 R W 0x1 UART Module 4 Power Control The Pn bit encodings do not apply if the corresponding bit in the RCGCUART SCGCUART or DCGCUART register is clear 0x0 The UART module 4 i...

Page 413: ...eset Description 0 P0 R W 0x1 UART Module 0 Power Control The Pn bit encodings do not apply if the corresponding bit in the RCGCUART SCGCUART or DCGCUART register is clear 0x0 The UART module 0 is not...

Page 414: ...on the value of the corresponding Pn bit in the PCSSI register In this case when the Pn bit is clear the module is not powered and does not receive a clock If the Pn bit is set the module is powered...

Page 415: ...does not receive a clock In this case the state of the module is not retained This configuration provides the lowest power consumption state 0x1 The SSI module 2 is powered but does not receive a clo...

Page 416: ...Pn bit in the PCI2C register In this case when the Pn bit is clear the module is not powered and does not receive a clock If the Pn bit is set the module is powered but does not receive a clock Table...

Page 417: ...the module is inactive 6 P6 R W 0x1 I2C Module 6 Power Control The Pn bit encodings do not apply if the corresponding bit in the RCGCI2C SCGCI2C or DCGCI2C register is clear 0x0 The I2C module 6 is no...

Page 418: ...module is inactive 1 P1 R W 0x1 I2C Module 1 Power Control The Pn bit encodings do not apply if the corresponding bit in the RCGCI2C SCGCI2C or DCGCI2C register is clear 0x0 The I2C module 1 is not p...

Page 419: ...Pn Description 0 0 Module is not powered and does not receive a clock In this case the state of the peripheral is not retained This is the lowest power consumption state of any peripheral because it c...

Page 420: ...receive a clock In this case the state of the peripheral is not retained This is the lowest power consumption state of any peripheral because it consumes no dynamic nor leakage current Hardware should...

Page 421: ...31 1 RESERVED R 0x0 0 P0 R W 0x0 Ethernet PHY Module Power Control The Pn bit encodings do not apply if the corresponding bit in the RCGCEPHY SCGCEPHY or DCGCEPHY register is clear 0x0 The EPHY modul...

Page 422: ...ription 0 0 Module is not powered and does not receive a clock In this case the state of the peripheral is not retained This is the lowest power consumption state of any peripheral because it consumes...

Page 423: ...e Reset Description 0 P0 R W 0x1 CAN Module 0 Power Control The Pn bit encodings do not apply if the corresponding bit in the RCGCCAN SCGCCAN or DCGCCAN register is clear 0x0 The CAN module 0 is not p...

Page 424: ...y depending on the value of the corresponding Pn bit in the PCADC register In this case when the Pn bit is clear the module is not powered and does not receive a clock If the Pn bit is set the module...

Page 425: ...does not receive a clock In this case the state of the module is not retained This configuration provides the lowest power consumption state 0x1 The ADC module 1 is powered but does not receive a clo...

Page 426: ...ferently depending on the value of the corresponding Pn bit in the PCACMP register In this case when the Pn bit is clear the module is not powered and does not receive a clock If the Pn bit is set the...

Page 427: ...0x0 0 P0 R W 0x1 Analog Comparator Module 0 Power Control The Pn bit encodings do not apply if the corresponding bit in the RCGCACMP SCGCACMP or DCGCACMP register is clear 0x0 The Analog Comparator m...

Page 428: ...e behaves differently depending on the value of the corresponding Pn bit in the PCPWM register In this case when the Pn bit is clear the module is not powered and does not receive a clock If the Pn bi...

Page 429: ...tion 31 1 RESERVED R 0x0 0 P0 R W 0x1 PWM Module 0 Power Control The Pn bit encodings do not apply if the corresponding bit in the RCGCPWM SCGCPWM or DCGCPWM register is clear 0x0 The PWM module 0 is...

Page 430: ...dule behaves differently depending on the value of the corresponding Pn bit in the PCQEI register In this case when the Pn bit is clear the module is not powered and does not receive a clock If the Pn...

Page 431: ...cription 31 1 RESERVED R 0x0 0 P0 R W 0x1 QEI Module 0 Power Control The Pn bit encodings do not apply if the corresponding bit in the RCGCQEI SCGCQEI or DCGCQEI register is clear 0x0 QEI module 0 is...

Page 432: ...es differently depending on the value of the corresponding Pn bit in the PCEEPROM register In this case when the Pn bit is clear the module is not powered and does not receive a clock If the Pn bit is...

Page 433: ...1 1 RESERVED R 0x0 0 P0 R W 0x1 EEPROM Module 0 Power Control The Pn bit encodings do not apply if the corresponding bit in the RCGCEEPROM SCGCEEPROM or DCGCEEPROM register is clear 0x0 The EEPROM mod...

Page 434: ...n the Pn bit is clear the module is not powered and does not receive a clock If the Pn bit is set the module is powered but does not receive a clock Table 4 195 lists the differences Table 4 195 Modul...

Page 435: ...0 R W 0x1 CRC and Cryptographic Modules Power Control The Pn bit encodings do not apply if the corresponding bit in the RCGCCCM SCGCCCM or DCGCCCM register is clear 0x0 The CRC AES DES and SHA MD5 mod...

Page 436: ...iption 0 0 Module is not powered and does not receive a clock In this case the state of the peripheral is not retained This is the lowest power consumption state of any peripheral because it consumes...

Page 437: ...fferently depending on the value of the corresponding Pn bit in the PCOWIRE register In this case when the Pn bit is clear the module is not powered and does not receive a clock If the Pn bit is set t...

Page 438: ...31 1 RESERVED R 0x0 0 P0 R W 0x1 1 Wire Module 0 Power Control The Pn bit encodings do not apply if the corresponding bit in the RCGCOWIRE SCGCOWIRE or DCGCOWIRE register is clear 0x0 The 1 Wire modul...

Page 439: ...n 0 0 Module is not powered and does not receive a clock In this case the state of the peripheral is not retained This is the lowest power consumption state of any peripheral because it consumes no dy...

Page 440: ...eared on any of the preceding events and is not set again until the module is completely powered enabled and internally reset PRWD is shown in Figure 4 175 and described in Table 4 203 Return to Summa...

Page 441: ...D R 0x0 7 R7 R 0x0 16 32 Bit General Purpose Timer 7 Peripheral Ready 0x0 16 32 bit timer module 7 is not ready for access It is unclocked unpowered or in the process of completing a reset sequence 0x...

Page 442: ...R 0x0 16 32 Bit General Purpose Timer 1 Peripheral Ready 0x0 16 32 bit timer module 1 is not ready for access It is unclocked unpowered or in the process of completing a reset sequence 0x1 16 32 bit...

Page 443: ...IO Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 18 RESERVED R 0x0 17 R17 R 0x0 GPIO Port T Peripheral Ready 0x0 GPIO port T is not ready for access It is unclocked unpowered or in t...

Page 444: ...rt G is not ready for access It is unclocked unpowered or in the process of completing a reset sequence 0x1 GPIO port G is ready for access 5 R5 R 0x0 GPIO Port F Peripheral Ready 0x0 GPIO port F is n...

Page 445: ...MA bit is changed A reset change is initiated if the corresponding SRDMA bit is changed from 0 to 1 The PRDMA bit is cleared on any of the preceding events and is not set again until the module is com...

Page 446: ...anged A reset change is initiated if the corresponding SREPI bit is changed from 0 to 1 The PREPI bit is cleared on any of the preceding events and is not set again until the module is completely powe...

Page 447: ...d A reset change is initiated if the corresponding SRHIB bit is changed from 0 to 1 The PRHIB bit is cleared on any of the preceding events and is not set again until the module is completely powered...

Page 448: ...set Description 31 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 R7 R 0x0 UART Module 7 Peripheral Ready 0x0 UART module 7 is not ready for access It is unclocked unpowered or in the process of completing a reset sequence 0x1 U...

Page 449: ...Texas Instruments Incorporated System Control Table 4 209 PRUART Register Field Descriptions continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 0 R0 R 0x0 UART Module 0 Peripheral Ready 0x0 UART module 0 is n...

Page 450: ...10 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 182 PRSSI Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED R3 R2 R1 R0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0...

Page 451: ...e Reset Description 31 10 RESERVED R 0x0 9 R9 R 0x0 I2C Module 9 Peripheral Ready 0x0 I2C module 9 is not ready for access It is unclocked unpowered or in the process of completing a reset sequence 0x...

Page 452: ...is not ready for access It is unclocked unpowered or in the process of completing a reset sequence 0x1 I2C module 2 is ready for access 1 R1 R 0x0 I2C Module 1 Peripheral Ready 0x0 I2C module 1 is no...

Page 453: ...bit is changed A reset change is initiated if the corresponding SRUSB bit is changed from 0 to 1 The PRUSB bit is cleared on any of the preceding events and is not set again until the module is comple...

Page 454: ...d A reset change is initiated if the corresponding SREPHY bit is changed from 0 to 1 The PREPHY bit is cleared on any of the preceding events and is not set again until the module is completely powere...

Page 455: ...he PRCAN bit is cleared on any of the preceding events and is not set again until the module is completely powered enabled and internally reset PRCAN is shown in Figure 4 186 and described in Table 4...

Page 456: ...The PRADC bit is cleared on any of the preceding events and is not set again until the module is completely powered enabled and internally reset PRADC is shown in Figure 4 187 and described in Table...

Page 457: ...reset change is initiated if the corresponding SRACMP bit is changed from 0 to 1 The PRACMP bit is cleared on any of the preceding events and is not set again until the module is completely powered en...

Page 458: ...M bit is changed A reset change is initiated if the corresponding SRPWM bit is changed from 0 to 1 The PRPWM bit is cleared on any of the preceding events and is not set again until the module is comp...

Page 459: ...GCQEI bit is changed A reset change is initiated if the corresponding SRQEI bit is changed from 0 to 1 The PRQEI bit is cleared on any of the preceding events and is not set again until the module is...

Page 460: ...ged A reset change is initiated if the corresponding SREEPROM bit is changed from 0 to 1 The PREEPROM bit is cleared on any of the preceding events and is not set again until the module is completely...

Page 461: ...anged A reset change is initiated if the corresponding SRCCM bit is changed from 0 to 1 The PRCCM bit is cleared on any of the preceding events and is not set again until the modules are completely po...

Page 462: ...ed A reset change is initiated if the corresponding SRLCD bit is changed from 0 to 1 The PRLCD bit is cleared on any of the preceding events and is not set again until the module is completely powered...

Page 463: ...hanged A reset change is initiated if the corresponding SROWIRE bit is changed from 0 to 1 The PROWIRE bit is cleared on any of the preceding events and is not set again until the module is completely...

Page 464: ...A reset change is initiated if the corresponding SREMAC bit is changed from 0 to 1 The PREMAC bit is cleared on any of the preceding events and is not set again until the module is completely powered...

Page 465: ...cannot be modified by the user This value is unique to each individual die but is not a random value This unique device identifier can be used to initiate secure boot processes or as a serial number f...

Page 466: ...register offset addresses not listed in Table 4 225 should be considered as reserved locations and the register contents should not be modified Additional flash and ROM registers defined in the Syste...

Page 467: ...ble 4 227 Return to Summary Table Figure 4 197 CCMCGREQ Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R W 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R W 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R W 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1...

Page 468: ...Revised October 2018 Processor Support and Exception Module This module is an AHB peripheral that handles system level Cortex M4 FPU exceptions For functions with registers mapped into this aperture i...

Page 469: ...ntroller at any given time Software can service multiple interrupt events in a single interrupt service routine by reading the System Exception Masked Interrupt Status SYSEXCMIS register The interrupt...

Page 470: ...Table 5 1 System Exception Registers Offset Acronym Register Name Section 0x0 SYSEXCRIS System Exception Raw Interrupt Status Section 5 2 1 0x4 SYSEXCIM System Exception Interrupt Mask Section 5 2 2...

Page 471: ...x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 Table 5 3 SYSEXCRIS Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 6 RESERVED R 0x0 5 FPIXCRIS R 0x0 Floating Point Inexact Exception Raw Interrupt Status This bit is c...

Page 472: ...Figure 5 2 and described in Table 5 4 Return to Summary Table Figure 5 2 SYSEXCIM Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R W 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R W 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESE...

Page 473: ...0x0 Table 5 5 SYSEXCMIS Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 6 RESERVED R 0x0 5 FPIXCMIS R 0x0 Floating Point Inexact Exception Masked Interrupt Status This bit is cleared...

Page 474: ...1C 0x0 5 FPIXCIC W1C 0x0 Floating Point Inexact Exception Interrupt Clear Writing 1 to this bit clears the FPIXCRIS bit in the SYSEXCRIS register and the FPIXCMIS bit in the SYSEXCMIS register 4 FPOFC...

Page 475: ...ystem power consumption When the processor and peripherals are idle power can be completely removed with only the Hibernation module remaining powered Power can be restored based on an external signal...

Page 476: ...power control using discrete external regulator On chip power control using internal switches under register control VDD supplies power when valid even if VBAT VDD Dedicated pin for waking using an ex...

Page 477: ...LK1EN HIBCC SYSCLKEN WAKE www ti com Block Diagram 477 SLAU723A October 2017 Revised October 2018 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright 2017 2018 Texas Instruments Incorporated Hibernation Module 6...

Page 478: ...lication when the Hibernation modules registers can be accessed Alternatively software may make use of the WRC bit in the Hibernation Control HIBCTL register to ensure that the required timing gap has...

Page 479: ...bernation module is enabled by setting the CLK32EN bit of the HIBCTL register The CLK32EN bit must be set before accessing any other Hibernation module register The type of clock source used for the H...

Page 480: ...DD3ON Mode NOTE Some devices may not supply a GNDX signal See for pins specific to your device RPU Pullup resistor is 1 M RBAT 51 5 CBAT 0 1 F 20 6 3 2 1 Hibernate Clock Output RTCOSC The clock source...

Page 481: ...ock to the Hibernation module and Hibernation module registers are not accessible 6 3 4 Battery Management NOTE System level factors may affect the accuracy of the low battery detect circuit The desig...

Page 482: ...edure errors in the application caused by the HIBRTCC register rolling over by a count of 1 during a read of the RTCSSC field are prevented The RTC can be configured to generate an alarm by setting th...

Page 483: ...Match HIBCALMn and Hibernation Calendar Load HIBCALLDn register fields are written or stored in hexadecimal When reading the Hibernation Calendar n HIBCALn registers the status of the VALID bit in the...

Page 484: ...0x7FFF before rolling over to 0x0 to begin counting up again If the match value is within this range the match interrupt is triggered twice For example as shown in Figure 6 5 if the match interrupt w...

Page 485: ...h pass through a glitch filter Tamper I O pad events are detected by comparing the level on a tamper I O pad with an expected value The tamper I O is sampled using the hibernate clock source and when...

Page 486: ...is detected The software may reset the trigger source and the STATE field by writing to the TPCLR bit in the HIBTPCTL register System Event Response When a tamper event is detected an NMI is generated...

Page 487: ...PCTL register NOTE The HIBTPLOG7 register is sticky and is only cleared by a Hibernate module reset 6 3 6 2 5 Tamper I O Control Up to four tamper I Os are available These signals are individually ena...

Page 488: ...upply until a Wake event Power to the microcontroller is restored by deasserting the HIB signal which causes the external regulator to turn power back on to the chip 6 3 9 Power Control Using VDD3ON M...

Page 489: ...gisters By setting the WAKE bit in the Tamper Control HIBTPCTL register a tamper event can cause a wake from Hibernate If a tamper event occurs the time of the event and the status of the tamper pins...

Page 490: ...eep Mode The events that can trigger an interrupt are configured by setting the appropriate bits in the Hibernation Interrupt Mask HIBIM register Pending interrupts can be cleared by writing the corre...

Page 491: ...ty of the Hibernation module 1 Write 0x0000 0040 to the HIBCTL register at offset 0x010 to enable 32 768 kHz Hibernation oscillator 2 Write the required RTC match value to the HIBRTCM0 register at off...

Page 492: ...1 Write 0x0000 0040 to the HIBCTL register at offset 0x010 to enable 32 768 kHz Hibernation oscillator 2 Write the required RTC match value to the HIBRTCM0 register at offset 0x004 and the RTCSSM fie...

Page 493: ...by the system clock writes to these registers and bits are immediate Writing to registers other than the HIBCTL and HIBIM before the CLK32EN bit in the HIBCTL register has been set may produce unexpe...

Page 494: ...Control Section 6 5 23 0x4E0 HIBTPLOG0 HIB Tamper Log 0 Section 6 5 24 0x4E4 HIBTPLOG1 HIB Tamper Log 1 Section 6 5 25 0x4E8 HIBTPLOG2 HIB Tamper Log 2 Section 6 5 24 0x4EC HIBTPLOG3 HIB Tamper Log 3...

Page 495: ...The RTC value can be read by first reading the HIBRTCC register reading the RTCSSC field in the HIBRTCSS register and then rereading the HIBRTCC register If the two values for HIBRTCC are equal the re...

Page 496: ...HIBCTL register to ensure that the required timing gap has elapsed If the WRC bit is clear any attempted write access is ignored See Section 6 3 1 The HIBIO register and bits RSTWK PADIOWK and WC of t...

Page 497: ...requirements Software should make use of the WRC bit in the HIBCTL register to ensure that the required timing gap has elapsed If the WRC bit is clear any attempted write access is ignored See Section...

Page 498: ...required synchronization has elapsed While the WRC bit is clear any attempts to write this register are ignored Reads may occur at any time Note that once tamper is enabled the following HIBCTL clock...

Page 499: ...et when enabling VDD3ON mode 0x0 GPIO retention is released when power is reapplied The GPIOs are initialized to default values 0x1 GPIO retention set until software clears this bit 29 20 RESERVED R 0...

Page 500: ...ndar mode the battery voltage is checked on minutes divisible by 8 while in hibernation If the voltage is below the level specified by VBATSEL field the microcontroller wakes from hibernation and the...

Page 501: ...in active mode 3 RTCWEN R W 0x0 RTC Wake up Enable 0x0 An RTC match event has no effect on hibernation 0x1 An RTC match event the value the HIBRTCC register matches the value of the HIBRTCM0 register...

Page 502: ...Figure 6 13 and described in Table 6 8 Return to Summary Table Figure 6 13 HIBIM Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R...

Page 503: ...0x1 An interrupt is sent to the interrupt controller when the EXTW bit in the HIBRIS register is set 2 LOWBAT R W 0x0 Low Battery Voltage Interrupt Mask 0x0 The LOWBAT interrupt is suppressed and not...

Page 504: ...RIS Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 VDDFAIL R 0x0 VDD Fail Raw Interrupt Status 0x0 No VDDFAIL interrupt condition exists 0x1 An interrupt is sent to...

Page 505: ...CTL register 0x0 The WAKE pin has not been asserted 0x1 The WAKE pin has been asserted 2 LOWBAT R 0x0 Low Battery Voltage Raw Interrupt Status This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the LOWBAT bit in t...

Page 506: ...ESERVED R 0x0 7 VDDFAIL R 0x0 VDD Fail Interrupt Mask 0x0 An VDDFAIL interrupt has not occurred or is masked 0x1 An unmasked interrupt was signaled due to a an arbitrary loss of power or because on or...

Page 507: ...to the LOWBAT bit in the HIBIC register 0x0 A low battery voltage interrupt has not occurred or is masked 0x1 An unmasked interrupt was signaled due to a low battery voltage condition 1 RESERVED R 0x...

Page 508: ...1 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 VDDFAIL RSTWK PADIOWK WC EXTW LOWBAT RESERVED RTCALT0 R W1C 0x0 R W1C 0x0 R W1C 0x0 R W1C 0x0 R W1C 0x0 R W1C 0x0 R...

Page 509: ...terrupt Clear Writing a 1 to this bit clears the LOWBAT bit in the HIBRIS and HIBMIS registers Reads return the raw interrupt status 1 RESERVED R 0x0 0 RTCALT0 R W1C 0x0 RTC Alert0 Masked Interrupt Cl...

Page 510: ...n 6 3 1 The HIBIO register and bits RSTWK PADIOWK and WC of the HIBIC register do not require waiting for write to complete Because these registers are clocked by the system clock writes to these regi...

Page 511: ...egister do not require waiting for write to complete Because these registers are clocked by the system clock writes to these registers bits are immediate Writing to registers other than the HIBCTL and...

Page 512: ...N RESERVED WUUNLK R 0x0 R W 0x0 R 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 6 14 HIBIO Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 IOWRC R 0x1 I O Write Complete Indicates whether or not the configuration...

Page 513: ...WRC bit in the HIBCTL register to ensure that the required timing gap has elapsed If the WRC bit is clear any attempted write access is ignored See Section 6 3 1 The HIBIO register and bits RSTWK PAD...

Page 514: ...ed in Table 6 16 Return to Summary Table Figure 6 21 HIBCALCTL Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1...

Page 515: ...VALID R 0x0 Valid Calendar Load The calendar may take several cycles to update as the values roll over This bit indicates whether the HIBCAL0 register contents are valid 0x0 Register currently updati...

Page 516: ...Calendar Load The calendar may take several cycles to update as the values roll over This bit indicates whether the HIBCAL1 register contents are valid 0x0 Register currently updating or initializing...

Page 517: ...25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED AMPM RESERVED HR R 0x0 W 0x0 R 0x0 W 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED MIN R 0x0 W 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED SEC R 0x0 W 0x0 Table 6 19 HIBCA...

Page 518: ...RESERVED MON R 0x0 W 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED DOM R 0x0 W 0x0 Table 6 20 HIBCALLD1 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 27 RESERVED R 0x0 26 24 DOW W 0x0 Day of Week Th...

Page 519: ...ED HR R 0x0 R W 0x0 R 0x0 R W 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED MIN R 0x0 R W 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED SEC R 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 6 21 HIBCALM0 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Descr...

Page 520: ...ister values the RTCALT0 bit is set in the HIBRIS register NOTE The day of week month and year are not included in the match functionality HIBCALM1 is shown in Figure 6 27 and described in Table 6 22...

Page 521: ...all the other registers Reading the HIBLOCK register returns the lock status rather than the 32 bit value written Therefore when write accesses are disabled reading the HIBLOCK register returns 0x000...

Page 522: ...HIBCTL register has been set may produce unexpected results NOTE Errant writes to the Tamper registers are protected by the Hibernate HIBLOCK register HIBTPCTL is shown in Figure 6 29 and described i...

Page 523: ...tion Module Table 6 24 HIBTPCTL Register Field Descriptions continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 0 TPEN R W 0x0 Tamper Module Enable This bit enables the Tamper module Once tamper is enabled the...

Page 524: ...immediate Writing to registers other than the HIBCTL and HIBIM before the CLK32EN bit in the HIBCTL register has been set may produce unexpected results NOTE Errant writes to the Tamper registers are...

Page 525: ...en set may produce unexpected results NOTE Errant writes to the Tamper registers are protected by the Hibernate HIBLOCK register HIBTPIO is shown in Figure 6 31 and described in Table 6 26 Return to S...

Page 526: ...0x0 TMPR1 Glitch Filtering 0x0 A trigger match level is ignored until the TMPR1 signal is stable for two hibernate clocks 0x1 A trigger match level is ignored until the TMPR1 signal is stable for 3 07...

Page 527: ...used if accurate time stamps on the tamper log are critical HIBTPLOG0 is shown in Figure 6 32 and described in Table 6 27 Return to Summary Table Figure 6 32 HIBTPLOG0 Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24...

Page 528: ...d on a Hibernation module reset HIBTPLOG1 is shown in Figure 6 33 and described in Table 6 28 Return to Summary Table Figure 6 33 HIBTPLOG1 Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20...

Page 529: ...e 6 34 and described in Table 6 29 Return to Summary Table Figure 6 34 HIBPP Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0...

Page 530: ...re 6 35 and described in Table 6 30 Return to Summary Table Figure 6 35 HIBCC Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x...

Page 531: ...ified Execute only blocks cannot be erased or programmed and can only be read by the controller instruction fetch mechanism protecting the contents of those blocks from being read by either the contro...

Page 532: ...EEDONE EESUPP EEUNLOCK EEPROT EEPASSn EEINT EEHIDE EEDBGME EEPROMPP EEPROM Control EEPROM Array DMA Control SPB 8 KB Sectors 8 KB Sectors 8 KB Sectors 8 KB Sectors Block Diagram www ti com 532 SLAU723...

Page 533: ...ess to the same bank incurs a stall of a single clock cycle The SRAM layout allows for multiple masters to access different SRAM banks simultaneously If two masters attempt to access the same SRAM ban...

Page 534: ...reset vector pointer are loaded from ROM at address 0x0100 0000 and 0x0100 0004 respectively The bootloader executes and configures the available boot slave interfaces and waits for an external memory...

Page 535: ...ondary table that contains one pointer per API that is associated with that peripheral The main table is located at 0x0100 0010 after the Cortex M4F vector table in the ROM Additional APIs are availab...

Page 536: ...CPU frequency ranges Table 7 1 MEMTIM0 Register Configuration and Frequency CPU Frequency Range f in MHz Time Period Range t in ns Flash Bank Clock High Time FBCHT Flash Bank Clock Edge FBCE Flash Wa...

Page 537: ...alled until the autofill is complete and new entry can be accessed For an instruction miss access to the flash bank starts immediately after the address is available provided the flash subsystem is no...

Page 538: ...s and flash memory can effectively be used at 20 MHz and higher an application can have an improvement in current consumption from 16 MHz to 20 MHz The prefetch buffers can be forced ON and OFF by set...

Page 539: ...g a mirrored copy on the upper bank In addition to the data the bootloader in both the lower and upper banks must be mirrored while programming the flash contents If data needs to be recovered a hot s...

Page 540: ...is changed from 1 to 0 and not committed it can be restored by executing a simulated power on reset SIM_POR event The changes are committed using the Flash Memory Control FMC register For details on...

Page 541: ...nent and cannot be reversed 7 2 3 8 Interrupts The flash memory controller can generate interrupts when the following conditions are observed Programming Interrupt Signals when a program or erase acti...

Page 542: ...be 0xA442 or the value programmed into the FLPEKEY register depending on the KEY value in the BOOTCFG register See Section 7 5 2 and Section 7 3 9 for more information 4 Poll the FMC register until t...

Page 543: ...n Section 3 3 4 3 All of the FMPREn FMPPEn and USER_REGn registers in addition to the BOOTCFG register can be committed in nonvolatile memory The FMPREn FMPPEn and USER_REGn registers can be tested be...

Page 544: ...001E FMPRE15 FMPPE0 0x0000 0001 FMPPE0 FMPPE1 0x0000 0003 FMPPE1 FMPPE2 0x0000 0005 FMPPE2 FMPPE3 0x0000 0007 FMPPE3 FMPPE4 0x0000 0009 FMPPE4 FMPPE5 0x0000 000B FMPPE5 FMPPE6 0x0000 000D FMPPE6 FMPPE...

Page 545: ...plication can write the EEOFFSET register any time and it is also automatically incremented when the EEPROM Read Write with Increment EERDWRINC register is accessed However the EERDWRINC register does...

Page 546: ...for protection rules that control access of that block based on whether it is locked or unlocked Generally the lock can be used to prevent write accesses when locked or can prevent read and write acc...

Page 547: ...ash memory interrupt vector Software can determine that the source of the interrupt was the EEPROM by examining bit 2 of the Flash Controller Masked Interrupt Status and Clear FCMISC register 7 2 4 1...

Page 548: ...d be reset by setting and then clearing the R0 bit in the EEPROM Software Reset SREEPROM register and waiting for the WORKING bit in the EEDONE register to clear before again checking the EESUPP regis...

Page 549: ...ng the EEPROM Software Reset SREEPROM register at offset 0x558 in the System Control register space 5 Insert a delay of six cycles plus function call overhead 6 Poll the WORKING bit in the EEPROM Done...

Page 550: ...on 7 3 5 0x14 FCMISC Flash Controller Masked Interrupt Status and Clear Section 7 3 6 0x20 FMC2 Flash Memory Control 2 Section 7 3 7 0x30 FWBVAL Flash Write Buffer Valid Section 7 3 8 0x3C FLPEKEY Fla...

Page 551: ...OOTCFG this register contains a 16KB aligned CPU byte address and specifies which block is erased Note that the alignment requirements must be met by software or the results of the operation are unpre...

Page 552: ...ramming cycle Note that the contents of this register are undefined for a read access of an execute only block This register is not used during erase cycles FMD is shown in Figure 7 10 and described i...

Page 553: ...7 10 Return to Summary Table Figure 7 11 FMC Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 WRKEY W 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 WRKEY W 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED COMT MERASE...

Page 554: ...a page of Flash memory and to monitor the progress of that process For information on erase time see the device specific data sheet 0x0 A write of 0 has no effect on the state of this bit When read a...

Page 555: ...on 31 14 RESERVED R 0x0 13 PROGRIS R 0x0 Program Verify Error Raw Interrupt Status This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the PROGMISC bit in the FCMISC register 0x0 An interrupt has not occurred 0x1 A...

Page 556: ...interrupt has not occurred 0x1 An EEPROM interrupt has occurred 1 PRIS R 0x0 Programming Raw Interrupt Status This bit provides status on programming cycles which are write or erase actions generated...

Page 557: ...Program Verify Error Interrupt Mask 0x0 The PROGRIS interrupt is suppressed and not sent to the interrupt controller 0x1 An interrupt is sent to the interrupt controller when the PROGRIS bit is set 12...

Page 558: ...reporting of the programming raw interrupt status to the interrupt controller 0x0 The PRIS interrupt is suppressed and not sent to the interrupt controller 0x1 An interrupt is sent to the interrupt co...

Page 559: ...es that an interrupt has not occurred A write of 0 has no effect on the state of this bit 0x1 When read a 1 indicates that an unmasked interrupt was signaled Writing a 1 to this bit clears PROGMISC an...

Page 560: ...tus and Clear 0x0 When read a 0 indicates that a programming cycle complete interrupt has not occurred A write of 0 has no effect on the state of this bit 0x1 When read a 1 indicates that an unmasked...

Page 561: ...contains a write key which is used to minimize the incidence of accidental Flash memory writes There are two options for the WRKEY value If the KEY value in the BOOTCFG register is 0x1 at reset the v...

Page 562: ...r they are cleared by the write operation The next write operation then uses the same data as the previous one In addition if a FWBn register change should not be written to Flash memory software can...

Page 563: ...s This can be used for cases where a new image is downloaded and the first word of the new image has the 16 bit key value to be used for that product This 16 bit key is used to allow the write to FMC...

Page 564: ...so it is not necessary to write the entire bank of registers in order to write 1 or 2 words The FWBn registers are written into the Flash memory with the FWB0 register corresponding to the address co...

Page 565: ...0x1 Prefetch Buffer Mode 0x0 Single set of 2x256 bit buffers used 0x1 Two sets of 2x256 bit prefetch buffers are available to use and may be enabled through the FLASHCONF register 29 FMM R 0x1 Flash...

Page 566: ...r should be used to determine the size of the SRAM that is implemented on this microcontroller SSIZE is shown in Figure 7 20 and described in Table 7 19 Return to Summary Table Figure 7 20 SSIZE Regis...

Page 567: ...ESERVED CLRTV RESERVED FPFON FPFOFF R 0x0 R W 0x0 R 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED R 0x0 Table 7 20 FLASHCONF Register Field Descriptions Bit Field T...

Page 568: ...R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 Table 7 21 ROMSWMAP Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 SW7EN R 0x0 ROM SW Region 7 Availability 0x0...

Page 569: ...able in low power modes FLASHDMASZ is shown in Figure 7 23 and described in Table 7 22 Return to Summary Table Figure 7 23 FLASHDMASZ Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13...

Page 570: ...can access Flash in Run Mode only not available in low power modes FLASHDMAST is shown in Figure 7 24 and described in Table 7 23 Return to Summary Table Figure 7 24 FLASHDMAST Register 31 30 29 28 27...

Page 571: ...ection 0x0 EESIZE EEPROM Size Information Section 7 4 1 0x4 EEBLOCK EEPROM Current Block Section 7 4 2 0x8 EEOFFSET EEPROM Current Offset Section 7 4 3 0x10 EERDWR EEPROM Read Write Section 7 4 4 0x14...

Page 572: ...5 and described in Table 7 26 Return to Summary Table Figure 7 25 EESIZE Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED BLKCNT R 0x0 R 0x60 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 WOR...

Page 573: ...er Note that block 0 cannot be hidden EEBLOCK is shown in Figure 7 26 and described in Table 7 27 Return to Summary Table Figure 7 26 EEBLOCK Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 1...

Page 574: ...ffset EEOFFSET is shown in Figure 7 27 and described in Table 7 28 Return to Summary Table Figure 7 27 EEOFFSET Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 1...

Page 575: ...ter during the EEPROM initialization sequence is only valid when the WORKING bit is 0 in EEDONE register EERDWR is shown in Figure 7 28 and described in Table 7 29 Return to Summary Table Figure 7 28...

Page 576: ...read of the EERDWRINC register during the EEPROM initialization sequence is only valid when the WORKING bit is 0 in EEDONE register EERDWRINC is shown in Figure 7 29 and described in Table 7 30 Return...

Page 577: ...that register write If all of the bits are clear then the writes completed with success NOTE Reads of the following registers during the EEPROM initialization sequence are only valid when the WORKING...

Page 578: ...Description 3 WKCOPY R 0x0 Working on a Copy 0x0 The EEPROM is not copying 0x1 A write is in progress and is waiting for the EEPROM to copy to or from the copy buffer 2 WKERASE R 0x0 Working on an Era...

Page 579: ...the failed operation has been successfully completed These bits are not changed by reset so any condition that occurred before a reset is still indicated after a reset EESUPP is shown in Figure 7 31...

Page 580: ...In the event that an invalid value is written to this register the block remains locked The state of the EEPROM lock can be determined by reading back the EEUNLOCK register If a multi word password i...

Page 581: ...Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 4 RESERVED R 0x0 3 ACC R W 0x0 Access Control If this bit is set for block 0 then the whole EEPROM may only be accessed by supervisor code 0x0 Both us...

Page 582: ...bit password The registers do not have to be written consecutively and the EEPASS1 and EEPASS2 registers may be written at a later date Based on whether 1 2 or all 3 registers have been written the un...

Page 583: ...is set whenever the EEDONE register value changes from 0x1 as the Flash memory and the EEPROM share an interrupt vector EEINT is shown in Figure 7 35 and described in Table 7 36 Return to Summary Tab...

Page 584: ...hat there is no password to search for in the code or data EEHIDE0 is shown in Figure 7 36 and described in Table 7 37 Return to Summary Table Figure 7 36 EEHIDE0 Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 H0 R...

Page 585: ...lication This register also provides for additional security in that there is no password to search for in the code or data EEHIDE1 is shown in Figure 7 37 and described in Table 7 38 Return to Summar...

Page 586: ...lication This register also provides for additional security in that there is no password to search for in the code or data EEHIDE2 is shown in Figure 7 38 and described in Table 7 39 Return to Summar...

Page 587: ...erasing the mechanism should be used again to complete the operation Powering off prematurely does not expose secured data To start a mass erase the whole register must be written as 0xE37B0001 The r...

Page 588: ...Summary Table Figure 7 40 EEPROMPP Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED SIZE R 0x0 R 0x1FF Table 7 41 EEPROMPP Register Field Descri...

Page 589: ...Name Section 0xD4 RVP Reset Vector Pointer Section 7 5 1 0x1D0 BOOTCFG Boot Configuration Section 7 5 2 0x1E0 to 0x1EC USER_REG_0 to USER_REG_3 User Register 0 to User Register 3 Section 7 5 3 0x200 t...

Page 590: ...ontains the address of the reset vector of the software module that is to be executed after boot loader execution The RVP register is initialized by a power on reset RVP is shown in Figure 7 41 and de...

Page 591: ...direct the core to execute the ROM Bootloader or the application in flash memory by using a GPIO signal from Ports A through H as configured by the bits in this register do not select PC0 to PC3 PD7...

Page 592: ...re the factory default value of this register is to perform the sequence detailed in Section 3 3 4 3 BOOTCFG is shown in Figure 7 43 and described in Table 7 45 Return to Summary Table Figure 7 43 BOO...

Page 593: ...is set the contents of address 0x00000004 are checked to see if the flash memory has been programmed If the contents are not 0xFFFFFFFF the core executes out of flash memory If the Flash has not been...

Page 594: ...on reset when the register is not yet committed any other type of reset does not affect this register Once committed the register retains its value through power on reset The only way to restore the f...

Page 595: ...ctors eight bits need to be cleared to create a 16KB read protected sector This register is loaded during the power on reset sequence The factory settings for the FMPREn and FMPPEn registers are a val...

Page 596: ...47 Return to Summary Table Figure 7 45 FMPREn Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 READ_ENABLE R W 0xFFFFFFFF Table 7 47 FMPREn Register Field...

Page 597: ...ead only protection must occur across a block size of 16KB No smaller block size is supported Note that the Flash Memory Protection Read FMPREn registers do allow read protection of a block as small a...

Page 598: ...961 to 1024KB FMPPE is shown in Figure 7 46 and described in Table 7 48 Return to Summary Table Figure 7 46 FMPPEn Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5...

Page 599: ...transfer tasks from the Cortex M4F processor allowing for more efficient use of the processor and the available bus bandwidth The DMA controller can perform transfers between memory and peripherals It...

Page 600: ...rated channels Dedicated channels for supported on chip modules Flexible channel assignments One channel each for receive and transmit path for bidirectional modules Dedicated channel for software ini...

Page 601: ...therwise idle bus cycles the data transfer bandwidth it provides is essentially free with no effect on the rest of the system The bus architecture has been optimized to greatly enhance the ability of...

Page 602: ...s among all the channels making a request and services the channel with the highest priority If a lower priority DMA channel uses a large arbitration size the latency for higher priority channels is i...

Page 603: ...ow single transfers For example perhaps the nature of the data is such that it only makes sense when transferred together as a single unit rather than one piece at a time The single request can be dis...

Page 604: ...er mode The control word and each field are described in detail in Section 8 5 3 The DMA controller updates the transfer size and transfer mode fields as the transfer is performed At the end of a tran...

Page 605: ...n Basic mode and the XFERSIZE reaches 0x000 and is not written back transfers continue until the request is deasserted by the peripheral 8 3 5 3 Auto Mode Auto mode is similar to Basic mode except tha...

Page 606: ...pheral DMA Interrupt x Process data in BUFFER B x Reload alternate structure x Process data in BUFFER B x Reload alternate structure DMA Controller Cortex M4F Processor Time Peripheral DMA Interrupt P...

Page 607: ...s generated only after the last transfer It is possible to loop the list by having the last entry copy the primary control structure to point back to the beginning of the list or to a new list It is a...

Page 608: ...t point to the last location in the corresponding buffer C 4 WORDS SRC A 16 WORDS SRC B SRC DST ITEMS 16 Unused SRC DST ITEMS 1 1 WORD SRC C 4 DEST A 16 DEST B 1 DEST C DST A B 7 6 7 6 7 6 SRC DST ITE...

Page 609: ...VWUXFWXUH Then XVLQJ WKH FKDQQHO V DOWHUQDWH FRQWURO VWUXFWXUH the DMA controller copies data from the source buffer B to the destination buffer DMA Control Table in Memory Buffers in Memory 8VLQJ WK...

Page 610: ...ructure copies the next task to the alternate control structure If the next task is a memory to memory transfer execution starts immediately and runs to completion if the next task is a peripheral typ...

Page 611: ...FKDQQHO V DOWHUQDWH FRQWURO VWUXFWXUH the DMA controller copies data from the source buffer B to the peripheral data register DMA Control Table in Memory Buffers in Memory 8VLQJ WKH FKDQQHO V SULPDU...

Page 612: ...ceived The DMA controller is used to transfer data between these FIFOs and system memory For example when a UART FIFO contains one or more entries a single transfer request is sent to the DMA for proc...

Page 613: ..._done signal is sent to the peripheral that initiated the DMA event Interrupts can be enabled within the peripheral to trigger on DMA transfer completion For more information on peripheral DMA interru...

Page 614: ...for channel 30 is at offset 0x1E0 of the channel control table The channel control structure for channel 30 is located at the offsets shown in Table 8 6 Table 8 6 Channel Control Structure Offsets fo...

Page 615: ...onfigure bit 7 of the DMA Channel Priority Set DMAPRIOSET or DMA Channel Priority Clear DMAPRIOCLR registers to set the channel to high priority or default priority 2 Set bit 7 of the DMA Channel Prim...

Page 616: ...3 3 Start the Transfer Now the channel is configured and is ready to start 1 Enable the channel by setting bit 7 of the DMA Channel Enable Set DMAENASET register The DMA controller is now configured f...

Page 617: ...ase 0x288 Channel 8 alternate control word 8 4 4 2 1 Configure the Source and Destination The source and destination end pointers must be set to the last address for the transfer inclusive Because the...

Page 618: ...rrupts The DMA controller is now configured and enabled for transfer on channel 8 When the peripheral asserts the DMA request signal the DMA controller makes transfers into buffer A using the primary...

Page 619: ...or example to use UART1 RX on channel 8 configure the CH8SEL bit in the DMACHMAP1 register to be 0x1 If a peripheral is enabled on two different channels the DMA channel that has the highest priority...

Page 620: ...Table and the Channel Control Structure The channel control structure is one entry in the channel control table Each channel has a primary and alternate structure The primary control structures are lo...

Page 621: ...om the base address of the control structure in system memory not the DMA module base address DMASRCENDP is shown in Figure 8 7 and described in Table 8 14 Return to Summary Table Figure 8 7 DMASRCEND...

Page 622: ...the base address of the control structure in system memory not the DMA module base address DMADSTENDP is shown in Figure 8 8 and described in Table 8 15 Return to Summary Table Figure 8 8 DMADSTENDP...

Page 623: ...CHCTL Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 30 DSTINC R W X Destination Address Increment This field configures the destination address increment The address increment value...

Page 624: ...s of 2 and are shown below 0x0 1 TransferArbitrates after each DMA transfer 0x1 2 Transfers 0x2 4 Transfers 0x3 8 Transfers 0x4 16 Transfers 0x5 32 Transfers 0x6 64 Transfers 0x7 128 Transfers 0x8 256...

Page 625: ...is generated on completion of the transfers configured by each control structure See Section 8 3 5 4 Memory Scatter Gather When using this mode the primary control structure for the channel is configu...

Page 626: ...Channel Primary Alternate Set Section 8 6 13 0x34 DMAALTCLR DMA Channel Primary Alternate Clear Section 8 6 14 0x38 DMAPRIOSET DMA Channel Priority Set Section 8 6 15 0x3C DMAPRIOCLR DMA Channel Prio...

Page 627: ...7 Revised October 2018 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright 2017 2018 Texas Instruments Incorporated Micro Direct Memory Access DMA Table 8 19 UDMA Access Type Codes continued Access Type Code Desc...

Page 628: ...0h R 0h R 0h Table 8 20 DMASTAT Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 21 RESERVED R 0x0 20 16 DMACHANS R 0x1F Available DMA Channels Minus 1 This field contains a value equa...

Page 629: ...figuration of the DMA controller DMACFG is shown in Figure 8 11 and described in Table 8 21 Return to Summary Table Figure 8 11 DMACFG Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED W X 23 22 21 20 19 18 1...

Page 630: ...control data structure is used See Section 8 3 4 for details about the Channel Control Table The base address must be aligned on a 1024 byte boundary This register cannot be read when the DMA control...

Page 631: ...y for application software to calculate the base address of the alternate channel control structures This register cannot be read when the DMA controller is in the reset state DMAALTBASE is shown in F...

Page 632: ...ature is dependent on the design of the peripheral and is not controllable by software in any way This register cannot be read when the DMA controller is in the reset state DMAWAITSTAT is shown in Fig...

Page 633: ...ed DMA channel DMASWREQ is shown in Figure 8 15 and described in Table 8 25 Return to Summary Table Figure 8 15 DMASWREQ Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8...

Page 634: ...atically clears the corresponding SET n bit allowing the remaining items to transfer using single requests In order to resume transfers using burst requests the corresponding bit must be set again A b...

Page 635: ...rs the corresponding SET n bit in the DMAUSEBURSTSET register DMAUSEBURSTCLR is shown in Figure 8 17 and described in Table 8 27 Return to Summary Table Figure 8 17 DMAUSEBURSTCLR Register 31 30 29 28...

Page 636: ...s The channel can then be used for software initiated transfers DMAREQMASKSET is shown in Figure 8 18 and described in Table 8 28 Return to Summary Table Figure 8 18 DMAREQMASKSET Register 31 30 29 28...

Page 637: ...esponding SET n bit in the DMAREQMASKSET register DMAREQMASKCLR is shown in Figure 8 19 and described in Table 8 29 Return to Summary Table Figure 8 19 DMAREQMASKCLR Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 2...

Page 638: ...enabled but the request mask is set DMAREQMASKSET then the channel can be used for software initiated transfers DMAENASET is shown in Figure 8 20 and described in Table 8 30 Return to Summary Table F...

Page 639: ...n bit in the DMAENASET register DMAENACLR is shown in Figure 8 21 and described in Table 8 31 Return to Summary Table Figure 8 21 DMAENACLR Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15...

Page 640: ...DMA channel DMAALTSET is shown in Figure 8 22 and described in Table 8 32 Return to Summary Table Figure 8 22 DMAALTSET Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8...

Page 641: ...CLR is shown in Figure 8 23 and described in Table 8 33 Return to Summary Table Figure 8 23 DMAALTCLR Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CLR...

Page 642: ...e register returns the status of the channel priority mask DMAPRIOSET is shown in Figure 8 24 and described in Table 8 34 Return to Summary Table Figure 8 24 DMAPRIOSET Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 2...

Page 643: ...bit clears the corresponding SET n bit in the DMAPRIOSET register DMAPRIOCLR is shown in Figure 8 25 and described in Table 8 35 Return to Summary Table Figure 8 25 DMAPRIOCLR Register 31 30 29 28 27...

Page 644: ...bus error occurs on a channel that channel is automatically disabled by the DMA controller The other channels are unaffected DMAERRCLR is shown in Figure 8 26 and described in Table 8 36 Return to Su...

Page 645: ...15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CH3SEL CH2SEL CH1SEL CH0SEL R W 0h R W 0h R W 0h R W 0h Table 8 37 DMACHMAP0 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 28 CH7SEL R W 0x0 DMA...

Page 646: ...13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CH11SEL CH10SEL CH9SEL CH8SEL R W 0h R W 0h R W 0h R W 0h Table 8 38 DMACHMAP1 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 28 CH15SEL R W 0x0 DMA C...

Page 647: ...12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CH19SEL CH18SEL CH17SEL CH16SEL R W 0h R W 0h R W 0h R W 0h Table 8 39 DMACHMAP2 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 28 CH23SEL R W 0x0 DMA Ch...

Page 648: ...12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CH27SEL CH26SEL CH25SEL CH24SEL R W 0h R W 0h R W 0h R W 0h Table 8 40 DMACHMAP3 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 28 CH31SEL R W 0x0 DMA Ch...

Page 649: ...coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values DMAPeriphID4 is shown in Figure 8 31 and described in Table 8 41 Return to Summary Table Figure 8 31 DMAPeriphID4 Register 31 30 29...

Page 650: ...ded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values DMAPeriphID0 is shown in Figure 8 32 and described in Table 8 42 Return to Summary Table Figure 8 32 DMAPeriphID0 Register 31 30 29 2...

Page 651: ...ed and the fields within the registers determine the reset values DMAPeriphID1 is shown in Figure 8 33 and described in Table 8 43 Return to Summary Table Figure 8 33 DMAPeriphID1 Register 31 30 29 28...

Page 652: ...ded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values DMAPeriphID2 is shown in Figure 8 34 and described in Table 8 44 Return to Summary Table Figure 8 34 DMAPeriphID2 Register 31 30 29 2...

Page 653: ...ed and the fields within the registers determine the reset values DMAPeriphID3 is shown in Figure 8 35 and described in Table 8 45 Return to Summary Table Figure 8 35 DMAPeriphID3 Register 31 30 29 28...

Page 654: ...oded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values DMAPCellID0 is shown in Figure 8 36 and described in Table 8 46 Return to Summary Table Figure 8 36 DMAPCellID0 Register 31 30 29 28...

Page 655: ...ed and the fields within the registers determine the reset values DMAPCellID1 is shown in Figure 8 37 and described in Table 8 47 Return to Summary Table Figure 8 37 DMAPCellID1 Register 31 30 29 28 2...

Page 656: ...ded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values DMAPCellID2 is shown in Figure 8 38 and described in Table 8 48 Return to Summary Table Figure 8 38 DMAPCellID2 Register 31 30 29 28...

Page 657: ...ed and the fields within the registers determine the reset values DMAPCellID3 is shown in Figure 8 39 and described in Table 8 49 Return to Summary Table Figure 8 39 DMAPCellID3 Register 31 30 29 28 2...

Page 658: ...9 SLAU723A October 2017 Revised October 2018 Advance Encryption Standard Accelerator AES This section describes the advanced encryption standard AES cryptographic hardware accelerated module Topic Pa...

Page 659: ...xt to an unintelligible form called cipher text Decrypting cipher text converts previously encrypted data back to its original plain text form The main features of the AES accelerator are as follows S...

Page 660: ...cted to the context and data registers so that it can immediately start processing when all data is available The AES wide bus engine also interfaces to the I O control FSM DMA request interface AES c...

Page 661: ...sult 9 2 1 2 Register Interface The register interface block performs all address decoding and control However not all registers are located in this block The context and data input registers are in t...

Page 662: ...ition and use of the block number within a unit The input for the polynomial multiplication is not directly j but j where x2 in the GF 2128 domain In addition F8 encryption or decryption mode F9 and X...

Page 663: ...ithin each column of the state array This transformation operates on the state column by column treating each column as a four term polynomial The columns are considered polynomials over GF 2 8 and mu...

Page 664: ...ation Feedback Copyright 2017 2018 Texas Instruments Incorporated Advance Encryption Standard Accelerator AES Figure 9 2 AES ECB Feedback Mode 9 2 3 1 2 CBC Feedback Mode Figure 9 3 shows the CBC feed...

Page 665: ...ion Feedback Copyright 2017 2018 Texas Instruments Incorporated Advance Encryption Standard Accelerator AES The IV is built out of two components a fixed part and a counter part The counter part is in...

Page 666: ...shows the F8 feedback mode of operation for encryption and decryption The input to the cryptographic core is the result of the XOR operation of the previous cryptographic core output a constant IV an...

Page 667: ...ctional Description 667 SLAU723A October 2017 Revised October 2018 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright 2017 2018 Texas Instruments Incorporated Advance Encryption Standard Accelerator AES Figure 9...

Page 668: ...d Accelerator AES 9 2 3 1 8 CBC MAC Operation Figure 9 9 shows the CBC MAC authentication mode of operation where the input to the cryptographic core is XORed with the IV The cryptographic core output...

Page 669: ...Advance Encryption Standard Accelerator AES 9 2 3 1 9 GCM Operation Figure 9 10 shows one round of a GCM operation for encryption and decryption A 32 bit counter is used as IV as it is for CTR mode T...

Page 670: ...rmediate authentication result The XOR result is used as input for a second encryption operation to calculate the next intermediate authentication result Figure 9 11 AES CCM Operation 9 2 3 2 Extended...

Page 671: ...e SOFTRESET bit in the AES_SYSCONFIG register is automatically reset Software must ensure that the software reset completes before doing any operations The behavior of the software reset is the same a...

Page 672: ...the new IV If H needs to be calculated by the core complete GCM mode this number needs to be doubled If Y0 encrypted is not calculated forced to zero such that the hash result is not encrypted this nu...

Page 673: ...need to be calculated internally using the new IV If H needs to be calculated by the core complete GCM mode this number needs to be doubled If Y0 encrypted is not calculated forced to zero such that t...

Page 674: ...interrupts in the AES DMA Interrupt Mask AES_DMAIM register CCM offset 0x020 5 Specify the size of the keys by programming the KEY_SIZE bit field in the AES_CTRL register 6 Load AES Key 1 AES_KEY1_n r...

Page 675: ...key size to 128 bits by setting the KEY_SIZE field to 0x1 in the AES_CTRL register 4 Load the AES Initialization Vector Input n AES_IV_IN_n registers at offset 0x040 to 0x04C 9 4 1 2 6 Subsequence Ini...

Page 676: ...sequence Initialize CBC AES Core Mode To configure CBC mode 1 Enable CBC Mode by setting the MODE bit in the AES_CTRL register 2 Load the AES Initialization Vector Input n AES_IV_IN_n registers at off...

Page 677: ...ed 9 4 1 3 3 AES DMA Mode When AES DMA Mode is enabled the AES_IRQENABLE register should be cleared To enable the DMA to transfer data follow these steps 1 When the AES module has been initialized ena...

Page 678: ...RQENABLE 3 0 0xF Write Next Data AES_DATA_IN_n xxxx Is interrupt caused By context output even AES_IRQSTATUS 3 CONTEXT_OUT 0 x 1 Is interrupt caused By context output even AES_IRQSTATUS 1 DATA_IN 0 x...

Page 679: ...1 0x028 AES_KEY1_4 AES Key 1_4 Section 9 5 1 0x02C AES_KEY1_5 AES Key 1_5 Section 9 5 1 0x030 AES_KEY1_2 AES Key 1_2 Section 9 5 1 0x034 AES_KEY1_3 AES Key 1_3 Section 9 5 1 0x038 AES_KEY1_0 AES Key...

Page 680: ...entation Feedback Copyright 2017 2018 Texas Instruments Incorporated Advance Encryption Standard Accelerator AES Table 9 6 AES Access Type Codes continued Access Type Code Description W W Write W1C 1C...

Page 681: ...AES_KEY2_2 0x010 Secure XTS CCM CBC MAC second key Hash Key input AES_KEY2_3 0x014 Secure XTS second key MSW for 128 bit key CCM CBC MAC second key MSW Hash Key input MSW AES_KEY2_0 0x018 Secure XTS...

Page 682: ...048 AES Initialization Vector Input 3 AES_IV_IN_3 offset 0x04C This register contains the initialization vector input AES_IV_IN_n is shown in Figure 9 15 and described in Table 9 9 Return to Summary T...

Page 683: ...1 Context Data Registers Ready 0x0 The context data registers are not ready to be overwritten 0x1 The context data registers can be overwritten and the host is permitted to write the next context 30 S...

Page 684: ...d to zero 0x2 GHASH with H loaded and Y0 encrypted calculated internally 0x3 Autonomous GHASH both H and Y0 encrypted calculated internally 15 CBCMAC R W 0x0 AES CBC MAC Enable The DIRECTION bit must...

Page 685: ...0x0 Counter mode is not enabled 0x1 Counter mode is enabled 5 MODE R W 0x0 ECB CBC Mode 0x0 ECB mode 0x1 CBC mode 4 3 KEY_SIZE R W 0x0 Key Size 0x0 reserved 0x1 Key is 128 bits 0x2 Key is 192 bits 0x3...

Page 686: ...rite to this register triggers the engine to start using this context This is valid for all modes except GCM and CCM Note that for the combined modes this length does not include the authentication on...

Page 687: ...his register is optionally used to load j Loading of j is only required if j 0 j is a 28 bit value and must be written to bits 31 4 of this register j represents the sequential number of the 128 bit b...

Page 688: ...ta R W Plaintext Ciphertext n AES_DATA_IN_n registers are used to read and write plaintext ciphertext The AES_DATA_IN_0 register contains the most significant word the AES_DATA_IN_3 register contains...

Page 689: ...offset 0x078 AES Hash Tag Out 3 AES_TAG_OUT_3 offset 0x07C This register displays the Hash result The AES_TAG_OUT_0 register is the most significant word of the Hash and the AES_TAG_OUT_3 register is...

Page 690: ...1 AES IP Revision Identifier AES_REVISION This register contains the IP revision number of the AES AES_REVISION is shown in Figure 9 21 and described in Table 9 15 Return to Summary Table Figure 9 21...

Page 691: ...scription 31 13 RESERVED R 0x0 12 K3 R W 0x0 K3 Select 0x0 A regular cryptographic operation is performed 0x1 The K3 key is used as the key for the selected cryptographic operation The key size should...

Page 692: ...input request 0x1 DMA enabled for context input request 6 DMA_REQ_DATA_OUT_ EN R W 0x0 DMA Request Data Out Enable The dma_done indication bits in AES_DMARIS register at CCM offset 0x024 identify to t...

Page 693: ...tes if reset has completed AES_SYSSTATUS is shown in Figure 9 23 and described in Table 9 17 Return to Summary Table Figure 9 23 AES_SYSSTATUS Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21...

Page 694: ...DATA_OUT DATA_IN CONTEXT_IN R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 Table 9 18 AES_IRQSTATUS Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 4 RESERVED R 0x0 3 CONTEXT_OUT R 0x0 Context Output...

Page 695: ...ENABLE register should be cleared AES_IRQENABLE is shown in Figure 9 25 and described in Table 9 19 Return to Summary Table Figure 9 25 AES_IRQENABLE Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23...

Page 696: ...26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED S_DIRTY S_ACCESS R 0x0 R W1C 0x0 R W1C 0x0 Table 9 20 AES_DIRTYBITS Registe...

Page 697: ...re relative to the base address 0x44030000 Table 9 21 AES DMA Registers Offset Acronym Register Name Section 0x20 AES_DMAIM AES DMA Interrupt Mask Section 9 6 1 0x24 AES_DMARIS AES DMA Raw Interrupt S...

Page 698: ...ed when the DMA writes the last word of the process result 0x0 The DOUT interrupt is suppressed and not sent to the interrupt controller 0x1 The DOUT interrupt is sent to the interrupt controller 2 DI...

Page 699: ...SERVED DOUT DIN COUT CIN R 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 9 24 AES_DMARIS Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 4 RESERVED R 0x0 3 DOUT R W 0x0 Data Out DMA Done R...

Page 700: ...D R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED DOUT DIN COUT CIN R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 Table 9 25 AES_DMAMIS Register Field Descri...

Page 701: ...0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED DOUT DIN COUT CIN R 0x0 W1C 0x0 W1C 0x0 W1C 0x0 W1C 0x0 Table 9 26 AES_DMAIC Register Field Des...

Page 702: ...ing with fully configurable input source trigger events interrupt generation and sequencer priority In addition the conversion value can optionally be diverted to a digital comparator module Each ADC...

Page 703: ...up to 64 samples Eight digital comparators Converter uses two external reference signals VREFA and VREFA or VDDA and GNDA as the voltage reference Power and ground for the analog circuitry is separate...

Page 704: ...by using a programmable sequence based approach instead of the traditional single or double sampling approaches found on many ADC modules Each sample sequence is a fully programmed series of consecut...

Page 705: ...s used the END bit can be set in the nibble associated with the fifth sample allowing Sequencer 0 to complete execution of the sample sequence after the fifth sample After a sample sequence completes...

Page 706: ...r Valid priority values are in the range of 0 3 with 0 being the highest priority and 3 being the lowest Multiple active sample sequencer units with the same priority do not provide consistent results...

Page 707: ...NV for varying NSH values with fADC 16 MHz and fADC 32 MHz are given in tables 18 4 a and 18 4 b The system designer must take into consideration both of these factors for optimal ADC operation Table...

Page 708: ...gure 10 4 Doubling the ADC Sample Rate Using the ADCSPC register ADC0 and ADC1 may provide a number of interesting applications Coincident continuous sampling of different signals The sample sequence...

Page 709: ...les share the same clock source to facilitate the synchronization of data samples between conversion units the selection and programming of which is provided by the ADCCC register of ADC0 The ADC modu...

Page 710: ...r The Analog to Digital Converter ADC module uses a Successive Approximation Register SAR architecture to deliver a 12 bit low power high precision conversion value The successive approximation uses a...

Page 711: ...in the ADC Control ADCCTL register as shown in Figure 10 8 Figure 10 8 ADC Voltage Reference The range of this conversion value is from 0x000 to 0xFFF In single ended input mode the 0x000 value corres...

Page 712: ...odd channel The input differential voltage is defined as VIND VIN VIN therefore If VIND 0 then the conversion result 0x800 If VIND 0 then the conversion result 0x800 range is 0x800 to 0xFFF If VIND 0...

Page 713: ...sensor serves two primary purposes 1 to notify the system that internal temperature is too high or low for reliable operation and 2 to provide temperature measurements for calibration of the Hibernat...

Page 714: ...are used by their respective digital comparator to monitor the external signal Each comparator has two possible output functions processor interrupts and triggers Each function has its own state machi...

Page 715: ...ing of assertions on the interrupt or trigger that continue until the opposite region is entered 10 3 7 2 4 Hysteresis Once Mode The Hysteresis Once operational mode can only be used in conjunction wi...

Page 716: ...C 0x0 or CTC 0x0 10 3 7 3 2 Mid Band Operation To operate in the mid band region the CIC field or the CTC field in the ADCDCCTLn register must be programmed to 0x1 This setting causes interrupts or tr...

Page 717: ...be used and reconfiguring the sample sequencer priorities if needed The initialization sequence for the ADC is as follows 1 Enable the ADC clock using the RCGCADC register see Section 4 2 97 2 Enable...

Page 718: ...ect ADCTSSEL register to specify in which PWM module the generator is located The default register reset selects PWM module 0 for all generators 4 For each sample in the sample sequence configure the...

Page 719: ...Digital Comparator Interrupt Status and Clear Section 10 5 13 0x38 ADCCTL ADC Control Section 10 5 14 0x40 ADCSSMUX0 ADC Sample Sequence Input Multiplexer Select 0 Section 10 5 15 0x44 ADCSSCTL0 ADC S...

Page 720: ...ator Select Section 10 5 32 0xB8 ADCSSEMUX3 ADC Sample Sequence Extended Input Multiplexer Select 3 Section 10 5 33 0xBC ADCSSTSH3 ADC Sample Sequence 3 Sample and Hold Time Section 10 5 34 0xD00 ADCD...

Page 721: ...escription 31 17 RESERVED R 0x0 16 BUSY R 0x0 ADC Busy To use the BUSY bit the ADC Event Multiplexer Select ADCEMUX register must be programmed such that no trigger is selected bit field encoding is 0...

Page 722: ...s Incorporated Analog to Digital Converter ADC Table 10 8 ADCACTSS Register Field Descriptions continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 1 ASEN1 R W 0x0 ADC SS1 Enable 0x0 Sample Sequencer 1 is disab...

Page 723: ...17 RESERVED R 0x0 16 INRDC R 0x0 Digital Comparator Raw Interrupt Status 0x0 All bits in the ADCDCISC register are clear 0x1 At least one bit in the ADCDCISC register is set meaning that a digital co...

Page 724: ...2 Raw Interrupt Status This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the IN2 bit in the ADCISC register 0x0 An interrupt has not occurred 0x1 A sample has completed conversion and the respective ADCSSCTL2 IEn...

Page 725: ...equencer interrupt lines It is recommended that when interrupts are used they are enabled on alternating samples or at the end of the sample sequence ADCIM is shown in Figure 10 17 and described in Ta...

Page 726: ...encer 2 DMA ADCRIS register DMAINR2 bit is sent to the interrupt controller 9 DMAMASK1 R W 0x0 SS1 DMA Interrupt Mask 0x0 The status of Sample Sequencer 1 DMA does not affect the SS1 interrupt status...

Page 727: ...ESERVED DMAIN3 DMAIN2 DMAIN1 DMAIN0 R 0x0 R W1C 0x0 R W1C 0x0 R W1C 0x0 R W1C 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED IN3 IN2 IN1 IN0 R 0x0 R W1C 0x0 R W1C 0x0 R W1C 0x0 R W1C 0x0 Table 10 11 ADCISC Register Fie...

Page 728: ...so clears the DMAINR1 bit in the ADCRIS register 0x0 No interrupt has occurred or the interrupt is masked 0x1 Both the DMAINR1 bit in the ADCRIS register and the DMAMASK1 bit in the ADCIM register are...

Page 729: ...d Descriptions continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 0 IN0 R W1C 0x0 SS0 Interrupt Status and Clear This bit is cleared by writing a 1 Clearing this bit also clears the INR0 bit in the ADCRIS reg...

Page 730: ...s bit is cleared by writing a 1 0x0 The FIFO has not overflowed 0x1 The FIFO for Sample Sequencer 3 has hit an overflow condition meaning that the FIFO is full and a write was requested When an overfl...

Page 731: ...igger is initiated by setting the SSn bit in the ADCPSSI register 0x1 Analog Comparator 0 This trigger is configured by the Analog Comparator Control 0 ACCTL0 register 0x2 Analog Comparator 1 This tri...

Page 732: ...ter 0x9 PWM generator 3 The PWM generator 3 trigger can be configured with the PWM3INTEN register 0xA Reserved 0xC Reserved 0xD Reserved 0xE Never Trigger No triggers are allowed to the ADC digital in...

Page 733: ...trigger is configured by the Analog Comparator Control 2 ACCTL2 register 0x4 External GPIO Pins This trigger is connected to the GPIO interrupt for the corresponding GPIO see 0x5 Timer In addition the...

Page 734: ...1 C 0x0 R W1 C 0x0 R W1 C 0x0 Table 10 14 ADCUSTAT Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 4 RESERVED R 0x0 3 UV3 R W1C 0x0 SS3 FIFO Underflow The valid configurations for this...

Page 735: ...24 RESERVED PS3 RESERVED R 0x0 R W 0x0 R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED PS2 RESERVED R 0x0 R W 0x0 R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED PS1 RESERVED R 0x0 R W 0x0 R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED...

Page 736: ...og to Digital Converter ADC Table 10 15 ADCTSSEL Register Field Descriptions continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 5 4 PS0 R W 0x0 Generator 0 PWM Module Trigger Select This field selects in whic...

Page 737: ...e that specifies the priority encoding of Sample Sequencer 3 A priority encoding of 0x0 is highest and 0x3 is lowest The priorities assigned to the sequencers must be uniquely mapped The ADC may not o...

Page 738: ...ewed sampling with a consistent phase lag the TSHn field in the ADCSSTSHn register must be the same for all sample steps of an ADC and for both ADC Modules The desired lag can be calculated by adding...

Page 739: ...d sample time 0x0 The ADC samples are concurrent 0x1 The ADC sample lags by 1 ADC clock 0x2 The ADC sample lags by 2 ADC clocks 0x3 The ADC sample lags by 3 ADC clocks 0x4 The ADC sample lags by 4 clo...

Page 740: ...in Figure 10 25 and described in Table 10 18 Return to Summary Table Figure 10 25 ADCPSSI Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 GSYNC RESERVED SYNCWAIT RESERVED R W X R 0x0 R W 0x0 R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18...

Page 741: ...ype Reset Description 1 SS1 W X SS1 Initiate Only a write by software is valid a read of this register returns no meaningful data 0x0 No effect 0x1 Begin sampling on Sample Sequencer 1 if the sequence...

Page 742: ...the sequencer FIFO An AVG 7 provides unpredictable results ADCSAC is shown in Figure 10 26 and described in Table 10 19 Return to Summary Table Figure 10 26 ADCSAC Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23...

Page 743: ...pt Status and Clear This bit is cleared by writing a 1 0x0 No interrupt 0x1 Digital Comparator 7 has generated an interrupt 6 DCINT6 R W1C 0x0 Digital Comparator 6 Interrupt Status and Clear This bit...

Page 744: ...xas Instruments Incorporated Analog to Digital Converter ADC Table 10 20 ADCDCISC Register Field Descriptions continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 0 DCINT0 R W1C 0x0 Digital Comparator 0 Interru...

Page 745: ...to set one module to use internal references and another to use external references ADCCTL is shown in Figure 10 28 and described in Table 10 21 Return to Summary Table Figure 10 28 ADCCTL Register 3...

Page 746: ...the sample sequencer It specifies which of the analog inputs is sampled for the analog to digital conversion The value set here indicates the corresponding pin for example a value of 0x1 when EMUX7 is...

Page 747: ...t Description 7 4 MUX1 R W 0x0 2nd Sample Input Select The MUX1 field is used during the second sample of a sequence executed with the sample sequencer It specifies which of the analog inputs is sampl...

Page 748: ...fied by the ADCSSMUXn register is read during the eighth sample of the sample sequence 0x1 The temperature sensor is read during the eighth sample of the sample sequence 30 IE7 R W 0x0 8th Sample Inte...

Page 749: ...read during the sixth sample of the sample sequence 22 IE5 R W 0x0 6th Sample Interrupt Enable It is legal to have multiple samples within a sequence generate interrupts 0x0 The raw interrupt is not a...

Page 750: ...promoted to the interrupt controller 13 END3 R W 0x0 4th Sample is End of Sequence It is possible to end the sequence on any sample position Software must set an ENDn bit somewhere within the sequenc...

Page 751: ...The second sample is the last sample of the sequence 4 D1 R W 0x0 2nd Sample Differential Input Select Because the temperature sensor does not have a differential option this bit must not be set when...

Page 752: ...ADCSSFIFO0 register is used for Sample Sequencer 0 ADCSSFIFO1 for Sequencer 1 ADCSSFIFO2 for Sequencer 2 and ADCSSFIFO3 for Sequencer 3 Reads of this register return conversion result data in the ord...

Page 753: ...DCSSFSTAT3 on FIFO3 which has a single entry ADCSSFSTATn is shown in Figure 10 32 and described in Table 10 25 Return to Summary Table Figure 10 32 ADCSSFSTATn Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVE...

Page 754: ...0x0 Sample 7 Digital Comparator Operation 0x0 The eighth sample is saved in Sample Sequence FIFO0 0x1 The eighth sample is sent to the digital comparator unit specified by the S7DCSEL bit in the ADCS...

Page 755: ...omparator Unit 0 ADCDCCMP0 and ADCDCCTL0 0x1 Digital Comparator Unit 1 ADCDCCMP1 and ADCDCCTL1 0x2 Digital Comparator Unit 2 ADCDCCMP2 and ADCDCCTL2 0x3 Digital Comparator Unit 3 ADCDCCMP3 and ADCDCCT...

Page 756: ...X4 R 0x0 R W 0x0 R 0x0 R W 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED EMUX3 RESERVED EMUX2 R 0x0 R W 0x0 R 0x0 R W 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED EMUX1 RESERVED EMUX0 R 0x0 R W 0x0 R 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 10 28 ADC...

Page 757: ...description as EMUX7 11 9 RESERVED R 0x0 8 EMUX2 R W 0x0 3rd Sample Input Select Upper Bit The EMUX2 field is used during the third sample of a sequence executed with the sample sequencer This bit has...

Page 758: ...10 30 Return to Summary Table Figure 10 36 ADCSSTSH0 Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 TSH7 TSH6 TSH5 TSH4 TSH3 TSH2 TSH1 TSH0 R W 0x0 R W...

Page 759: ...Reset Description 11 8 TSH2 R W 0x0 3rd Sample and Hold Period Select The TSH2 field is used during the third sample of a sequence executed with the sample sequencer 7 4 TSH1 R W 0x0 2nd Sample and Ho...

Page 760: ...registers are 16 bits wide and contain information for four possible samples See the ADCSSMUX0 register on Section 10 5 15 for detailed bit descriptions The ADCSSMUX1 register affects Sample Sequencer...

Page 761: ...R W 0x0 Table 10 32 ADCSSCTLn Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 TS3 R W 0x0 4th Sample Temp Sensor Select 0x0 The input pin specified by the ADCSSMUX...

Page 762: ...ally sampled The corresponding ADCSSMUXn nibble must be set to the pair number i where the paired inputs are 2i and 2i 1 7 TS1 R W 0x0 2nd Sample Temp Sensor Select 0x0 The input pin specified by the...

Page 763: ...promoted to the interrupt controller 1 END0 R W 0x0 1st Sample is End of Sequence It is possible to end the sequence on any sample position Software must set an ENDn bit somewhere within the sequence...

Page 764: ...0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED S3DCOP RESERVED S2DCOP R 0x0 R W 0x0 R 0x0 R W 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED S1DCOP RESERVED S0DCOP R 0x0 R W 0x0 R 0x0 R W 0x0 T...

Page 765: ...Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 12 S3DCSEL R W 0x0 Sample 3 Digital Comparator Select When the S3DCOP bit in the ADCSSOPn register is set this fiel...

Page 766: ...he available pairs ADCSSEMUXn is shown in Figure 10 41 and described in Table 10 35 Return to Summary Table Figure 10 41 ADCSSEMUXn Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17...

Page 767: ...ments Incorporated Analog to Digital Converter ADC Table 10 35 ADCSSEMUXn Register Field Descriptions continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 0 EMUX0 R W 0x0 1st Sample Input Select Upper Bit The E...

Page 768: ...0x7 Reserved 0x8 64 0x9 Reserved 0xA 128 0xB Reserved 0xC 256 0xD 0xF Reserved ADCSSTSHn is shown in Figure 10 42 and described in Table 10 37 Return to Summary Table Figure 10 42 ADCSSTSHn Register...

Page 769: ...X3 register is set the MUX0 field in this register selects from AIN 23 16 When the EMUX0 bit is clear the MUX0 field selects from AIN 15 0 This register is four bits wide and contains information for...

Page 770: ...Type Reset Description 31 4 RESERVED R 0x0 3 TS0 R W 0x0 1st Sample Temp Sensor Select 0x0 The input pin specified by the ADCSSMUXn register is read during the first sample of the sample sequence 0x1...

Page 771: ...nit ADCSSOP3 is shown in Figure 10 45 and described in Table 10 40 Return to Summary Table Figure 10 45 ADCSSOP3 Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0...

Page 772: ...2 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED S0DCSEL R 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 10 41 ADCSSDC3 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 4 RESERVED R 0x0 3 0 S0DCSEL R W 0x0 Sample 0 Digital Co...

Page 773: ...esignation is used the Dn bit is set in the ADCSSCTL3 register because the ADCSSMUX3 register can select all the available pairs ADCSSEMUX3 is shown in Figure 10 47 and described in Table 10 42 Return...

Page 774: ...le and hold width should be at least 16 ADC clocks TSHn 0x4 Table 10 43 Sample and Hold Width in ADC Clocks TSHn Encoding NSH 0x0 4 0x1 Reserved 0x2 8 0x3 Reserved 0x4 16 0x5 Reserved 0x6 32 0x7 Reser...

Page 775: ...ger has been cleared this bit is automatically cleared Because the digital comparators use the current and previous ADC conversion values to determine when to assert the trigger it is important to res...

Page 776: ...rigger it is important to reset the digital comparator to initial conditions when starting a new sequence so that stale data is not used 0x0 No effect 0x1 Resets the Digital Comparator 2 trigger unit...

Page 777: ...ert the interrupt it is important to reset the digital comparator to initial conditions when starting a new sequence so that stale data is not used 0x0 No effect 0x1 Resets the Digital Comparator 4 in...

Page 778: ...ription 0 DCINT0 W 0x0 Digital Comparator Interrupt 0 When the interrupt has been cleared this bit is automatically cleared Because the digital comparators use the current and previous ADC conversion...

Page 779: ...e 10 50 and described in Table 10 46 Return to Summary Table Figure 10 50 ADCDCCTLn Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERV...

Page 780: ...t on interrupt generation 0x1 Enables the comparison interrupt The ADC conversion data is used to determine if an interrupt should be generated according to the programming of the CIC and CIM fields 3...

Page 781: ...operating region NOTE The value in the COMP1 field must be greater than or equal to the value in the COMP0 field or unexpected results can occur ADCDCCMPn is shown in Figure 10 51 and described in Ta...

Page 782: ...pplication to adjust the sample and hold window period 23 TS R 0x1 Temperature Sensor This field provides the similar information as the legacy DC1 register TEMPSNS bit 0x0 The ADC module does not hav...

Page 783: ...ptions continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 3 0 MCR R 0x7 Maximum Conversion Rate This field specifies the maximum value that may be programmed into the ADCPC register s CR field 0x0 Reserved 0x...

Page 784: ...4 RESERVED R 0x0 3 0 MCR R W 0x7 Conversion Rate This field specifies the relative sample rate of the ADC and is used in run sleep and deep sleep modes It allows the application to reduce the rate at...

Page 785: ...ADCCC Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED CLKDIV CS R 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x1 Table 10 50 ADCCC Register Field Descriptions Bit Field T...

Page 786: ...as Instruments Incorporated Controller Area Network CAN Module Chapter 11 SLAU723A October 2017 Revised October 2018 Controller Area Network CAN Module This chapter describes the CAN module Topic Page...

Page 787: ...was specifically designed to be robust in electromagnetically noisy environments and can use a differential balanced line like RS 485 or a more robust twisted pair wire Originally created for automot...

Page 788: ...e object The CAN data frame or remote frame is constructed as shown in Figure 11 2 Figure 11 2 CAN Data Frame or Remote Frame The protocol controller transfers and receives the serial data from the CA...

Page 789: ...the initialization state and can be done on the fly However message objects should all be configured to particular identifiers or set to not valid before message transfer starts To change the configur...

Page 790: ...bit in the CANTXRQn register is cleared If the CAN controller is configured to interrupt on a successful transmission of a message object the TXIE bit in the CAN IFn Message Control CANIFnMCTL regist...

Page 791: ...ecify the size of the data frame Take care during this configuration not to set the NEWDAT MSGLST INTPND or TXRQST bits 7 Load the data to be transmitted into the CAN IFn Data CANIFnDA1 CANIFnDA2 CANI...

Page 792: ...evious data was lost If the system requires an interrupt on successful reception of a frame the RXIE bit of the CANIFnMCTL register should be set In this case the INTPND bit of the same register is se...

Page 793: ...iltering A value of 0x00 enables all messages to pass through the acceptance filtering For these bits to be used for acceptance filtering they must be enabled by setting the UMASK bit in the CANIFnMCT...

Page 794: ...gle receive message object see Section 11 3 10 To concatenate two or more message objects into a FIFO buffer the identifiers and masks if used of these message objects must be programmed to matching v...

Page 795: ...heir chronological order The status interrupt has the highest priority Among the message interrupts the message object s interrupt with the lowest message number has the highest priority A message int...

Page 796: ...terrupt 11 3 13 Test Mode A Test Mode is provided which allows various diagnostics to be performed Test Mode is entered by setting the TEST bit in the CANCTL register Once in Test Mode the TX 1 0 LBAC...

Page 797: ...T register 11 3 13 5 Transmit Control Software can directly override control of the CANnTX signal in four different ways as follows CANnTX is controlled by the CAN Controller The sample point is drive...

Page 798: ...r Segments Phase1 and Phase2 surround the Sample Point The Re Synchronization Jump Width SJW defines how far a resynchronization may move the Sample Point inside the limits defined by the Phase Buffer...

Page 799: ...dling a CRC bit determining if bit stuffing is required generating an error flag or simply going idle The IPT is application specific but may not be longer than 2 tq the IPT of the CAN is 0 tq Its len...

Page 800: ...the CAN network based on the nodes with the longest delay times is done once for the whole network The CAN system s oscillator tolerance range is limited by the node with the lowest tolerance range T...

Page 801: ...2 SJW SJW 1 1 1 0 BRP Baud rate prescaler 1 5 1 4 The final value programmed into the CANBIT register 0x0204 11 3 16 2 Example for Bit Timing at Low Baud Rate In this example the frequency of the CAN...

Page 802: ...2 tTSeg1 tProp tPhase1 41 tTSeg1 1 tq 4 tq 42 tTSeg1 5 tq 43 tTSeg2 tPhase2 44 tTSeg2 Information Processing Time 4 tq 45 tTSeg2 4 tq 46 Assumes IPT 0 tSJW 4 tq 47 Least of 4 Phase1 and Phase2 Table 1...

Page 803: ...0x28 CANIF1MSK1 CAN IF1 Mask 1 Section 11 4 10 0x2C CANIF1MSK2 CAN IF1 Mask 2 Section 11 4 11 0x30 CANIF1ARB1 CAN IF1 Arbitration 1 Section 11 4 12 0x34 CANIF1ARB2 CAN IF1 Arbitration 2 Section 11 4...

Page 804: ...rs continued Offset Acronym Register Name Section 0x164 CANMSG2VAL CAN Message 2 Valid Section 11 4 19 Complex bit access types are encoded to fit into small table cells Table 11 7 shows the codes tha...

Page 805: ...CAN bus is stuck Low or continuously disturbed and to monitor the proceeding of the bus off recovery sequence CANCTL is shown in Figure 11 5 and described in Table 11 8 Return to Summary Table Figure...

Page 806: ...set Description 2 SIE R W 0x0 Status Interrupt Enable 0x0 No status interrupt is generated 0x1 An interrupt is generated when a message has successfully been transmitted or received or a CAN bus error...

Page 807: ...f it is pending CANSTS is shown in Figure 11 6 and described in Table 11 9 Return to Summary Table Figure 11 6 CANSTS Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R...

Page 808: ...ssage transmitted was not acknowledged by another node 0x4 Bit 1 ErrorWhen a message is transmitted the CAN controller monitors the data lines to detect any conflicts When the arbitration field is tra...

Page 809: ...CANERR Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RP REC TEC R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 Table 11 10 CANERR Register Field Descriptions Bit Fi...

Page 810: ...ime quanta are defined for Phase2 see Figure 11 4 The bit time quanta is defined by the BRP field 11 8 TSEG1 R W 0x3 Time Segment Before Sample Point 0x00 to 0x0F The actual interpretation by the hard...

Page 811: ...e The interrupt line remains active until the INTID field is cleared by reading the CANSTS register or until the IE bit in the CANCTL register is cleared NOTE Reading the CAN Status CANSTS register cl...

Page 812: ...NnRx pin is low 0x1 The CANnRx pin is high 6 5 TX R W 0x0 Transmit Control Overrides control of the CANnTx pin 0x0 CAN Module ControlCANnTx is controlled by the CAN module default operation 0x1 Sample...

Page 813: ...ing the CCE bit in the CANCTL register CANBRPE is shown in Figure 11 11 and described in Table 11 14 Return to Summary Table Figure 11 11 CANBRPE Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17...

Page 814: ...SY bit CANIFnCRQ is shown in Figure 11 12 and described in Table 11 15 Return to Summary Table Figure 11 12 CANIFnCRQ Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R...

Page 815: ...12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 WRNRD MASK ARB CONTROL CLRINTPND NEWDAT TXRQST DATAA DATAB R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 11 16 CANIFnCMSK Register F...

Page 816: ...0x0 If WRNRD is clear the value of the new data status is transferred from the message buffer into the CANIFnMCTL register If WRNRD is set a transmission is not requested 0x1 If WRNRD is clear the ne...

Page 817: ...s contained in the CANIFnMSK2 register CANIFnMSK1 is shown in Figure 11 14 and described in Table 11 17 Return to Summary Table Figure 11 14 CANIFnMSK1 Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19...

Page 818: ...tions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 MXTD R W 0x1 Mask Extended Identifier 0x0 The extended identifier bit XTD in the CANIFnARB2 register has no effect on the acceptance filt...

Page 819: ...in Table 11 19 Return to Summary Table Figure 11 16 CANIFnARB1 Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED ID R 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 11 19 CANI...

Page 820: ...TD and DIR bits in the CANIFnARB2 register or the DLC field in the CANIFnMCTL register 0x0 The message object is ignored by the message handler 0x1 The message object is configured and ready to be con...

Page 821: ...ortion of this message object by the message handler since the last time this flag was cleared by the CPU 0x1 The message handler or the CPU has written new data into the data portion of this message...

Page 822: ...T bits in the CANIFnCMSK register are set this bit is ignored 0x0 This message object is not waiting for transmission 0x1 The transmission of this message object is requested and is not yet done 7 EOB...

Page 823: ...the data to be sent or that has been received In a CAN data frame data byte 0 is the first byte to be transmitted or received and data byte 7 is the last byte to be transmitted or received In CAN s se...

Page 824: ...state machine after the reception of a remote frame or 3 the message handler state machine after a successful transmission The CANTXRQ1 register contains the TXRQST bits of the first 16 message objec...

Page 825: ...dler state machine after a successful transmission The CANNWDA1 register contains the NEWDAT bits of the first 16 message objects in the message RAM the CANNWDA2 register contains the NEWDAT bits of t...

Page 826: ...the message handler state machine after the reception or transmission of a frame This field is also encoded in the CANINT register The CANMSG1INT register contains the INTPND bits of the first 16 mess...

Page 827: ...e CANMSG1VAL register contains the MSGVAL bits of the first 16 message objects in the message RAM the CANMSG2VAL register contains the MSGVAL bits of the second 16 message objects in the message RAM C...

Page 828: ...s Incorporated Analog Comparators Chapter 12 SLAU723A October 2017 Revised October 2018 Analog Comparators This chapter describes the analog comparators Topic Page 12 1 Introduction 829 12 2 Block Dia...

Page 829: ...an analog comparator on the board In addition the comparator can signal the application through interrupts or trigger the start of a sample sequence in the ADC The interrupt generation and ADC trigge...

Page 830: ...Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright 2017 2018 Texas Instruments Incorporated Analog Comparators 12 2 Block Diagram Figure 12 1 Analog Comparator Module Block Diagram NOTE This block diagram depict...

Page 831: ...ference Voltage Control ACREFCTL Interrupt status and control are configured through three registers Analog Comparator Masked Interrupt Status ACMIS Analog Comparator Raw Interrupt Status ACRIS and An...

Page 832: ...und EN 1 RNG 0 VIREF High Range 16 voltage threshold values indexed by VREF 0x0 0xF Ideal starting voltage VREF 0 VDDA 4 2 Ideal step size VDDA 29 4 Ideal VIREF threshold values VIREF VREF VDDA 4 2 VR...

Page 833: ...mple shows how to configure an analog comparator to read back its output value from an internal register 1 Enable the analog comparator clock by writing a value of 0x0000 0001 to the RCGCACMP register...

Page 834: ...Name Section 0x0 ACMIS Analog Comparator Masked Interrupt Status Section 12 5 1 0x4 ACRIS Analog Comparator Raw Interrupt Status Section 12 5 2 0x8 ACINTEN Analog Comparator Interrupt Enable Section...

Page 835: ...22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED IN2 IN1 IN0 R 0x0 R W1 C 0x0 R W1 C 0x0 R W1 C 0x0 Table 12 6 ACMIS Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset...

Page 836: ...5 and described in Table 12 7 Return to Summary Table Figure 12 5 ACRIS Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED IN2 IN1 I...

Page 837: ...the comparators ACINTEN is shown in Figure 12 6 and described in Table 12 8 Return to Summary Table Figure 12 6 ACINTEN Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 1...

Page 838: ...18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED EN RNG RESERVED VREF R 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 12 9 ACREFCTL Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Des...

Page 839: ...parator ACSTATn is shown in Figure 12 8 and described in Table 12 10 Return to Summary Table Figure 12 8 ACSTATn Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0...

Page 840: ...RVED R 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 TSLVAL TSEN ISLVAL ISEN CINV RESERVED R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R 0x0 Table 12 11 ACCTLn Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset...

Page 841: ...n Table 12 12 Return to Summary Table Figure 12 10 ACMPPP Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED C2O C1O C0O R 0x0 R 0x1 R 0x1 R 0x1 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RES...

Page 842: ...SLAU723A October 2017 Revised October 2018 Cyclical Redundancy Check CRC The Cyclical Redundancy Check CRC computation module can be used for message transfer and safety system checks as well as in co...

Page 843: ...written to CRC Data Input CRCDIN register the result of CRC CSUM is updated in the CRC SEED Context CRCSEED register offset 0x410 The input data is computed by the selected CRC polynomial or CSUM 13...

Page 844: ...dian control For example the above table with the BR option set would look like this Table 13 2 Endian Configuration With Bit Reversal ENDIAN Encoding Initial Endian Configuration Configuration With B...

Page 845: ...natively a software DMA channel can be configured to copy data from the source into the CRCDIN register When configuring the DMA the destination should be configured to not increment For more informat...

Page 846: ...an only be accessed through privileged mode If the DMA is used for CRC transfers then the DMA Channel Control DMACHCTL register also needs to be programmed to allow for privileged accesses Table 13 3...

Page 847: ...R W 0h CRC Initialization Determines initialization value of CRC This field is self clearing With the first write to the CRC Data Input CRCDIN register this value clears to zero and remains zero for...

Page 848: ...with respect to an input word B3 B2 B1 B0 See Table 13 1 for more information regarding endian configuration and control 0h Configuration unchanged B3 B2 B1 B0 1h Bytes are swapped in half words but h...

Page 849: ...tten to the CRCSEED register This encoding is for SEED values from a previous CRC calculation or a specific protocol INIT 0x0 0x00000000 INIT 0x2 0x11111111 INIT 0x3 CRCSEED is shown in Figure 13 2 an...

Page 850: ...tes the CRC Data Input CRCDIN register with the next byte or word to compute CRCDIN is shown in Figure 13 3 and described in Table 13 7 Return to Summary Table Figure 13 3 CRCDIN Register 31 30 29 28...

Page 851: ...gister contains the post processed CRC result as configured by the CRCCTRL register CRCRSLTPP is shown in Figure 13 4 and described in Table 13 8 Return to Summary Table Figure 13 4 CRCRSLTPP Register...

Page 852: ...runs either the single DES or the triple DES 3DES algorithm in compliance with the FIPS 46 3 standard and supports electronic codebook ECB cipher block chaining CBC and cipher feedback CFB modes of op...

Page 853: ...rough 16 iterations of a calculation that uses a cipher function and finally permutated to the inverse of the initial permutation At each of the 16 iterations a 48 bit key computed from the 64 bit inp...

Page 854: ...must be parsed into blocks and sequentially fed into the DES which can buffer the block currently being processed as well as an additional block that may be queued in advance Figure 14 1 DES Block Dia...

Page 855: ...y itself the DES cipher core outputs data compliant for ECB encryption However most applications use DES with feedback Feedback provides additional security by randomizing repeated patterns in the pla...

Page 856: ...Reset Description Type Name Source Description Hardware DES_RST PRCM Global reset Software DES_SYSCONFIG 1 SOFTRESET Internal Starts the soft reset sequence When the DES_SYSSTATUS DES_P_SYSSTATUS 0 RE...

Page 857: ...r 2018 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright 2017 2018 Texas Instruments Incorporated Data Encryption Standard Accelerator DES 14 5 1 1 CBC Feedback Mode Figure 14 3 shows the CBC feedback mode of o...

Page 858: ...d the initialization vector LSW 8 Load the initialization vector MSW 9 Define the cryptographic data length 10 ENDIF 11 Select encryption or decryption Table 14 3 DES Global Initialization Step Regist...

Page 859: ...e 14 5 1 Load key 1 LSW 2 Load key 1 MSW 3 Load key 2 LSW 4 Load key 2 MSW 5 Load key 3 LSW 6 Load key 3 MSW 7 Select 3DES algorithm Table 14 5 3DES Algorithm Type Configuration Step Register Bit Fiel...

Page 860: ...odule Programming Guide Low Level Programming Models www ti com 860 SLAU723A October 2017 Revised October 2018 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright 2017 2018 Texas Instruments Incorporated Data Enc...

Page 861: ...17 Revised October 2018 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright 2017 2018 Texas Instruments Incorporated Data Encryption Standard Accelerator DES 14 6 2 3 DES Interrupt DMA Mode The following lists th...

Page 862: ...0 KEY2_L 0x DES_S_KEY2_H 31 0 KEY2_H 0x DES_S_KEY3_L 31 0 KEY3_L 0x DES_S_KEY3_H 31 0 KEY3_H 0x Load initialization vector DES_S_IV_L 31 0 IV_L 0x DES_S_IV_H 31 0 IV_H 0x DES Module Programming Guide...

Page 863: ...3 MSW for 192 Bit Key Section 14 7 1 0x08 DES_KEY2_L DES Key 2 LSW for 128 Bit Key Section 14 7 1 0x0C DES_KEY2_H DES Key 2 MSW for 128 Bit Key Section 14 7 1 0x10 DES_KEY1_L DES Key 1 LSW for 64 Bit...

Page 864: ...fset 0x04 DES Key 2 LSW for 128 Bit Key DES_KEY2_L offset 0x08 DES Key 2 MSW for 128 Bit Key DES_KEY2_H offset 0x0C DES Key 1 LSW for 64 Bit Key DES_KEY1_L offset 0x10 DES Key 1 MSW for 64 Bit Key DES...

Page 865: ...S Initialization Vector DES_IV_L Least significant word of the initialization vector DES_IV_L is shown in Figure 14 9 and described in Table 14 11 Return to Summary Table Figure 14 9 DES_IV_L Register...

Page 866: ...Initialization Vector DES_IV_H Most significant word of the initialization vector DES_IV_H is shown in Figure 14 10 and described in Table 14 12 Return to Summary Table Figure 14 10 DES_IV_H Register...

Page 867: ...S DIRECTION INPUT_READY OUTPUT_REA DY R 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 Table 14 13 DES_CTRL Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 CONTEXT R 0x1 If 1 this read only s...

Page 868: ...is context this length decrements to zero Data lengths up to 232 1 bytes are allowed A write to this register triggers the engine to start using this context NOTE A read of this register returns all z...

Page 869: ...LSW Data RW DES_DATA_L Data register LSW to read or write encrypted or decrypted data DES_DATA_L is shown in Figure 14 13 and described in Table 14 15 Return to Summary Table Figure 14 13 DES_DATA_L R...

Page 870: ...MSW Data RW DES_DATA_H Data register MSW to read or write encrypted or decrypted data DES_DATA_H is shown in Figure 14 14 and described in Table 14 16 Return to Summary Table Figure 14 14 DES_DATA_H R...

Page 871: ...egister Offset 0x30 reset 0x21 DES Revision Number DES_REVISION DES_REVISION is shown in Figure 14 15 and described in Table 14 17 Return to Summary Table Figure 14 15 DES_REVISION Register 31 30 29 2...

Page 872: ...26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 DMA_REQ_CO NTEXT_IN_EN DMA_REQ_DA TA_OUT_EN DMA_REQ_DA TA_IN_EN RESERVED SIDLE SOFTR...

Page 873: ...TATUS DES_SYSSTATUS is shown in Figure 14 17 and described in Table 14 19 Return to Summary Table Figure 14 17 DES_SYSSTATUS Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RES...

Page 874: ...4 20 Return to Summary Table Figure 14 18 DES_IRQSTATUS Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESE...

Page 875: ...1 DES_IRQENABLE is shown in Figure 14 19 and described in Table 14 21 Return to Summary Table Figure 14 19 DES_IRQENABLE Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVE...

Page 876: ...0 DES_DIRTYBITS Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED S_DIRTY S_ACCESS R 0x0 R W1C 0x0 R...

Page 877: ...onsidered as reserved locations and the register contents should not be modified Table 14 23 DES DMA Registers Offset Acronym Register Name Section 0x30 DES_DMAIM DES DMA Interrupt Mask Section 14 8 1...

Page 878: ...t Field Type Reset Description 31 3 RESERVED R 0x0 2 DOUT R W 0x0 Data Out DMA Done Interrupt Mask If this bit is unmasked an interrupt is generated when the DMA writes the last word of the process re...

Page 879: ...D R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED DOUT DIN CIN R 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 14 26 DES_DMARIS Register Field Descriptio...

Page 880: ...able Figure 14 23 DES_DMAMIS Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED DOUT DIN CIN R 0x0 R 0...

Page 881: ...Summary Table Figure 14 24 DES_DMAIC Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED DOUT DIN CIN R...

Page 882: ...r Chapter 15 SLAU723A October 2017 Revised October 2018 Ethernet Controller This chapter describes the Ethernet Controller module Topic Page 15 1 Introduction 883 15 2 Block Diagram 884 15 3 Functiona...

Page 883: ...methods Multiple addressing modes Four MAC address filters Programmable 64 bit Hash filter for multicast address filtering Promiscuous mode support Processor offloading Programmable insertion TX or d...

Page 884: ...Controller comprises the following submodules Clock Control Media Independent Interface MII Reduced Media Independent Interface RMII Module DMA Controller Transmit Receive Controller TX RX Controller...

Page 885: ...ep Sleep mode is programmed in the System Control module See Chapter 4 for more information on programming SYSCLK and enabling the Ethernet MAC MOSC A gated version of the MOSC clock is provided as th...

Page 886: ...is programmed in the System Control module See Chapter 4 for more information on programming SYSCLK and enabling the Ethernet MAC MOSC A gated version of the MOSC clock is provided as the Precision T...

Page 887: ...C register at offset 0xFC4 Except for EN0RREF_CLK the signals used for RMII mode are a subset of the MII signals Therefore Table 15 1 lists the MII signals that are used in RMII mode and the RMII func...

Page 888: ...han 16 Fixed burst lengths allow for more DMA bus arbitration with other masters Maximum burst transfer lengths can be programmed for both the receive and transmit channels of the DMA through the PBL...

Page 889: ...or 16 and single transactions If the end of frame is reached before the fixed burst ends then dummy transfers are performed in order to complete the fixed burst Otherwise if the FB bit is clear the DM...

Page 890: ...ve buffer starting from address 0x1000 the software can program the buffer start address in the Receive descriptor to have a 0x1002 offset The Receive DMA writes the frame to this buffer with dummy da...

Page 891: ...ed value clears the OWN bit and updates the status bits With advanced timestamp support the snapshot of the timestamp to be taken can be enabled for a given frame by setting bit 25 TTSE of TDES0 When...

Page 892: ...le When set this bit enables IEEE1588 hardware timestamping for the transmit frame referenced by the descriptor This bit is only valid when the First Segment Control bit TDES0 28 is set 24 CRCR CRC Re...

Page 893: ...Carrier TDES0 10 No Carrier TDES0 9 Late Collision TDES0 8 Excessive Collision TDES0 2 Excessive Deferral TDES0 1 Underflow error 14 JT Jabber Timeout When set this bit indicates that the MAC transmi...

Page 894: ...tomatically recalculates and replaces the CRC bytes The Bit 31 specifies the MAC Address Register 1 or 0 value that is used for Source Address insertion or replacement The following list describes the...

Page 895: ...status TTSS bit TDES0 17 is set 15 3 3 5 2 Enhanced Receive Descriptor The DMA requires at least two descriptors when receiving a frame The DMA always attempts to acquire an extra descriptor in antic...

Page 896: ...ed status is indicated by Bit 0 of RDES0 RDES6 and RDES7 are available only when the Advanced Timestamp or IP Checksum Full Offload feature is enabled see Table 15 14 and Table 15 15 Table 15 8 Enhanc...

Page 897: ...d to by this descriptor is a VLAN frame tagged by the MAC The VLAN tagging depends on checking VLAN fields of the received frame configured in the Ethernet MAC VLAN Tag EMACVLANTG register offset 0x01...

Page 898: ...IPv6 Type frame in which no checksum error is detected 1 0 0 1 The frame is an IEEE 802 3 Type frame Length field value is greater than or equal to 1536 1 0 1 1 IPv4 IPv6 Type frame with a payload ch...

Page 899: ...Table 15 12 Enhanced Receive Descriptor 3 RDES3 Bit Description 31 0 Buffer 2 Address Pointer Next Descriptor Address These bits indicate the physical address of Buffer 2 when a descriptor ring struct...

Page 900: ...dicates that the 16 bit IP payload checksum that is the TCP UDP or ICMP checksum that the core calculated does not match the corresponding checksum field in the received segment It is also set when th...

Page 901: ...DMA TDES0 31 1 the DMA decodes the transmit data buffer address from the acquired descriptor 5 If the acquired descriptor is flagged as owned by DMA TDES0 31 1 the DMA decodes the Transmit Data Buffer...

Page 902: ...7 Revised October 2018 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright 2017 2018 Texas Instruments Incorporated Ethernet Controller Figure 15 7 TX DMA Default Operation Using Descriptors 15 3 3 6 2 TX DMA OSF...

Page 903: ...uch timestamp was captured as indicated by a status bit The DMA then writes the status with a cleared OWN bit to the corresponding TDES0 thus closing the descriptor If timestamping was not enabled for...

Page 904: ...904 SLAU723A October 2017 Revised October 2018 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright 2017 2018 Texas Instruments Incorporated Ethernet Controller Figure 15 8 TX DMA OSF Mode Operation Using Descript...

Page 905: ...ted when a transmit error because of underflow is detected The appropriate Transmit Descriptor 0 TDES0 bit is set If the DMA goes into SUSPEND state because of the first condition then both the Normal...

Page 906: ...e DMA RX engine enters the SUSPEND state If the DMA owns the descriptor the engine returns to Step 4 and awaits the next frame 9 Before the RX DMA engine enters the SUSPEND state partial frames are fl...

Page 907: ...sent No Close RDES0 as last descriptor No Own bit set for next desc Flush disabled No No Set descriptor error Close RDES0 as intermediate descriptor Yes Error condition Yes No No Error condition Yes Y...

Page 908: ...the OWN RDES0 31 bit is reset to 0 either as the data buffer fills up or as the last segment of the frame is transferred to the receive buffer If the frame is contained in a single descriptor both Las...

Page 909: ...Interrupts are not queued and if the interrupt event occurs again before the driver has responded to it no additional interrupts are generated An interrupt is only generated once for simultaneous mul...

Page 910: ...C then the TX Controller stops further transfer Early termination of the transfer causes a underflow event and this status is communicated to the DMA 15 3 4 1 1 Transmit Operation During a transmit si...

Page 911: ...DMA 15 3 4 1 4 Transmit Status Word At the end of the transfer of the Ethernet frame to the MAC and after the MAC completes the transmission of the frame the TX RX delivers a transmit status word TDE...

Page 912: ...r FUF bit of the EMACDMAOPMODE register Filtering must be set before the start address of the frame has been transferred to the TX RX controller for it to take effect 15 3 4 2 3 Receive Word Status At...

Page 913: ...llision in half duplex mode occurs during transmission the MAC conveys the transmit status to the TX RX Controller It then accepts and drops all further data until the next SOF is received The TX RX C...

Page 914: ...ations abort their transmissions because of excessive collisions If IEEE 1588 timestamping is enabled for the transmit frame the MAC transmit module takes a snapshot of the system time when the start...

Page 915: ...the destination or source address bytes the MAC Receive Frame Controller checks the filter fail sign for an address match On detecting a filter fail the frame is dropped and not transferred to the ap...

Page 916: ...MII interface 2 The slave receives the Sync message and also captures the exact time t2 using its timing reference 3 The master sends a Follow_Up message to the slave which contains t1 information fo...

Page 917: ...lps maintain linear time and does not introduce drastic changes or a large jitter in the reference time between PTP Sync message intervals In this method an accumulator sums up the contents of the EMA...

Page 918: ...The frequency scaling factor for the slave clock FreqScaleFactorn is given by FreqScaleFactorn MasterClockCountn ClockDiffCountn SlaveClockCountn 55 6 The frequency compensation value FreqCompensation...

Page 919: ...Controller is connected to the integrated PHY the reference clock must be 25 MHz because it is also the source to the PHY NOTE When IEEE 1588 timestamping is enabled with internal timestamp use a PTP...

Page 920: ...possible after the receipt of the Pdelay_Req message The Port 2 returns any one of the following a The difference between the timestamps t2 and t3 in the Pdelay_Resp message b The difference between...

Page 921: ...rollover mode the nanoseconds field rolls over and increments the seconds field after value 0x7FFF_FFFF Accuracy is approximately 0 466 ns per bit Digital or binary rollover mode can be selected by p...

Page 922: ...the required interval Before giving the command to trigger a pulse or pulse train on the EN0PPS output the interval and width of the PPS signal output should be programmed or updated 15 3 6 5 5 Advan...

Page 923: ...VLAN Hash Table EMACVLANHASH register offset 0x588 A value of 1 in the EMACVLANHASH register corresponding to the index indicates that the VLAN tag of the frame matched and the packet should be forwa...

Page 924: ...MAC just replaces the six bytes following the Destination Address field in the transmit frame with the content of the MAC Address Registers 15 3 8 2 VLAN Insertion Replacement or Deletion The software...

Page 925: ...es that are less than 2048 PBL 3 4 bytes in size where PBL is the Programmable Burst Length field in the EMACDMABUSMOD register 15 3 9 2 IP Header Checksum Engine In IPv4 datagrams the integrity of th...

Page 926: ...r transmit and two 32 bit registers containing masks for the Interrupt register one for receive and one for transmit The MMC counters are free running and start counting when a corresponding frame is...

Page 927: ...address type of the pattern When the bit is set the pattern applies to only multicast frames when the bit is reset the pattern applies only to unicast frame Filter n Command Bit 2 and Bit 1 are reser...

Page 928: ...egister The power management block constantly monitors each frame addressed to the node for a specific magic packet pattern Each frame received is checked for a 0xFFFF FFFF FFFF pattern following the...

Page 929: ...nt Interface RMII The Reduced Media Independent Interface RMII specification reduces the pin count between Ethernet PHYs and Ethernet MACs According to the IEEE 802 3u standard an MII contains 16 pins...

Page 930: ...14 shows the internal PHY integration Note that the reference clock input comes from an external 25 MHz 50 ppm crystal or oscillator connected to the MOSC signals Figure 15 14 Integrated PHY Diagram...

Page 931: ...s enabled by default at reset If a different auto MDIX configuration is required other than the reset initialization the application can customize the configuration as described in Section 15 5 1 2 Ne...

Page 932: ...er and the Ethernet PHY Address or Data MR14 EPHYADDAR registers Accessing the standard register set MDIO registers 0 to 31 can be performed using the normal direct MDIO access or the indirect method...

Page 933: ...ramming the EMACMIIADDR register fields as follows PLA Physical Layer Address of the PHY The integrated PHY s address is 0x0 The values 0x1 to 0x1F are available for external PHYs MII Address of the P...

Page 934: ...o 1 to indicate that a write operation is to be executed MIIB MII Busy This bit is set to 1 to indicate that the MII is now busy with a write operation The EMAC clears this bit when the write has been...

Page 935: ...PHY is designed to work with transformers that meet the IEEE 802 3 standard To utilize the Auto MDIX AMDIX capability of the Ethernet PHY a symmetrical transformer is recommended The Pulse HX1188 tran...

Page 936: ...r List Address EMACTXDLADDR register providing the DMA with the starting address of each list 4 Write to the Ethernet MAC Frame Filter EMACFRAMEFLTR register the Ethernet MAC Hash Table High EMACHASHT...

Page 937: ...nable the Ethernet PHY with its default configuration the steps are as follows 1 To hold the Ethernet PHY from transmitting energy on the line during configuration set the PHYHOLD bit to 1 in the EMAC...

Page 938: ...al Ready PREPHY register reads 0x0000 0001 software can write the EMACPC register with the required value 5 After software configuration is complete the application must set the DONE bit in the Ethern...

Page 939: ...15 6 11 0x30 EMACLPICTLSTAT LPI Control and Status Section 15 6 12 0x34 EMACLPITIMERCTRL LPI Timers Control Section 15 6 13 0x38 EMACRIS Ethernet MAC Raw Interrupt Status Section 15 6 14 0x3C EMACIM...

Page 940: ...0x764 EMACPPS0WIDTH Ethernet MAC PPS0 Width Section 15 6 53 0xC00 EMACDMABUSMOD Ethernet MAC DMA Bus Mode Section 15 6 54 0xC04 EMACTXPOLLD Ethernet MAC Transmit Poll Demand Section 15 6 55 0xC08 EMAC...

Page 941: ...mentation Feedback Copyright 2017 2018 Texas Instruments Incorporated Ethernet Controller Table 15 24 EMAC Access Type Codes Access Type Code Description Read Type R R Read Write Type W W Write W1C 1C...

Page 942: ...eplacement Control Bit 30 specifies whether MAC address 0 or 1 registers are used during insertion or replacement for all transmitted frames Thus for encodings 0x2 0x3 where the most significant bit i...

Page 943: ...JFEN is set to 1 of the frame being received The MAC cuts off any bytes received after 2 048 bytes 0x0 Watchdog counter enabled 0x1 Watchdog counter disabled 22 JD R W 0x0 Jabber Disable When this bit...

Page 944: ...y 0x0 MAC does not operate in full duplex mode 0x1 MAC operates in full duplex mode 10 IPC R W 0x0 Checksum Offload 0x0 The checksum offload function in the receiver is disabled and the corresponding...

Page 945: ...r time is not cumulative For example if the transmitter defers for 10 000 bit times because the CRS signal is active and then the CRS signal becomes inactive the transmitter transmits and collision ha...

Page 946: ...Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 RA R W 0x0 Receive All When this bit is set the MAC Receiver module passes all received frames irrespective of whether they pass the address filter or not to the ap...

Page 947: ...matches the special multicast address or the MAC Address 0 EMACADDR0x Register when the UP bit of the EMACFLOWCTL is set Condition 3 The Type field of the received frame is 0x8808 and the OPCODE fiel...

Page 948: ...stination address filtering of received multicast frames according to the hash table 1 HUC R W 0x0 Hash Unicast 0x0 MAC performs a perfect destination address filtering for unicast frames It compares...

Page 949: ...ction 3 2 8 for the steps to calculate CRC32 2 Perform bit wise reversal for the value obtained in Step 1 3 Take the upper 6 bits from the value obtained in Step 2 For example if the DA of the incomin...

Page 950: ...h Table Low EMACHASHTBLL register contains the lower 32 bits of the hash table EMACHASHTBLL is shown in Figure 15 19 and described in Table 15 28 Return to Summary Table Figure 15 19 EMACHASHTBLL Regi...

Page 951: ...he integrated PHY s address is 0x00 To access the integrated PHY registers the PLA bits 15 11 must be zeros 10 6 MII R W 0x0 MII Register These bits select the desired MII registers in the selected PH...

Page 952: ...ter or the EMACMIIDATA register During a PHY register access the software sets this bit to indicate that a read or write access is in progress The EMACMIIDATA register is invalid until this bit is cle...

Page 953: ...d MII bit fields of the Ethernet MAC MII Address EMACMIIADDR register EMACMIIDATA is shown in Figure 15 21 and described in Table 15 30 Return to Summary Table Figure 15 21 EMACMIIDATA Register 31 30...

Page 954: ...x0 R 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 15 31 EMACFLOWCTL Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 16 PT R W 0x0 Pause Time This field holds the value to be used in the p...

Page 955: ...to transmit pause frames In half duplex mode the MAC enables the back pressure operation 0 FCBBPA R W 0x0 Flow Control Busy or Back pressure Activate In the full duplex mode this bit should be read a...

Page 956: ...formed 0x1 The most significant four bits of the VLAN tag s CRC are used to index the content of the MAC VLAN Hash Table EMACVLANHASH register A value of 1 in the EMACVLANHASH register corresponding t...

Page 957: ...the VLAN frames and is compared to the 15th and 16th bytes of the frames being received for VLAN frames The following list describes the bits of this field Bits 15 13 User PriorityBit 12 Canonical For...

Page 958: ...26 RESERVED R 0x0 25 TXFF R 0x0 TX RX Controller TX FIFO Full Status 0x0 The TX RX Controller TX FIFO is not full 0x1 The TX RX Controller TX FIFO is full Therefore the TX RX Controller cannot accept...

Page 959: ...The FIFO threshold is programmed by the TCC field in the Ethernet MAC DMA Operation Mode EMACDMAOPMODE register 0x0 RX FIFO Empty 0x1 RX FIFO fill level is below the flow control deactivate threshold...

Page 960: ...RWUFF register is a pointer to eight wake up frame filter registers The Ethernet MAC Remote Wake Up Frame Filter EMACRWUFF register is loaded by sequentially loading the eight register values Eight se...

Page 961: ...Frame Filter Register Pointer Reset 0x0 No effect 0x1 Resets the MAC Remote Wake Up Frame Filter EMACRWUFF register pointer to 0x0 It is automatically cleared after one clock cycle 30 27 RESERVED R 0...

Page 962: ...x0 Magic packet reception does not affect power management control 0x1 Generation of a power management event bin response to the reception of a magic packet is enabled 0 PWRDWN R W 0x0 Power Down Whe...

Page 963: ...mode on transmit This bit is not functional in the GMAC CORE configuration in which the TX clock gating is done during the LPI mode If the LPITXA and LPIEN bits are set to 1 the MAC enters the LPI mo...

Page 964: ...ansmit LPI Mode 0x0 MAC is not transmitting LPI pattern 0x1 MAC is transmitting LPI pattern 7 4 RESERVED R 0x0 3 RLPIEX R 0x0 Receive LPI Exit This bit is cleared by a read into this register 0x0 MAC...

Page 965: ...18 17 16 RESERVED LST R 0x0 R W 0x3E8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 TWT R W 0x0 Table 15 37 EMACLPITIMERCTRL Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 26 RESERVED R 0x0 2...

Page 966: ...TS R 0x0 Timestamp Interrupt Status This bit is cleared by reading the TSSOVF bit in the MAC timestamp Status Register EMACTIMSTAT register In this mode this bit is cleared after the completion of th...

Page 967: ...nterrupt EMACMMCTXRIS register 0x1 Indicates an interrupt has been generated in the MAC MMC Receive Interrupt EMACMMCRXRIS register 4 MMC R 0x0 MMC Interrupt Status 0x0 Indicates the MMC related Inter...

Page 968: ...ns Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 10 RESERVED R 0x0 10 LPI R W 0x0 LPI Interrupt Mask 0x0 The LPI interrupt status bit in the MAC Raw Interrupt Status EMACRIS register is not masked and can cause...

Page 969: ...f the first column on the MII as the destination address then the EMAC Address 0 EMACADDR0x register 47 0 is compared with 0x665544332211 EMACADDR0H is shown in Figure 15 31 and described in Table 15...

Page 970: ...dress of the station EMACADDR0L is shown in Figure 15 32 and described in Table 15 41 Return to Summary Table Figure 15 32 EMACADDR0L Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13...

Page 971: ...s the second address for perfect filtering 30 SA R W 0x0 Source Address 0x0 When this bit is reset MAC Address1 47 0 is used to compare with the DA fields of the received frame 0x1 When this bit is se...

Page 972: ...C address of the station EMACADDR1L is shown in Figure 15 34 and described in Table 15 43 Return to Summary Table Figure 15 34 EMACADDR1L Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14...

Page 973: ...ird address for perfect filtering 30 SA R W 0x0 Source Address 0x0 When this bit is reset the MAC Address2 47 0 is used to compare with the DA fields of the received frame 0x1 When this bit is set the...

Page 974: ...ess of the station EMACADDR2L is shown in Figure 15 36 and described in Table 15 45 Return to Summary Table Figure 15 36 EMACADDR2L Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12...

Page 975: ...e third address for perfect filtering 30 SA R W 0x0 Source Address 0x0 When this bit is reset the MAC Address3 47 0 is used to compare with the DA fields of the received frame 0x1 When this bit is set...

Page 976: ...e MAC address of the station EMACADDR3L is shown in Figure 15 38 and described in Table 15 47 Return to Summary Table Figure 15 38 EMACADDR3L Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 1...

Page 977: ...d Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 17 RESERVED R 0x0 16 PWE R W 0x0 Programmable Watchdog Enable 0x0 The watchdog time out for a received frame is controlled by setting the WD and JE b...

Page 978: ...s 0x1 MAC updates all related MMC counters for broadcast frames dropped due to setting of DBF bit Disable Broadcast Frames of the MAC Frame Filter EMACFRAMEFLTR register 7 6 RESERVED R 0x0 5 CNTPRSTLV...

Page 979: ...ter is also cleared in this mode 0x0 MMC counters are updated when a frame is transmitted or received 0x1 When this bit is set it freezes all MMC counters to their current value Until this bit is rese...

Page 980: ...t bit EMACMMCRXRIS is shown in Figure 15 41 and described in Table 15 50 Return to Summary Table Figure 15 41 EMACMMCRXRIS Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESER...

Page 981: ...XCNTCRCERR register has not reached half of the maximum value or the maximum value 0x1 The Ethernet MAC Receive Frame Count for CRC Error Frames EMACRXCNTCRCERR register has reached half of the maximu...

Page 982: ...10 9 8 MCOLLGF SCOLLGF RESERVED R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED GBF RESERVED R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 Table 15 51 EMACMMCTXRIS Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 21 RE...

Page 983: ...ns continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 1 GBF R 0x0 MMC Transmit Good Bad Frame Counter Interrupt Status 0x0 The Ethernet MAC Transmit Frame Count for Good and Bad Frames EMACTXCNTGB register ha...

Page 984: ...ield Type Reset Description 31 18 RESERVED R 0x0 17 UCGF R W 0x0 MMC Receive Unicast Good Frame Counter Interrupt Mask 0x0 An interrupt is sent to the interrupt controller when the UCGF bit in the EMA...

Page 985: ...ription 31 21 RESERVED R 0x0 20 OCTCNT R W 0x0 MMC Transmit Good Octet Counter Interrupt Mask 0x0 An interrupt is sent to the interrupt controller when the OCTCNT bit in the EMACMMCTXRIS register is s...

Page 986: ...good and bad frames transmitted exclusive of retried frames NOTE This counter is reset to all zeros by setting the CNTRST bit in the Ethernet MAC MMC Control EMACMMCCTRL EMACTXCNTGB is shown in Figur...

Page 987: ...gle collision in the half duplex mode NOTE This counter is reset to all zeros by setting the CNTRST bit in the Ethernet MAC MMC Control EMACMMCCTRL EMACTXCNTSCOL is shown in Figure 15 46 and described...

Page 988: ...ple collisions in the half duplex mode NOTE This counter is reset to all zeros by setting the CNTRST bit in the Ethernet MAC MMC Control EMACMMCCTRL EMACTXCNTMCOL is shown in Figure 15 47 and describe...

Page 989: ...ble only in good frames NOTE This counter is reset to all zeros by setting the CNTRST bit in the Ethernet MAC MMC Control EMACMMCCTRL EMACTXOCTCNTG is shown in Figure 15 48 and described in Table 15 5...

Page 990: ...received good and bad frames NOTE This counter is reset to all zeros by setting the CNTRST bit in the Ethernet MAC MMC Control EMACMMCCTRL EMACRXCNTGB is shown in Figure 15 49 and described in Table...

Page 991: ...s received with CRC error NOTE This counter is reset to all zeros by setting the CNTRST bit in the Ethernet MAC MMC Control EMACMMCCTRL EMACRXCNTCRCERR is shown in Figure 15 50 and described in Table...

Page 992: ...th alignment dribble error NOTE This counter is reset to all zeros by setting the CNTRST bit in the Ethernet MAC MMC Control EMACMMCCTRL EMACRXCNTALGNERR is shown in Figure 15 51 and described in Tabl...

Page 993: ...eceived good unicast frames NOTE This counter is reset to all zeros by setting the CNTRST bit in the Ethernet MAC MMC Control EMACMMCCTRL EMACRXCNTGUNI is shown in Figure 15 52 and described in Table...

Page 994: ...it descriptor is used and the VLC bit field bits 17 16 is ignored 0x1 The VLC bit field is used for VLAN deletion insertion or replacement 17 16 VLC R W 0x0 VLAN Tag Control in Transmit Frames Changes...

Page 995: ...value of 0x8 selects bit 8 of the VLAN Hash table The hash value of the destination address is calculated in the following way 1 Calculate the 32 bit CRC for the VLAN tag or ID See IEEE 802 3 Section...

Page 996: ...C address for PTP Frame Filtering 0x0 No effect 0x1 The Destination Address DA MAC address that matches any MAC Address register is used to filter PTP frames when PTP is directly sent over Ethernet 17...

Page 997: ...fect 0x1 When set the content of the Timestamp Addend register is updated in the PTP block for fine correction This is cleared when the update is completed This register bit should be zero before sett...

Page 998: ...ns continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 0 TSEN R W 0x0 Timestamp Enable The EMACTIMSEC and the EMACTIMNANO registers must be initialized after enabling this mode On the receive side the MAC proc...

Page 999: ...ed in Table 15 65 Return to Summary Table Figure 15 56 EMACSUBSECINC Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED SSINC R 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 1...

Page 1000: ...e of the system time maintained by the MAC Though it is updated on a continuous basis there is some delay from the actual time because of clock domain transfer latencies EMACTIMSEC is shown in Figure...

Page 1001: ...fter which it rolls over to zero EMACTIMNANO is shown in Figure 15 58 and described in Table 15 67 Return to Summary Table Figure 15 58 EMACTIMNANO Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED TSSS R 0x0...

Page 1002: ...itializes or updates the system time maintained by the MAC Both of these register must be written before setting the TSINIT or TSUPDT bits in the EMACTIMSTCTRL register EMACTIMSECU is shown in Figure...

Page 1003: ...in Table 15 69 Return to Summary Table Figure 15 60 EMACTIMNANOU Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 ADDSUB TSSS R W 0x0 R W 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 TSSS R W 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 TSSS R W 0x0 7...

Page 1004: ...gister content is added to a 32 bit accumulator every slave clock cycle MOSC source and the system time is updated whenever the accumulator overflows EMACTIMADD is shown in Figure 15 61 and described...

Page 1005: ...2 and described in Table 15 71 Return to Summary Table Figure 15 62 EMACTARGSEC Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 TSTR R W 0x0 Table 15 71...

Page 1006: ...is set and cleared by the MAC 0x0 The Ethernet MAC Target Time Seconds Nanoseconds EMACTARGSEC EMACTARGNANO registers are not busy 0x1 The Ethernet MAC Target Time Seconds Nanoseconds EMACTARGSEC EMA...

Page 1007: ...64 and described in Table 15 73 Return to Summary Table Figure 15 64 EMACHWORDSEC Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED TSHWR R 0x0 R...

Page 1008: ...17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED TSTARGT TSSOVF R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 Table 15 74 EMACTIMSTAT Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Descriptio...

Page 1009: ...4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED TRGMODS0 PPSEN0 PPSCTRL R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 15 75 EMACPPSCTRL Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 7 RESERVED R 0x0 6 5 TRGMODS0 R 0x0 Target...

Page 1010: ...e in the Ethernet MAC System Time Nanoseconds EMACTIMNANO register Table 15 76 PPSCTRL Bit Field Values Value Description 0x0 When the PPSEN0 bit 0x0 the EN0PPS signal is 1 pulse of the PTP reference...

Page 1011: ...s reserved 0x9 When the PPSEN0 bit 0x0 the binary rollover is 512 Hz and the digital rollover is 256 Hz When the PPSEN0 bit 0x1 this encoding is reserved 0xA When the PPSEN0 bit 0x0 the binary rollove...

Page 1012: ...0INTVL is shown in Figure 15 67 and described in Table 15 77 Return to Summary Table Figure 15 67 EMACPPS0INTVL Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3...

Page 1013: ...ary Table Figure 15 68 EMACPPS0WIDTH Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 PPS0WIDTH R W 0x0 Table 15 78 EMACPPS0WIDTH Register Field Descripti...

Page 1014: ...us uninterrupted burst until the last word which is a single burst 0x1 During a retry split or loss of bus the DMA rebuilds the pending beats of any burst transfer initiated with a defined fixed burst...

Page 1015: ...iority Ratio These bits control the priority ratio in the weighted round robin arbitration between the RX DMA and TX DMA These bits are valid only when the DA bit in this register is clear The priorit...

Page 1016: ...ixed priority The transmit path has priority over receive path when the TXPR bit is set Otherwise receive path has priority over the transmit path 0 SWR R W 0x1 DMA Software Reset The software reset f...

Page 1017: ...Poll Demand command can be given at any time and the TX DMA resets this command when it again starts fetching the current descriptor from host memory EMACTXPOLLD is shown in Figure 15 70 and describe...

Page 1018: ...escriptors it owns EMACRXPOLLD is shown in Figure 15 71 and described in Table 15 81 Return to Summary Table Figure 15 71 EMACRXPOLLD Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13...

Page 1019: ...ped this register must be written with a new descriptor list address before the receive Start command is given When you set the SR bit to 1 the DMA takes the newly programmed descriptor base address I...

Page 1020: ...uses the newly programmed descriptor base address If this register is not changed when the ST bit is set to 0 then the DMA uses the already existing descriptor address EMACTXDLADDR is shown in Figure...

Page 1021: ...1C 0x0 R W1C 0x0 R W1C 0x0 R 0x0 R W1C 0x0 R W1C 0x0 R W1C 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RU RI UNF OVF TJT TU TPS TI R W1C 0x0 R W1C 0x0 R W1C 0x0 R W1C 0x0 R W1C 0x0 R W1C 0x0 R W1C 0x0 R W1C 0x0 Table 15 84 E...

Page 1022: ...ry buffer and queuing it to transmit buffer TX FIFO 0x4 Writing Timestamp 0x5 Reserved 0x6 Suspended Transmit descriptor unavailable or transmit buffer underflow 0x7 Running Closing transmit descripto...

Page 1023: ...bit which causes AIS to be set is cleared 14 ERI R W1C 0x0 Early Receive Interrupt 0x0 No early receive event has occurred 0x1 The DMA has filled the first data buffer of the packet This bit is cleare...

Page 1024: ...F R W1C 0x0 Receive Overflow 0x0 No receive overflow event has occurred 0x1 The receive buffer had an overflow during frame reception If the partial frame is transferred to the application the overflo...

Page 1025: ...1 27 RESERVED R 0x0 26 DT R W 0x0 Disable Dropping of TCP IP Checksum Error Frames 0x0 All error frames are dropped if the FEF bit is reset 0x1 The MAC does not drop the frames which only have errors...

Page 1026: ...T R W 0x0 Start or Stop Transmission Command When this bit is set transmission is placed in the running state The DMA attempts to acquire the descriptor from the Transmit Descriptor List Descriptor ac...

Page 1027: ...These two bits control the threshold level of the RX FIFO Transfer request to DMA starts when the frame size within the RX FIFO is larger than the threshold In addition full frames with length less th...

Page 1028: ...ber 2017 Revised October 2018 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright 2017 2018 Texas Instruments Incorporated Ethernet Controller Table 15 85 EMACDMAOPMODE Register Field Descriptions continued Bit F...

Page 1029: ...ummary Enable This bit enables masks the ERI RI TU and TI bits in MAC DMA Interrupt Status Register EMACDMARIS 0x0 Normal interrupt summary is masked 0x1 Normal interrupt summary is enabled 15 AIE R W...

Page 1030: ...pt is disabled 0x1 The Transmit Underflow Interrupt is enabled Abnormal Interrupt Summary Enable AIE bit 15 must also be set to 0x1 4 OVE R W 0x0 Overflow Interrupt Enable 0x0 The Overflow Interrupt i...

Page 1031: ...Type Reset Description 31 29 RESERVED R 0x0 28 OVFCNTOVF R 0x0 Overflow Bit for FIFO Overflow Counter This bit is set every time the overflow frame counter bits 27 17 overflows that is the RX FIFO ov...

Page 1032: ...e 15 88 Return to Summary Table Figure 15 78 EMACRXINTWDT Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED RIWT R 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 15 88 EMACRXI...

Page 1033: ...t Transmit Descriptor read by the DMA EMACHOSTXDESC is shown in Figure 15 79 and described in Table 15 89 Return to Summary Table Figure 15 79 EMACHOSTXDESC Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 2...

Page 1034: ...nt Receive Descriptor read by the DMA EMACHOSRXDESC is shown in Figure 15 80 and described in Table 15 90 Return to Summary Table Figure 15 80 EMACHOSRXDESC Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 2...

Page 1035: ...ansmit Buffer Address being read by the DMA EMACHOSTXBA is shown in Figure 15 81 and described in Table 15 91 Return to Summary Table Figure 15 81 EMACHOSTXBA Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21...

Page 1036: ...eceive buffer address being read by the DMA EMACHOSRXBA is shown in Figure 15 82 and described in Table 15 92 Return to Summary Table Figure 15 82 EMACHOSRXBA Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21...

Page 1037: ...Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED MACTYPE RESERVED PHYTYPE R 0x0 R 0x1 R 0x0 R 0x3 Table 15 93 EMACPP Register Fiel...

Page 1038: ...nternal PHY 0x1 External PHY 30 28 PINTFS R W 0x0 Ethernet Interface Select This field selects the PHY interface used by the MAC This input is sampled during reset and an update to this register field...

Page 1039: ...MDI X This bit is sampled on the deassertion of the PHY reset signal and is used as the default for the RAMDIX bit of the Ethernet PHY Configuration 1 EPHYCFG1 register PHY offset 0x009 11 FASTMDIX R...

Page 1040: ...and are used to determine the auto negotiation mode of the PHY 0x0 When ANEN 0x0 the mode is 10Base T Half Duplex When ANEN 0x1 the mode is 10Base T Half Full Duplex 0x1 When ANEN 0x0 the mode is 10B...

Page 1041: ...0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED R 0x0 Table 15 95 EMACCC Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 19 RESERVED R 0x0 18 PTPCEN R W...

Page 1042: ...et PHY which is either from the internal integrated PHY or an external PHY EPHYRIS is shown in Figure 15 86 and described in Table 15 96 Return to Summary Table Figure 15 86 EPHYRIS Register 31 30 29...

Page 1043: ...e 15 97 Return to Summary Table Figure 15 87 EPHYIM Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED INT R 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 15 97...

Page 1044: ...Figure 15 88 and described in Table 15 98 Return to Summary Table Figure 15 88 EPHYMISC Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RE...

Page 1045: ...gotiation Next Page TX MR7 Section 15 7 8 0x8 EPHYANLNPTR Ethernet PHY Auto Negotiation Link Partner Ability Next Page MR8 Section 15 7 9 0x9 EPHYCFG1 Ethernet PHY Configuration 1 MR9 Section 15 7 10...

Page 1046: ...evised October 2018 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright 2017 2018 Texas Instruments Incorporated Ethernet Controller Table 15 100 EPHY Access Type Codes continued Access Type Code Description W W...

Page 1047: ...activated the transmitter data presented on MII TXD is looped back to MII RXD internally 0x0 Normal operation 0x1 MII Loopback enabled 13 SPEED R W 0x1 Speed Select When auto negotiation is disabled...

Page 1048: ...M R W 0x1 Duplex Mode When auto negotiation is disabled writing to this bit allows the port duplex capability to be selected 0x0 Half Duplex operation 0x1 Full Duplex Operation 7 COLLTST R W 0x0 Colli...

Page 1049: ...e TX in half duplex mode 12 10BTFD R 0x1 10 Base T Full Duplex Capable 0x0 The device does not support 10Base T in full duplex mode 0x1 Device able to perform 10Base T in full duplex mode 11 10BTHD R...

Page 1050: ...d Bit Field Type Reset Description 1 JABBER R 0x0 Jabber Detect This bit is implemented with a latching function such that the occurrence of a jabber condition causes it to set until it is cleared by...

Page 1051: ...Identifier is intended to support network management The Texas Instruments IEEE assigned OUI is 0x080028 This OUI field is broken into two fields in the EPHYID1 and EPHYID2 register The most signific...

Page 1052: ...EPHYID2 register The most significant OUI field OUIMSB in the EPHYID1 register is equal to 0x0002 the two most significant bits of the OUI are ignored The least significant OUI field OUILSB in the EPH...

Page 1053: ...n IEEE 802 3 Annex 28B Tables 28B 2 and 28B 3 respectively Pause resolution status is reported in the Pause Status bits 13 12 of the Ethernet PHY Control EPHYCTL register 0x0 Asymmetric PAUSE not impl...

Page 1054: ...Description 6 10BTFD R W 0x1 10Base T Full Duplex Support 0x0 10Base T Full Duplex not supported by the internal PHY 0x1 10Base T Full Duplex is supported by the internal PHY 5 10BT R W 0x1 10Base T...

Page 1055: ...is bit based on the incoming FLP bursts 0x1 Link Partner acknowledges reception of the ability data word 13 RF R 0x0 Remote Fault 0x0 No remote fault indicated by link partner 0x1 Remote fault indicat...

Page 1056: ...Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 15 5 RESERVED R 0x0 4 PDF R 0x0 Parallel Detection Fault 0x0 A fault has not been detected 0x1 A fault has been detected via the Parallel...

Page 1057: ...0x1 Another next page desired 14 RESERVED R 0x0 13 MP R W 0x0 Message Page 0x0 Unformatted Page 0x1 Message Page 12 ACK2 R W 0x0 Acknowledge 2 0x0 Cannot comply with message 0x1 Can comply with messa...

Page 1058: ...bit 0x0 Not acknowledged 0x1 Link Partner acknowledges reception of the ability data word 13 MP R 0x0 Message Page 0x0 Unformatted Page 0x1 Message Page 12 ACK2 R 0x0 Acknowledge 2 Acknowledge2 is us...

Page 1059: ...PC register and wake up the EPHY 0x0 Configuration process is not complete 0x1 Configuration process is complete and the PHY can continue and complete its internal reset sequence 14 9 RESERVED R 0x0 8...

Page 1060: ...AN mode both PHYs should be configured to the same configuration These two bits define the duration for each state of the auto negotiation process according to the table above The new duration time m...

Page 1061: ...Enable Fast Link Up time During Parallel Detection 5 EXTFD R W 0x0 Extended Full Duplex Ability Encodes the type of PHY attached 0x0 Disable extended full duplex ability Decision to work in full dupl...

Page 1062: ...TXOP pair 0x1 Inverted polarity on both pairs 6 MDIMDIXS R W 0x0 MDI MDIX Swap To enable the port mirroring function set bit 7 and this bit to 1 0x0 MDI pairs normal Receive on EN0RXIN EN0RXIP pair Tr...

Page 1063: ...lue in the address register After that access is complete for write accesses only the value in the address register is incremented For read accesses the value of the address register remains unchanged...

Page 1064: ...the access by an indirect read write mechanism to the extended register set EPHYADDAR is shown in Figure 15 102 and described in Table 15 114 Return to Summary Table Figure 15 102 EPHYADDAR Register...

Page 1065: ...e Error Latch This bit is cleared on a read of the EPHYRXERCNT register 0x0 No receive error event has occurred 0x1 Receive error event has occurred since last read of EPHYRXERCNT register PHY offset...

Page 1066: ...Mb s mode This bit is a duplicate of the Jabber Detect bit in the EPHYBMSR register PHY offset 0x001 4 ANS R 0x0 Auto Negotiation Status 0x0 Auto Negotiation not complete 0x1 Auto Negotiation complete...

Page 1067: ...odes Enable 0x0 Normal mode of operation 0x1 Enable power saving modes 13 12 PSMODE R W 0x0 Power Saving Modes 0x0 Normal Normal operation mode PHY is fully functional 0x1 IEEE Power DownLow Power mod...

Page 1068: ...l duplex mode Collision indication is active in half duplex mode only 0x1 Enable collision signaling in full duplex mode 3 RESERVED R 0x0 2 TINT R W 0x0 Test Interrupt Forces the PHY to generate an in...

Page 1069: ...Status Interrupt Reading this bit clears the interrupt and thus the status bit 0x0 No change of link status 0x1 Change of link status interrupt is pending 12 SPEED R 0x0 Change of Speed Status Interru...

Page 1070: ...x0 Change of duplex status interrupt disabled 0x1 Enable interrupt on change of duplex status 2 ANCEN R W 0x0 Auto Negotiation Complete Interrupt Enable 0x0 Auto negotiation complete interrupt disable...

Page 1071: ...egotiation Error Interrupt Reading this bit clears the interrupt 0x0 No Auto negotiation error event pending 0x1 Auto negotiation error interrupt is pending 13 PAGERX R 0x0 Page Receive Interrupt Read...

Page 1072: ...pback FIFO overflow underflow event interrupt enabled 3 MDICOEN R W 0x0 MDI MDIX Crossover Status Changed Interrupt Enable 0x0 MDI MDIX Crossover Change Status interrupt disabled 0x1 MDI MDIX Crossove...

Page 1073: ...class of Clause 30 of the IEEE 802 3u specification EPHYFCSCR is shown in Figure 15 107 and described in Table 15 119 Return to Summary Table Figure 15 107 EPHYFCSCR Register 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6...

Page 1074: ...n in Figure 15 108 and described in Table 15 120 Return to Summary Table Figure 15 108 EPHYRXERCNT Register 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RXERRCNT R 0x0 Table 15 120 EPHYRXERCNT Register Field...

Page 1075: ...IST Error Counter reaches its max value the PRBS checker stops counting 0x1 Continuous mode selected When the PRBS counters reach maximum count value the counter starts counting from zero again 13 PRB...

Page 1076: ...This bit may be set only in MII Loopback mode which is enabled by setting the MIILOOPBK bit in the EPHYBMCR register offset EPHY 0x00 5 RESERVED R 0x0 4 0 LBMODE R W 0x0 Loopback Mode Select The PHY...

Page 1077: ...to control the blink rate on the LED outputs EPHYLEDCR is shown in Figure 15 110 and described in Table 15 122 Return to Summary Table Figure 15 110 EPHYLEDCR Register 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED...

Page 1078: ...n TPRD pair 13 PAUSERX R 0x0 Pause Receive Negotiated Status 0x0 No effect 0x1 Indicates that pause receive should be enabled in the MAC This bit is set based on bits 11 10 in the EPHYANA register and...

Page 1079: ...0 Normal 10Base T operation 0x1 Enable 10Base T lower receiver threshold to allow operation with longer cables 12 9 SQUELCH R W 0x0 Squelch Configuration Used to set the Peak Squelch ON threshold for...

Page 1080: ...y Table Figure 15 113 EPHYBICSR1 Register 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 ERRCNT IPGLENGTH R 0x0 R W 0x7D Table 15 125 EPHYBICSR1 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 15...

Page 1081: ...generated packets in bytes for the BIST mechanism EPHYBICSR2 is shown in Figure 15 114 and described in Table 15 126 Return to Summary Table Figure 15 114 EPHYBICSR2 Register 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6...

Page 1082: ...EPHYCDCR Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 15 START R W 0x0 Cable Diagnostic Process Start Diagnostic Start bit is cleared with raise of Diagnostic Done indication 0x0 Cable...

Page 1083: ...to Summary Table Figure 15 116 EPHYRCR Register 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 SWRST SWRESTART RESERVED R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED R 0x0 Table 15 128 EPHYRCR Register Field Descriptions Bi...

Page 1084: ...tions Bit Field Type Reset Description 15 12 RESERVED R 0x0 11 8 LED2 R W 0x5 LED2 Configuration The following encodings are used to program the specific function desired for the LED 0x0 Link OK 0x1 R...

Page 1085: ...Descriptions continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 3 0 LED0 R W 0x0 LED0 Configuration The following encodings are used to program the specific function desired for the LED 0x0 Link OK 0x1 RX TX...

Page 1086: ...The External Peripheral Interface is a high speed parallel bus for external peripherals or memory It has several modes of operation to interface gluelessly to many types of external devices Enhanced...

Page 1087: ...MB 512 megabits Includes automatic refresh and access to all banks and rows Includes a sleep or standby mode to keep contents active with minimal power draw Multiplexed address data interface for redu...

Page 1088: ...ata and samples at the rate controlled by the EPIBAUD register The EPI controller provides predictable operation and thus has an advantage over regular GPIOs which have more variable timing due to on...

Page 1089: ...tuation is transparent to the user other than the additional EPI bus activity and can safely be ignored Two nonblocking read register sets are available to allow sequencing and ping pong use When one...

Page 1090: ...arbitration size should normally be programmed to one access at a time The DMA controller can also transfer from and to the NBRFIFO and the WFIFO using the DMA software channel in memory mode however...

Page 1091: ...e SDRAM 60 MHz Single SRAM 60 MHz Single PSRAM without iRDY signal use 55 MHz Single PSRAM with iRDY signal use 52 MHz FPGAs CPLDs and others using general purpose mode 60 MHz Memory configurations wi...

Page 1092: ...is given than is used then the only downside is that the peripheral is slower uses more cycles for these delays If a lower frequency is given incorrect operation occurs For timing details for the SDRA...

Page 1093: ...25 MHz 40 ns per clock period 390 is the highest number that may be used The external clock may be 25 MHz when the system clock is 25 MHz or when the system clock is 50 MHz and configuring the COUNT0...

Page 1094: ...Normal Read Cycle Figure 16 3 shows a normal read cycle of n halfwords n can be 1 or 2 The cycle begins with the Activate command and the row address on the EPI0S 15 0 signals With the programmed CAS...

Page 1095: ...aling the end of the access At least one clock period of inactivity separates any two SDRAM cycles Figure 16 4 SDRAM Write Cycle 16 4 3 Host Bus Mode Host Bus supports the traditional 8 bit and 16 bit...

Page 1096: ...I0S27 is used as CS1n Whether CS0n or CS1n is asserted is determined by the most significant address bit for a respective external address map This configuration can be used for a RAM bank split betwe...

Page 1097: ...ct 0x1 or 0x2 0x1 or 0x2 0x0 EPADR defined address range 0xA000 000 or 0xC000 0000 ERADR defined address range 0x6000 000 or 0x8000 000 N A N A Dual chip select 0x0 0x1 or 0x2 0x1 ECADR defined addres...

Page 1098: ...le address space is doubled For example 28 bits of address accesses 512MB in this mode Table 16 6 shows the capabilities of the HB8 and HB16 modes as well as the available address bits with the possib...

Page 1099: ...7 bits 1 256MB HB16 0x0 1 0x1 4 1 Yes 25 bits 2 64MB HB16 0x0 1 0x2 4 0 No 26 bits 1 128MB HB16 0x0 1 0x2 4 1 Yes 24 bits 2 32MB HB16 0x1 0 0x0 0x1 1 0 No 12 bits 1 8KB HB16 0x1 0 0x0 0x1 1 1 Yes 10 b...

Page 1100: ...the system Any unused EPI controller signals can be used as GPIOs or another alternate function 1 X indicates the state of this field is a don t care 2 When an entry straddles several row the signal...

Page 1101: ...ck signal is not required for this mode EPI0S26 0x0 A26 A18 FEMPTY 0x1 0x2 0x3 CS0n CS0n 0x4 A26 A18 0x5 0x6 CS0n CS0n EPI0S27 0x0 A27 A19 FFULL 0x1 0x2 CS1n CS1n 0x3 0x4 CS0n CS0n 0x5 CS1n CS1n 0x6 E...

Page 1102: ...igured for the EPI clock signal in host bus mode it is not required and should be configured as a GPIO to reduce EMI in the system Any unused EPI controller signals can be used as GPIOs or another alt...

Page 1103: ...ry straddles several rows the signal configuration is the same for all rows EPI0S23 X 3 0 A23 A7 1 EPI0S24 0x0 0 A24 A8 1 0x1 0 1 0x2 0 1 0x3 0 1 BSEL0n BSEL0n 0x4 0 A24 A8 1 0x5 0 1 0x6 0 1 BSEL0n BS...

Page 1104: ...Read HB16 Signal MODE XFIFO 4 The clock signal is not required for this mode EPI0S27 0x0 0 A27 A11 FFULL 1 BSEL1n BSEL1n 0x1 0 A27 A11 1 BSEL1n BSEL1n 0x2 X CS1n CS1n 0x3 X CS1n CS1n 0x4 X CS0n CS0n 0...

Page 1105: ...ising edge of EPI clock if iRDY is low access is stalled The IRDYDLY can program the number of EPI clock cycles in advance to the stall 1 2 or 3 see Figure 16 5 This is a conceptual timing diagram of...

Page 1106: ...s can lead to unpredictable behavior When the chip select is programmed to access the PSRAM the MODE bit of the EPIHBnCFGn register must be programmed to enable address and data muxed ADMUX Page mode...

Page 1107: ...0 BCR Code 5 6 0x2 1 BCR Code 6 7 0x2 0 BCR Code 8 9 0x3 0 In variable initial latency mode the memory s WAIT iRDY pin guides the EPI module when to read and write The WAIT iRDY pin stalls the access...

Page 1108: ...ion www ti com 1108 SLAU723A October 2017 Revised October 2018 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright 2017 2018 Texas Instruments Incorporated External Peripheral Interface EPI Figure 16 8 PSRAM Burs...

Page 1109: ...9 iRDY EPI0S32 EPI0S 15 0 One wait state www ti com Initialization and Configuration 1109 SLAU723A October 2017 Revised October 2018 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright 2017 2018 Texas Instruments...

Page 1110: ...EPI6 EPI7 EPI8 EPI9 EPI10 EPI11 EPI12 EPI13 EPI14 EPI15 EPI30 3 3V GNDGND A 0 15 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A 0 15 EPI_16_BUS EPI_16_BUS A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A...

Page 1111: ...x2 0 6 EPI clock cycles 0x3 1 7 EPI clock cycles 0x3 0 8 EPI clock cycles The CAPWIDTH bit in EPIHBnTIMEn registers controls the delay between Host Bus transfers When the CSBAUD bit is set and multipl...

Page 1112: ...mode consumes higher power because the SRAM must continuously drive the data pins This mode is not practical in HB16 mode for normal SRAMs because there are generally not enough address bits availabl...

Page 1113: ...ated External Peripheral Interface EPI NOTE BSEL0n and BSEL1n are available in Host Bus 16 mode only Figure 16 12 Host Bus Read Cycle MODE 0x1 WRHIGH 0 RDHIGH 0 NOTE BSEL0n and BSEL1n are available in...

Page 1114: ...continuous read mode accesses In this mode reads are performed by keeping the read mode selected output enable is asserted and then changing the address pins The data pins are changed by the SRAM aft...

Page 1115: ...al address are supported Framing and clock enable functions permit more optimized interfaces General parallel GPIO From 1 to 32 pins may be written or read with the speed precisely controlled by the E...

Page 1116: ...t address and write data phases are not normally needed for logic reasons it may be useful to make read and write timings match If 2 cycle reads or writes are used the RW bit is automatically set Addr...

Page 1117: ...ral Purpose Signal D24 A4 General Purpose Signal D32 EPI0S0 D0 D0 D0 D0 EPI0S1 D1 D1 D1 D1 EPI0S2 D2 D2 D2 D2 EPI0S3 D3 D3 D3 D3 EPI0S4 D4 D4 D4 D4 EPI0S5 D5 D5 D5 D5 EPI0S6 D6 D6 D6 D6 EPI0S7 D7 D7 D...

Page 1118: ...ation Feedback Copyright 2017 2018 Texas Instruments Incorporated External Peripheral Interface EPI 16 4 4 1 Bus Operation A basic access is 1 EPI clock for write cycles and 2 EPI clock cycles for rea...

Page 1119: ...the FRAME signal is controlled by the FRMCNT and FRM50 bits When FRM50 is clear the FRAME signal is high whenever the WR or RD strobe is high When FRMCNT is clear the FRAME signal is simply the logic...

Page 1120: ...2 When FRM50 is set the FRAME signal transitions on the rising edge of either the WR or RD strobes When FRMCNT 0 the FRAME signal transitions on the rising edge of WR or RD for every access see Figure...

Page 1121: ...mode is enabled If CLKGATE is set the clock is output only when a transaction is occurring otherwise the clock is held high If the WR2CYC bit is clear the EPI clock begins toggling 1 cycle before the...

Page 1122: ...5 6 0x010 EPIGPCFG EPI General Purpose Configuration Section 16 5 7 0x014 EPIHB8CFG2 EPI Host Bus 8 Configuration 2 Section 16 5 8 0x014 EPIHB16CFG2 EPI Host Bus 16 Configuration 2 Section 16 5 9 0x01...

Page 1123: ...32 0x318 EPIHB16TIME3 EPI Host Bus 16 Timing Extension Section 16 5 33 0x31C EPIHB8TIME4 EPI Host Bus 8 Timing Extension Section 16 5 34 0x31C EPIHB16TIME4 EPI Host Bus 16 Timing Extension Section 16...

Page 1124: ...SERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED INTDIV R 0x0 R W 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED BLKEN MODE R 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 16 14 EPICFG Register Field Desc...

Page 1125: ...he EPI Clock on EPI0S31 is related to the COUNTn field and the system clock as follows If COUNTn 0 57 otherwise 58 where the symbol around COUNTn 2 is the floor operator meaning the largest integer le...

Page 1126: ...nt The EPI Clock on EPI0S31 is related to the COUNTn field and the system clock as follows If COUNTn 0 59 otherwise 60 where the symbol around COUNTn 2 is the floor operator meaning the largest intege...

Page 1127: ...16 33 EPISDRAMCFG Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 FREQ RESERVED RFSH R W 0x2 R 0x0 R W 0x2EE 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RFSH R W 0x2EE 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED SLEEP RESERVED R 0x0 R W 0x0 R 0x0...

Page 1128: ...ts Incorporated External Peripheral Interface EPI Table 16 17 EPISDRAMCFG Register Field Descriptions continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 8 2 RESERVED R 0x0 1 0 SIZE R W 0x0 Size of SDRAM The v...

Page 1129: ...controller does not drive those pins and they are available as standard GPIOs EPI Host Bus 8 Mode can be configured to use one to four chip selects with and without the use of ALE If an alternative to...

Page 1130: ...dy Enable 0x0 No effect 0x1 An external ready can be used to control the continuation of the current access If this bit is set and the iRDY signal EPIS032 is low the current access is stalled 27 IRDYI...

Page 1131: ...ks 0x3 Active WRn is 8 EPI clocks 5 4 RDWS R W 0x0 Read Wait States This field adds wait states to the data phase of CS0n the address phase is not affected The effect is to delay the rising edge of RD...

Page 1132: ...does not drive those pins and they are available as standard GPIOs EPI Host Bus 16 Mode can be configured to use one to four chip selects with and without the use of ALE If an alternative to chip sele...

Page 1133: ...e iRDY signal EPIS032 is low the current access is stalled 27 IRDYINV R W 0x0 Input Ready Invert 0x0 No effect 0x1 Invert polarity of incoming external ready If this bit is set and the iRDY signal EPI...

Page 1134: ...B16 mode this field defaults to 0xFF 7 6 WRWS R W 0x0 Write Wait States This field adds wait states to the data phase of CS0n the address phase is not affected The effect is to delay the rising edge o...

Page 1135: ...2 register this configuration is for CS0n If the multiple chip select option is enabled and CSBAUD is clear all chip selects use the MODE encoding programmed in this register 0x0 ADMUX AD 15 0 Data an...

Page 1136: ...llel GPIO From 1 to 32 pins may be written or read with the speed precisely controlled by the baud rate in the EPIBAUD register when used with the NBRFIFO and or the WFIFO or by rate of accesses from...

Page 1137: ...is bit is set then the RW bit is forced to be set 0x0 Data is output on the same EPI clock cycle as the address EPI clock begins toggling one cycle before the WR strobe goes High 0x1 Writes are two EP...

Page 1138: ...x2 This register is used to configure operation while in Host Bus 8 mode Note that this register is reset when the MODE field in the EPICFG register is changed If another mode is selected and the Host...

Page 1139: ...ed as a Chip Select CSn When using this mode the address and data are generally not muxed MODE field in the EPIHB8CFG register is 0x1 However if address and data muxing is needed the WR signal EPI0S29...

Page 1140: ...ALE combined with two chip selects These bits are also used in combination with the CSCFGEXT bit for further configurations including quad chip select 0x0 ALE Configuration EPI0S30 is used as an addre...

Page 1141: ...ode 0x0 Active WRn is 2 EPI clocks 0x1 Active WRn is 4 EPI clocks 0x2 Active WRn is 6 EPI clocks 0x3 Active WRn is 8 EPI clocks 5 4 RDWS R W 0x0 CS1n Read Wait States This field adds wait states to th...

Page 1142: ...to configure operation while in Host Bus 16 mode Note that this register is reset when the MODE field in the EPICFG register is changed If another mode is selected and the Host Bus 16 mode is selected...

Page 1143: ...sed as a Chip Select CSn When using this mode the address and data are generally not muxed MODE field in the EPIHB16CFG register is 0x1 However if address and data muxing is needed the WR signal EPI0S...

Page 1144: ...figuration This field controls the chip select options including an ALE format a single chip select two chip selects and an ALE combined with two chip selects These bits are also used in combination w...

Page 1145: ...ter CR This bit self clears once the CRE access is complete The address for the CRE access is located at EPIHBPSRAM 19 18 The read data is returned on EPIHBPSRAM 15 0 0x0 No Action 0x1 Start CRE read...

Page 1146: ...the EPIHB16CFG2 register This field is used in conjunction with the EPIBAUD register and is not applicable in BURST mode 0x0 Active RDn is 2 EPI clocks 0x1 Active RDn is 4 EPI clocks 0x2 Active RDn i...

Page 1147: ...the ERADR are not 0x0 and the ECADR field is 0x0 then CS0n is asserted for either address range defined by EPADR and CS1n is asserted for either address range defined by ERADR The two chip selects can...

Page 1148: ...e size of the external peripheral is smaller it wraps upper address bits unused When not using byte selects in Host Bus 16 data is accessed on 2 byte boundaries As a result the available address space...

Page 1149: ...ata interface If SIZE is 0x1 data is returned on the least significant bits D 7 0 and the remaining bits D 31 8 are all zeros therefore the data on bits D 15 8 is lost If SIZE is 0x2 data is returned...

Page 1150: ...this register contains the next address for the next read For example if the last read was 0x20 and the size is word then the register contains 0x24 When a non blocking read is cancelled this register...

Page 1151: ...O is full the external interface waits until a NBRFIFO entry becomes available to continue Note if a blocking read or write is performed through the address mapped area at 0x60000000 through 0xDFFFFFF...

Page 1152: ...Table 16 27 EPISTAT Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 9 RESERVED R 0x0 8 XFFULL R 0x0 External FIFO Full This bit provides information on the XFIFO when in the FIFO sub...

Page 1153: ...al interface is not performing a write 0x1 The external interface is performing a write 4 NBRBUSY R 0x0 Non Blocking Read Busy 0x0 The external interface is not performing a non blocking read 0x1 The...

Page 1154: ...read via the EPIREADFIFO register A race is possible but that only means that more values may come in after this register has been read EPIRFIFOCNT is shown in Figure 16 44 and described in Table 16...

Page 1155: ...returns the contents of the NBRFIFO or 0 if the NBRFIFO is empty Each read returns the data that is at the top of the NBRFIFO and then empties that value from the NBRFIFO The alias registers can be u...

Page 1156: ...and write are not orthogonal The write error bit configures the system such that an attempted write to an already full WFIFO abandons the write and signals an error interrupt to prevent accidental lat...

Page 1157: ...his excess delay has occurred 15 7 RESERVED R 0x0 6 4 WRFIFO R W 0x3 Write FIFO 0x0 reserved 0x1 reserved 0x2 Interrupt is triggered until there are only two slots available Thus trigger is deasserted...

Page 1158: ...bove code ensures that writes to the address mapped location do not occur unless the WFIFO has room Although polling makes the code wait spinning in the loop it does not prevent interrupts being servi...

Page 1159: ...cessed by the EPI the TXCNT bit field value is decreased by 1 When TXCNT 0 the EPI s DMA request signal is deasserted EPIDMATXCNT is shown in Figure 16 48 and described in Table 16 32 Return to Summar...

Page 1160: ...ion 31 5 RESERVED R 0x0 4 DMAWRIM R W 0x0 Write DMA Interrupt Mask 0x0 DMAWRRIS in the EPIRIS register is masked and does not cause an interrupt 0x1 DMAWRRIS in the EPIRIS register is not masked and c...

Page 1161: ...RESERVED R 0x0 4 DMAWRRIS R 0x0 Write DMA Raw Interrupt Status This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the DMAWRIC bit in the EPIEISC register 0x0 The write DMA has not completed 0x1 The write DMA has...

Page 1162: ...bit in the EPIFIFOLVL register must be set Read Stalled For a stalled read to generate an error interrupt the RSERR bit in the EPIFIFOLVL register must be set Timeout If the MAXWAIT field in the EPIHB...

Page 1163: ...he EPIEISC register 0x0 The write DMA has not completed or the interrupt is masked 0x1 The write DMA has completed and the DMAWRIM bit in the EPIIM register is set triggering an interrupt to the inter...

Page 1164: ...al Interface EPI Table 16 35 EPIMIS Register Field Descriptions continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 0 ERRMIS R 0x0 Error Masked Interrupt Status 0x0 An error has not occurred or the interrupt i...

Page 1165: ...8 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED DMAWRIC DMARDIC WTFULL RSTALL TOUT R 0x0 W1C 0x0 W1C 0x0 R W1C 0x0 R W...

Page 1166: ...3 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 WRWS RDWS RESERVED MODE R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 16 37 EPIHB8CFG3 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 22 RESERVED R...

Page 1167: ...S2n Read Wait States This field adds wait states to the data phase of CS2n accesses the address phase is not affected The effect is to delay the rising edge of RDn Oen or the falling edge of RD Each w...

Page 1168: ...Reset Description 31 22 RESERVED R 0x0 21 WRHIGH R W 0x0 CS2n WRITE Strobe Polarity This field is used if the CSBAUD bit is enabled in EPIHB16CFG2 0x0 The WRITE strobe for CS2n accesses is WRn active...

Page 1169: ...granularity This field is used if the EPIHB16CFG2 register This field is not applicable in BURST mode This field is used in conjunction with the EPIBAUD2 register 0x0 Active WRn is 2 EPI clocks 0x1 Ac...

Page 1170: ...2 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 WRWS RDWS RESERVED MODE R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 16 39 EPIHB8CFG4 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 22 RESERVED R 0x...

Page 1171: ...CS3n Read Wait States This field adds wait states to the data phase of CS3n accesses the address phase is not affected The effect is to delay the rising edge of RDn Oen or the falling edge of RD Each...

Page 1172: ...et Description 31 22 RESERVED R 0x0 21 WRHIGH R W 0x0 CS3n WRITE Strobe Polarity This field is used if the CSBAUD bit is enabled in EPIHB16CFG2 0x0 The WRITE strobe for CS3n accesses is WRn active Low...

Page 1173: ...This field is used if the CSBAUD bit is set in the EPIHB16CFG2 register This field is not applicable in BURST mode This field is used in conjunction with the EPIBAUD2 register 0x0 Active WRn is 2 EPI...

Page 1174: ...x0 Table 16 41 EPIHB8TIME Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 26 RESERVED R 0x0 25 24 IRDYDLY R W 0x0 CS0n Input Ready Delay 0x0 reserved 0x1 Stall begins one EPI clocks pa...

Page 1175: ...16 41 EPIHB8TIME Register Field Descriptions continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 0 RDWSM R W 0x0 Read Wait State Minus One Use with RDWS field in the EPIHB8CFG register This field is not appli...

Page 1176: ...7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED WRWSM RESERVED RDWSM R 0x0 R W 0x0 R 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 16 42 EPIHB16TIME Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 26 RESERVED R 0x0 25 24 IRDYDLY R W 0...

Page 1177: ...EPIHB16CFG This field is not applicable in BURST mode 0x0 No change in the number of wait state clock cycles programmed in the in WRWS field in EPIHB16CFG register 0x1 Write Wait state value is noWRWS...

Page 1178: ...able 16 43 EPIHB8TIME2 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 26 RESERVED R 0x0 25 24 IRDYDLY R W 0x0 CS1n Input Ready Delay 0x0 reserved 0x1 Stall begins one EPI clocks past...

Page 1179: ...43 EPIHB8TIME2 Register Field Descriptions continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 0 RDWSM R W 0x0 CS1n Read Wait State Minus One This field is used with RDWS field in EPIHB8CFG2 This bit is not ap...

Page 1180: ...x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED WRWSM RESERVED RDWSM R 0x0 R W 0x0 R 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 16 44 EPIHB16TIME2 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 26 RESERVED R 0x0 25 24 IRDYDLY R...

Page 1181: ...HB16CFG2 This field is not applicable in BURST mode 0x0 No change in the number of wait state clock cycles programmed in the in WRWS field in EPIHB16CFG2 register 0x1 Write Wait state value is noWRWS...

Page 1182: ...able 16 45 EPIHB8TIME3 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 26 RESERVED R 0x0 25 24 IRDYDLY R W 0x0 CS2n Input Ready Delay 0x0 reserved 0x1 Stall begins one EPI clocks past...

Page 1183: ...45 EPIHB8TIME3 Register Field Descriptions continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 0 RDWSM R W 0x0 CS2n Read Wait State Minus One This field is used with RDWS field in EPIHB8CFG3 This bit is not ap...

Page 1184: ...x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED WRWSM RESERVED RDWSM R 0x0 R W 0x0 R 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 16 46 EPIHB16TIME3 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 26 RESERVED R 0x0 25 24 IRDYDLY R...

Page 1185: ...HB16CFG3 This field is not applicable in BURST mode 0x0 No change in the number of wait state clock cycles programmed in the in WRWS field in EPIHB16CFG3 register 0x1 Write Wait state value is noWRWS...

Page 1186: ...VED R 0x0 25 24 IRDYDLY R W 0x0 CS3n Input Ready Delay 0x0 reserved 0x1 Stall begins one EPI clocks past iRDY low being sampled on the rising edge of EPIO clock 0x2 Stall begins two EPI clocks past iR...

Page 1187: ...47 EPIHB8TIME4 Register Field Descriptions continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 0 RDWSM R W 0x0 CS3n Read Wait State Minus One This field is used with RDWS field in EPIHB8CFG4 This bit is not ap...

Page 1188: ...x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED WRWSM RESERVED RDWSM R 0x0 R W 0x0 R 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 16 48 EPIHB16TIME4 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 26 RESERVED R 0x0 25 24 IRDYDLY R...

Page 1189: ...HB16CFG4 This field is not applicable in BURST mode 0x0 No change in the number of wait state clock cycles programmed in the in WRWS field in EPIHB16CFG4 register 0x1 Write Wait state value is noWRWS...

Page 1190: ...the PSRAM s configuration register takes place and the value is written to bits 15 0 of the EPIHBPSRAM Bits 20 16 will not contain any valid data EPIHBPSRAM is shown in Figure 16 65 and described in T...

Page 1191: ...composed of physical GPIO blocks each corresponding to an individual GPIO port Port A Port B Port C Port D Port E Port F Port G Port H Port J Port K Port L Port M Port N Port P Port Q Port R Port S P...

Page 1192: ...GPIO pad configuration Weak pullup or pulldown resistors 2 mA 4 mA 6 mA 8 mA 10 mA and 12 mA pad drive for digital communication up to four pads can sink 18 mA for high current applications Slew rate...

Page 1193: ...Control GPIOPCTL GPIODR12R Mode Control GPIOAFSEL GPIOADCCTL GPIODMACTL GPIOSI GPIOAMSEL DEMUX MUX MUX MUX www ti com Functional Description 1193 SLAU723A October 2017 Revised October 2018 Submit Docu...

Page 1194: ...Functional Description www ti com 1194 SLAU723A October 2017 Revised October 2018 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright 2017 2018 Texas Instruments Incorporated General Purpose Input Outputs GPIOs F...

Page 1195: ...e the GPIODATA register covers 256 locations in the memory map During a write if the address bit associated with that data bit is set the value of the GPIODATA register is altered If the address bit i...

Page 1196: ...GPIORIS register For summary interrupt mode software should set the GPIOIM register to 0xFF and mask the port pin interrupts 1 through 7 in the Interrupt Clear Enable DISn register see Section 2 4 Whe...

Page 1197: ...ster must be set to disable the analog isolation circuit 17 3 4 Commit Control The GPIO commit control registers provide a layer of protection against accidental programming of critical hardware perip...

Page 1198: ...s If EDMn is 0x00 then the GPIODR2R GPIODR4R and GPIODR8R function as stated in their default register description NOTE A GPIOPC register write must precede the configuration of the GPIODRnR registers...

Page 1199: ...isters 1 Mask the corresponding port by clearing the IME field in the GPIOIM register 2 Configure the IS field in the GPIOIS register and the IBE field in the GPIOIBE register 3 Clear the GPIORIS regi...

Page 1200: ...se Input Outputs GPIOs 1 X Ignored don t care bit Table 17 3 GPIO Interrupt Configuration Example Register Desired Interrupt Event Trigger Pin 2 Bit Value 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 GPIOIS 0 edge 1 level X X X...

Page 1201: ...address of 0x40065FFF GPIO Port Q AHB 0x40066000 ending address of 0x40066FFF GPIO Port R AHB 0x40067000 ending address of 0x40067FFF GPIO Port S AHB 0x40068000 ending address of 0x40068FFF GPIO Port...

Page 1202: ...ion 17 5 2 0x404 GPIOIS GPIO Interrupt Sense Section 17 5 3 0x408 GPIOIBE GPIO Interrupt Both Edges Section 17 5 4 0x40C GPIOIEV GPIO Interrupt Event Section 17 5 5 0x410 GPIOIM GPIO Interrupt Mask Se...

Page 1203: ...l Identification 2 Section 17 5 38 0xFEC GPIOPeriphID3 GPIO Peripheral Identification 3 Section 17 5 39 0xFF0 GPIOPCellID0 GPIO PrimeCell Identification 0 Section 17 5 40 0xFF4 GPIOPCellID1 GPIO Prime...

Page 1204: ...are clear in the address mask cause the corresponding bits in GPIODATA to be read as 0 regardless of their value A read from GPIODATA returns the last bit value written if the respective pins are conf...

Page 1205: ...e an output while clearing a bit configures the corresponding pin to be an input All bits are cleared by a reset meaning all GPIO pins are inputs by default GPIODIR is shown in Figure 17 6 and describ...

Page 1206: ...GPIO edge and interrupt sense registers 1 Mask the corresponding port by clearing the IME field in the GPIOIM register 2 Configure the IS field in the GPIOIS register and the IBE field in the GPIOIBE...

Page 1207: ...s are cleared by a reset NOTE To prevent false interrupts the following steps should be taken when re configuring GPIO edge and interrupt sense registers 1 Mask the corresponding port by clearing the...

Page 1208: ...seeSection 17 5 3 Clearing a bit configures the pin to detect falling edges or low levels depending on the corresponding bit value in the GPIOIS register All bits are cleared by a reset GPIOIEV is sh...

Page 1209: ...ts are cleared by a reset GPIOIM is shown in Figure 17 10 and described in Table 17 12 Return to Summary Table Figure 17 10 GPIOIM Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17...

Page 1210: ...he GPIORIS register is cleared by writing a 1 to the corresponding bit in the GPIO Interrupt Clear GPIOICR register The corresponding GPIOMIS bit reflects the masked value of the RIS bit GPIORIS is sh...

Page 1211: ...own in Figure 17 12 and described in Table 17 14 Return to Summary Table Figure 17 12 GPIOMIS Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9...

Page 1212: ...ters If the interrupt is a level detect the IC bit in this register has no effect In addition writing a 0 to any of the bits in the GPIOICR register has no effect GPIOICR is shown in Figure 17 13 and...

Page 1213: ...tion against accidental programming of critical hardware signals including the GPIO pins that can function as JTAG SWD signals and the NMI signal The commit control process must be followed for these...

Page 1214: ...re 17 14 GPIOAFSEL Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED AFSEL R 0x0 R W X Table 17 17 GPIOAFSEL Register Field Descriptions Bit Field...

Page 1215: ...rdware By default all GPIO pins have 2 mA drive NOTE This register has no effect on port pins PL6 and PL7 GPIODR2R is shown in Figure 17 15 and described in Table 17 18 Return to Summary Table Figure...

Page 1216: ...tically cleared by hardware NOTE This register has no effect on port pins PL6 and PL7 GPIODR4R is shown in Figure 17 16 and described in Table 17 19 Return to Summary Table Figure 17 16 GPIODR4R Regis...

Page 1217: ...erence between 8 mA and high current operation The additional current capacity results from a shift in the VOH VOLlevels See for further information NOTE This register has no effect on port pins PL6 a...

Page 1218: ...the GPIODIR register is cleared If open drain is selected while the GPIO is configured as an input the GPIO will remain an input and the open drain selection has no effect until the GPIO is changed to...

Page 1219: ...7 22 GPIO Pins With Special Considerations GPIO Pins Default Reset State GPIOAFSEL GPIODEN GPIOPDR GPIOPUR GPIOPCTL GPIOCR PC 3 0 JTAG SWD 1 1 0 1 0x1 0 PD 7 GPIO 1 0 0 0 0 0x0 0 PE 7 GPIO 1 0 0 0 0 0...

Page 1220: ...1 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED PUE R 0x0 R W X Table 17 23 GPIOPUR Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 8 RESE...

Page 1221: ...PC 3 0 JTAG SWD 1 1 0 1 0x1 0 PD 7 GPIO 1 0 0 0 0 0x0 0 PE 7 GPIO 1 0 0 0 0 0x0 0 The GPIO commit control registers provide a layer of protection against accidental programming of critical hardware si...

Page 1222: ...29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED PDE R 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 17 25 GPIOPDR Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 8 RESERVE...

Page 1223: ...the GPIO Drive Select GPIODRnR registers and the GPIO Peripheral Configuration GPIOPC register NOTE This register has no effect on port pins PL6 and PL7 GPIOSLR is shown in Figure 17 21 and described...

Page 1224: ...the GPIOCR register Table 17 27 GPIO Pins With Special Considerations GPIO Pins Default Reset State GPIOAFSEL GPIODEN GPIOPDR GPIOPUR GPIOPCTL GPIOCR PC 3 0 JTAG SWD 1 1 0 1 0x1 0 PD 7 GPIO 1 0 0 0 0...

Page 1225: ...in Table 17 28 Return to Summary Table Figure 17 22 GPIODEN Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED DEN R 0x0 R W X Table 17 28 GPIODEN...

Page 1226: ...or locked reading the GPIOLOCK register returns 0x00000001 When write accesses are enabled or unlocked reading the GPIOLOCK register returns 0x00000000 GPIOLOCK is shown in Figure 17 23 and described...

Page 1227: ...to GPIOs through a deliberate set of writes to the GPIOLOCK GPIOCR and the corresponding registers Because this protection is currently only implemented on the NMI and JTAG SWD pins see for pin numbe...

Page 1228: ...s the isolation circuitry for the corresponding GPIO signal For information on which GPIO pins can be used for ADC functions refer to GPIOAMSEL is shown in Figure 17 25 and described in Table 17 31 Re...

Page 1229: ...pins Assigning an output signal from a peripheral to two different GPIO pins is not recommended The table below shows special consideration GPIO pins Most GPIO pins are configured as GPIOs and high i...

Page 1230: ...Field Type Reset Description 31 28 PMC7 R W X Port Mux Control 7 This field controls the configuration for GPIO pin 7 27 24 PMC6 R W X Port Mux Control 6 This field controls the configuration for GPIO...

Page 1231: ...s an external trigger for the ADC This is a legacy mode which allows code written for previous devices to operate on this microcontroller GPIOADCCTL is shown in Figure 17 27 and described in Table 17...

Page 1232: ...a source for the DMA trigger GPIODMACTL is shown in Figure 17 28 and described in Table 17 35 Return to Summary Table Figure 17 28 GPIODMACTL Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16...

Page 1233: ...12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED SUM R 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 17 36 GPIOSI Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 1 RESERVED R 0x0 0 SUM R W 0x0 Summary Interrupt 0x0 All por...

Page 1234: ...12 mA are effective on the next clock cycle NOTE This register has no effect on port pins PL6 and PL7 or PM 7 4 GPIODR12R is shown in Figure 17 30 and described in Table 17 37 Return to Summary Table...

Page 1235: ...n Port K GPIOWAKEPEN is shown in Figure 17 31 and described in Table 17 38 Return to Summary Table Figure 17 31 GPIOWAKEPEN Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESE...

Page 1236: ...This register is only available on Port K GPIOWAKELVL is shown in Figure 17 32 and described in Table 17 39 Return to Summary Table Figure 17 32 GPIOWAKELVL Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R...

Page 1237: ...27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 STAT7 STAT6 STAT5 STAT4 RESERVED R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 Table 17 40 GPIOW...

Page 1238: ...7 34 and described in Table 17 41 Return to Summary Table Figure 17 34 GPIOPP Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED EDE...

Page 1239: ...en the EDE bit is set and the EDMn bit field is nonzero the 2 mA driver is always enabled Any bits enabled in the GPIODR4R register will add an additional 2 mA any bits set in the GPIODR8R add an extr...

Page 1240: ...3 Same encoding as EDM0 but applies to bit 3 of GPIO port 5 4 EDM2 R W 0x0 Extended Drive Mode Bit 2 Same encoding as EDM0 but applies to bit 2 of GPIO port 3 2 EDM1 R W 0x0 Extended Drive Mode Bit 1...

Page 1241: ...registers can conceptually be treated as one 32 bit register each register contains eight bits of the 32 bit register used by software to identify the peripheral GPIOPeriphID4 is shown in Figure 17 36...

Page 1242: ...registers can conceptually be treated as one 32 bit register each register contains eight bits of the 32 bit register used by software to identify the peripheral GPIOPeriphID5 is shown in Figure 17 37...

Page 1243: ...egisters can conceptually be treated as one 32 bit register each register contains eight bits of the 32 bit register used by software to identify the peripheral GPIOPeriphID6 is shown in Figure 17 38...

Page 1244: ...egisters can conceptually be treated as one 32 bit register each register contains eight bits of the 32 bit register used by software to identify the peripheral GPIOPeriphID7 is shown in Figure 17 39...

Page 1245: ...ted as one 32 bit register each register contains eight bits of the 32 bit register used by software to identify the peripheral GPIOPeriphID0 is shown in Figure 17 40 and described in Table 17 48 Retu...

Page 1246: ...ted as one 32 bit register each register contains eight bits of the 32 bit register used by software to identify the peripheral GPIOPeriphID1 is shown in Figure 17 41 and described in Table 17 49 Retu...

Page 1247: ...ed as one 32 bit register each register contains eight bits of the 32 bit register used by software to identify the peripheral GPIOPeriphID2 is shown in Figure 17 42 and described in Table 17 50 Retur...

Page 1248: ...ed as one 32 bit register each register contains eight bits of the 32 bit register used by software to identify the peripheral GPIOPeriphID3 is shown in Figure 17 43 and described in Table 17 51 Retur...

Page 1249: ...that can conceptually be treated as one 32 bit register The register is used as a standard cross peripheral identification system GPIOPCellID0 is shown in Figure 17 44 and described in Table 17 52 Re...

Page 1250: ...that can conceptually be treated as one 32 bit register The register is used as a standard cross peripheral identification system GPIOPCellID1 is shown in Figure 17 45 and described in Table 17 53 Ret...

Page 1251: ...that can conceptually be treated as one 32 bit register The register is used as a standard cross peripheral identification system GPIOPCellID2 is shown in Figure 17 46 and described in Table 17 54 Ret...

Page 1252: ...hat can conceptually be treated as one 32 bit register The register is used as a standard cross peripheral identification system GPIOPCellID3 is shown in Figure 17 47 and described in Table 17 55 Retu...

Page 1253: ...4 general purpose timer module GPTM contains 16 or 32 bit GPTM blocks Each 16 or 32 bit GPTM block provides two 16 bit timers or counters referred to as Timer A and Timer B that can be configured to o...

Page 1254: ...it prescaler 32 bit Real Time Clock RTC when using an external 32 768 KHz clock as the input 16 bit input edge count or time capture modes with an 8 bit prescaler 16 bit PWM mode with an 8 bit prescal...

Page 1255: ...bit 0x0000 0000 Down Counter Modes 32 bit 0xFFFF Up Counter Modes 16 or 32 bit 0x0000 Down Counter Modes 16 or 32 bit Timer B Free Running Output Value Clock Edge Detect www ti com Block Diagram 1255...

Page 1256: ...ties Mode Timer Use Count Direction Counter Size Prescaler Size 1 One shot Individual Up or down 16 bit 8 bit Concatenated Up or down 32 bit Periodic Individual Up or down 16 bit 8 bit Concatenated Up...

Page 1257: ...see Section 18 5 1 In the following sections the variable n is used in bit field and register names to imply either a Timer A function or a Timer B function Throughout this section the time out event...

Page 1258: ...vior for the time out interrupt The ADC trigger is enabled by setting the TnOTE bit in GPTMCTL and the event that activates the ADC is configured in the GPTM ADC Event GPTMADCEV register The DMA trigg...

Page 1259: ...mer Mode In Real Time Clock RTC mode the concatenated versions of the Timer A and Timer B registers are configured as an up counter When RTC mode is selected for the first time after reset the counter...

Page 1260: ...the TnEN bit in the GPTM Control GPTMCTL register the timer is enabled for event capture Each input event on the CCP pin decrements or increments the counter by 1 until the event count matches GPTMTn...

Page 1261: ...TL register Table 18 7 lists the values that are loaded into the timer registers when the timer is enabled Table 18 7 Counter Values When the Timer is Enabled in Input Event Count Mode Register Count...

Page 1262: ...If there is a possibility the edge could take longer than the count then another timer configured in periodic timer mode can be implemented to ensure detection of the missed edge The periodic timer s...

Page 1263: ...egister the GPTM also sets the CnEMIS bit in the GPTM Masked Interrupt Status GPTMMIS register The interrupt status bits are not updated unless the TnPWMIE bit is set In addition when the TnPWMIE bit...

Page 1264: ...s must be set in the GPTMTnMR register Figure 18 5 shows how the CCP output operates when the TnPLO and TnMRSU bits are set and the GPTMTnMATCHR value is greater than the GPTMTnILR value Figure 18 5 C...

Page 1265: ...using the Timer triggers Wait for Trigger mode is enabled by setting the TnWOT bit in the GPTMTnMR register When the TnWOT bit is set Timer N 1 does not begin counting until the timer in the previous...

Page 1266: ...Timer A must be set in the GPTMSYNC register NOTE All timers must use the same clock source for this feature to work correctly Table 18 9 lists the actions for the time out event performed when the ti...

Page 1267: ...ne signal is sent to the timer resulting in a DMAnRIS bit set in the GPTMRIS register 18 3 7 ADC Operation The timer has the capability to trigger the ADC when the TnOTE bit is set in the GPTMCTL regi...

Page 1268: ...ropriate bits in the GPTM Interrupt Mask Register GPTMIMR 3 Set the TnEN bit in the GPTMCTL register to enable the timer and start counting 4 Poll the GPTMRIS register or wait for the interrupt to be...

Page 1269: ...e programmed number of edge events has been detected To re enable the timer ensure that the TnEN bit is cleared and repeat steps 4 to 8 18 4 4 Input Edge Time Mode A timer is configured to Input Edge...

Page 1270: ...ts are used configure the interrupt condition in the TnEVENT field in the GPTMCTL register and enable the interrupts by setting the TnPWMIE bit in the GPTMTnMR register Edge detect interrupt behavior...

Page 1271: ...SYNC GPTM Synchronize Section 18 5 5 0x18 GPTMIMR GPTM Interrupt Mask Section 18 5 6 0x1C GPTMRIS GPTM Raw Interrupt Status Section 18 5 7 0x20 GPTMMIS GPTM Masked Interrupt Status Section 18 5 8 0x24...

Page 1272: ...entation Feedback Copyright 2017 2018 Texas Instruments Incorporated General Purpose Timers Table 18 11 GPTM Access Type Codes Access Type Code Description Read Type R R Read Write Type W W Write W1C...

Page 1273: ...register are cleared GPTMCFG is shown in Figure 18 9 and described in Table 18 12 Return to Summary Table Figure 18 9 GPTMCFG Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R X 15...

Page 1274: ...0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 TASNAPS TAWOT TAMIE TACDIR TAAMS TACMR TAMR R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 18 13 GPTMTAMR Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description...

Page 1275: ...g up The bit descriptions above apply if the timer is enabled and running If the timer is disabled TAEN is clear when this bit is set GPTMTAR GPTMTAV and GPTMTAPs are updated when the timer is enabled...

Page 1276: ...clear 0x1 An interrupt is generated when the match value in the GPTMTAMATCHR register is reached in the one shot and periodic modes 4 TACDIR R W 0x0 GPTM Timer A Count Direction When in PWM or RTC mod...

Page 1277: ...1 0 TBSNAPS TBWOT TBMIE TBCDIR TBAMS TBCMR TBMR R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 18 14 GPTMTBMR Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 16 RESERVED...

Page 1278: ...he timer is stalled TBSTALL is set GPTMTBR and GPTMTBPS are updated according to the configuration of this bit 0x0 Update the GPTMTBR and GPTMTBV registers with the value in the GPTMTBILR register on...

Page 1279: ...ways counts up 0x0 The timer counts down 0x1 The timer counts up When counting up the timer starts from a value of 0x0 3 TBAMS R W 0x0 GPTM Timer B Alternate Mode Select 0x0 Capture or compare mode is...

Page 1280: ...TBEN R 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED TAPWML TAOTE RTCEN TAEVENT TASTALL TAEN R 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 18 15 GPTMCTL Regi...

Page 1281: ...ut Timer A ADC trigger is disabled 0x1 The output Timer A ADC trigger is enabled 4 RTCEN R W 0x0 GPTM RTC Stall Enable If the RTCEN bit is set it prevents the timer from stalling in all operating mode...

Page 1282: ...iggered 0x2 A timeout event for Timer B of GPTM7 is triggered 0x3 A timeout event for both Timer A and Timer B of GPTM7 is triggered 13 12 SYNCT6 W 0x0 Synchronize GPTM Timer 6 0x0 GPTM6 is not affect...

Page 1283: ...event for Timer B of GPTM2 is triggered 0x3 A timeout event for both Timer A and Timer B of GPTM2 is triggered 3 2 SYNCT1 W 0x0 Synchronize GPTM Timer 1 0x0 GPTM1 is not affected 0x1 A timeout event...

Page 1284: ...x0 R W 0x0 Table 18 17 GPTMIMR Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 14 RESERVED R 0x0 13 DMABIM R W 0x0 GPTM Timer B DMA Done Interrupt Mask The DMABIM values are defined as...

Page 1285: ...t is enabled 3 RTCIM R W 0x0 GPTM RTC Interrupt Mask The RTCIM values are defined as follows 0x0 Interrupt is disabled 0x1 Interrupt is enabled 2 CAEIM R W 0x0 GPTM Timer A Capture Mode Event Interrup...

Page 1286: ...mmary Table Figure 18 15 GPTMRIS Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED DMABRIS RESERVED TBMRIS CBERIS CBMRIS TBTORIS R 0...

Page 1287: ...TMICR register 0x0 The match value has not been reached 0x1 The TAMIE bit is set in the GPTMTAMR register and the match value in the GPTMTAMATCHR and optionally GPTMTAPMR registers have been reached w...

Page 1288: ...mer B DMA Done Masked Interrupt This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the DMABINT bit in the GPTMICR register 0x0 A Timer B DMA done interrupt has not occurred or is masked 0x1 An unmasked Timer B DMA...

Page 1289: ...0 GPTM RTC Masked Interrupt This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the RTCCINT bit in the GPTMICR register 0x0 An RTC event interrupt has not occurred or is masked 0x1 An unmasked RTC event interruptha...

Page 1290: ...W1C 0x0 GPTM Timer B Match Interrupt Clear Writing a 1 to this bit clears the TBMRIS bit in the GPTMRIS register and the TBMMIS bit in the GPTMMIS register 10 CBECINT W1C 0x0 GPTM Timer B Capture Mode...

Page 1291: ...eld Descriptions continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 1 CAMCINT W1C 0x0 GPTM Timer A Capture Mode Match Interrupt Clear Writing a 1 to this bit clears the CAMRIS bit in the GPTMRIS register and...

Page 1292: ...GPTMTAILR appears as a 32 bit register the upper 16 bits correspond to the contents of the GPTM Timer B Interval Load GPTMTBILR register In a 16 bit mode the upper 16 bits of this register read as 0s...

Page 1293: ...16 bits of the GPTMTAILR register Reads from this register return the current value of Timer B and writes are ignored In a 16 bit mode bits 15 0 are used for the load value Bits 31 16 are RESERVED in...

Page 1294: ...must be greater than the value of GPTMTnPMR and GPTMTnMATCHR In PWM mode this value along with GPTMTAILR determines the duty cycle of the output PWM signal When a 16 32 bit GPTM is configured to one...

Page 1295: ...r than the value of GPTMTnPMR and GPTMTnMATCHR In PWM mode this value along with GPTMTBILR determines the duty cycle of the output PWM signal When a GPTM is configured to one of the 32 bit modes the c...

Page 1296: ...0 before the value in the GPTMTAR and GPTMTAV registers are incremented In all other individual split modes this register is a linear extension of the upper range of the timer counter holding bits 23...

Page 1297: ...before the value in the GPTMTBR and GPTMTBV registers are incremented In all other individual split modes this register is a linear extension of the upper range of the timer counter holding bits 23 1...

Page 1298: ...in the 16 bit modes of the 16 32 bit GPTM GPTMTAPMR is shown in Figure 18 24 and described in Table 18 27 Return to Summary Table Figure 18 24 GPTMTAPMR Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19...

Page 1299: ...ividually This register holds bits 23 16 in the 16 bit modes of the 16 32 bit GPTM GPTMTBPMR is shown in Figure 18 25 and described in Table 18 28 Return to Summary Table Figure 18 25 GPTMTBPMR Regist...

Page 1300: ...dge Time and PWM modes bits 15 0 contain the value of the counter and bits 23 16 contain the value of the prescaler which is the upper 8 bits of the count Bits 31 24 always read as 0 To read the value...

Page 1301: ...bits 15 0 contain the value of the counter and bits 23 16 contain the value of the prescaler in Input Edge Count Input Edge Time and PWM modes which is the upper 8 bits of the count Bits 31 24 always...

Page 1302: ...t mode bits 15 0 contain the value of the counter and bits 23 16 contain the current free running value of the prescaler which is the upper 8 bits of the count in Input Edge Count Input Edge Time PWM...

Page 1303: ...e bits 15 0 contain the value of the counter and bits 23 16 contain the current free running value of the prescaler which is the upper 8 bits of the count in Input Edge Count Input Edge Time PWM and o...

Page 1304: ...MTBR and GPTMRTCPD registers NOTE When an alternate clock source is enabled a read of this register returns the current count 1 GPTMRTCPD is shown in Figure 18 30 and described in Table 18 33 Return t...

Page 1305: ...he current value of the Timer A prescaler for periodic snapshot mode GPTMTAPS is shown in Figure 18 31 and described in Table 18 34 Return to Summary Table Figure 18 31 GPTMTAPS Register 31 30 29 28 2...

Page 1306: ...the current value of the Timer B prescaler for periodic snapshot mode GPTMTBPS is shown in Figure 18 32 and described in Table 18 35 Return to Summary Table Figure 18 32 GPTMTBPS Register 31 30 29 28...

Page 1307: ...0x1 Timer B DMA Mode Match trigger is enabled 10 CBEDMAEN R W 0x0 GPTM B Capture Event DMA Trigger Enable When this bit is enabled a Timer B dma_req signal is sent to the DMA when a capture event has...

Page 1308: ...s occurred 0x0 Timer A Capture Event DMA trigger is disabled 0x1 Timer A Capture Event DMA trigger is enabled 1 CAMDMAEN R W 0x0 GPTM A Capture Match Event DMA Trigger Enable When this bit is enabled...

Page 1309: ...gger is disabled 0x1 Timer B Mode Match ADC trigger is enabled 10 CBEADCEN R W 0x0 GPTM B Capture Event ADC Trigger Enable When this bit is enabled a trigger pulse is sent to the ADC when a capture ev...

Page 1310: ...occurred 0x0 Timer A Capture Event ADC trigger is disabled 0x1 Timer A Capture Event ADC trigger is enabled 1 CAMADCEN R W 0x0 GPTM A Capture Match Event ADC Trigger Enable When this bit is enabled a...

Page 1311: ...ons Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 7 RESERVED R 0x0 6 ALTCLK R 0x1 Alternate Clock Source 0x0 The alternate clock source ALTCLK is not available to the Timer module 0x1 The alternate clock source...

Page 1312: ...it is possible that the timer block may need to be reset for correct functionality to be restored Example ALTCLK TPIOSC 62 5 ns 16 MHz trimmed Thclk 1 s 1 MHz 4 62 5 ns 2 1 s 2 25 s 2 25 s 62 5 ns 36...

Page 1313: ...des bidirectional data transfer through a two wire design a serial data line SDA and a serial clock line SCL and interfaces to external I2 C devices such as serial memory RAMs and ROMs networking devi...

Page 1314: ...e Four transmission speeds Standard 100 kbps Fast mode 400 kbps Fast mode plus 1 Mbps High speed mode 3 33 Mbps Glitch suppression SMBus support through software Clock low time out interrupt Dual slav...

Page 1315: ...entation Feedback Copyright 2017 2018 Texas Instruments Incorporated Inter Integrated Circuit I2 C Interface 19 2 Block Diagram Figure 19 1 I2 C Block Diagram 19 3 Functional Description Each I2 C mod...

Page 1316: ...begin and end a transaction START and STOP A high to low transition on the SDA line while the SCL is high is defined as a START condition and a low to high transition on the SDA line while SCL is hig...

Page 1317: ...zero in the R S position of the first byte means that the master transmits sends data to the selected slave and a one in this position means that the master receives data from the slave Figure 19 5 R...

Page 1318: ...e A repeated start sequence for a master receive is similar 1 When the device is in idle the master writes the slave address to the I2CMSA register and configures the R S bit for the desired transfer...

Page 1319: ...cover the bus This solution allows the I2 C master hardware to be returned to a known good and idle state before attempting to recover a stuck bus and prevents any unwanted data from appearing on the...

Page 1320: ...force the master to stop sending additional bytes The I2 C interface supports DMA for efficient data handling The DMA operation needs FIFOs to be enabled for appropriate transfer type to perform I2 C...

Page 1321: ...for TIMER_PRD The I2 C clock period is calculated as follows SCL_PERIOD 2 1 TIMER_PRD SCL_LP SCL_HP CLK_PRD 61 For example CLK_PRD 50 ns TIMER_PRD 2 SCL_LP 6 SCL_HP 4 Yields an SCL frequency of 1 SCL...

Page 1322: ...peed Mode System Clock Timer Period Transmission Mode 40 MHz 0x01 3 33 Mbps 50 MHz 0x02 2 77 Mbps 80 MHz 0x03 3 33 Mbps When operating as a master the protocol is shown in Figure 19 7 The master is re...

Page 1323: ...tion requested DATARIS bit Slave next byte transfer request DATARIS bit Stop condition on bus detected STOPRIS bit Start condition on bus detected STARTRIS bit RX DMA interrupt pending DMARXRIS bit TX...

Page 1324: ...ster The number of bytes transferred by a BURST request is programmed in the I2 C Master Burst Length I2CMBLEN register and a copy of this value is automatically written to the I2 C Master Burst Count...

Page 1325: ...FIFO is initially empty and no requests are asserted If data is read from the slave and placed into the Rx FIFO the dma_sreq signal to the DMA is asserted to indicate there is data to be transferred I...

Page 1326: ...ober 2018 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright 2017 2018 Texas Instruments Incorporated Inter Integrated Circuit I2 C Interface 19 3 6 Command Sequence Flow Charts This section details the steps re...

Page 1327: ...I2CMCS BUSY bit 0 ERROR bit 0 Yes Error Service Idle No No Read data from I2CMDR Yes www ti com Functional Description 1327 SLAU723A October 2017 Revised October 2018 Submit Documentation Feedback Co...

Page 1328: ...te Write xxx0x101 to I2CMCS see Note Read I2CMCS BUSY bit 0 ERROR bit 0 Idle Error Service Sequence may be omitted in a single master system No Yes No No Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Functional...

Page 1329: ...Read data from I2CMDR Error service ERROR bit 0 Yes Write xxx01001 to I2CMCS see Note Read I2CMCS BUSY bit 0 No Yes Sequence may be omitted in a single master system No No No Idle Idle Idle www ti com...

Page 1330: ...MSA Write xxx01011 to I2CMCS see Note Master operates in master receive mode Idle Repeated START condition is generated with changing data direction Functional Description www ti com 1330 SLAU723A Oct...

Page 1331: ...Write slave address to I2CMSA register Write data to I2CMDR register Write xxx0 x111 to I2CMCS register see Note Read I2CMCS register No Busy 0 Error 0 Yes Yes No Error service Idle Idle www ti com F...

Page 1332: ...lid Functional Description www ti com 1332 SLAU723A October 2017 Revised October 2018 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright 2017 2018 Texas Instruments Incorporated Inter Integrated Circuit I2 C Int...

Page 1333: ...ds in the GPIOPCTL register to assign the I2 C signals to the appropriate pins See Section 17 5 22 and the device specific data sheet 6 Initialize the I2 C master by writing the I2CMCR register with a...

Page 1334: ...g the I2CMCR register with a value of 0x0000 0010 7 Set the desired SCL clock speed of 3 33 Mbps by writing the I2CMTPR register with the correct value The value written to the I2CMTPR register repres...

Page 1335: ...BMON I2C Master Bus Monitor Section 19 5 11 0x30 I2CMBLEN I2C Master Burst Length Section 19 5 12 0x34 I2CMBCNT I2C Master Burst Count Section 19 5 13 0x800 I2CSOAR I2C Slave Own Address Section 19 5...

Page 1336: ...e High or Transmit Low I2CMSA is shown in Figure 19 16 and described in Table 19 5 Return to Summary Table Figure 19 16 I2CMSA Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 1...

Page 1337: ...ach byte This bit must be cleared when the I2 C bus controller requires no further data to be transmitted from the slave transmitter NOTE After the CPU starts a transaction up to 60 of the I2 C clock...

Page 1338: ...r lost arbitration 3 DATACK R 0x0 Acknowledge Data 0x0 The transmitted data was acknowledged 0x1 The transmitted data was not acknowledged 2 ADRACK R 0x0 Acknowledge Address 0x0 The transmitted addres...

Page 1339: ...100 kbps for Standard mode 400 kbps for Fast mode or 1 Mpbs for Fast mode plus 1 The master operates in High Speed mode with transmission speeds up to 3 33 Mbps 3 ACK W 0x0 Data Acknowledge Enable 0...

Page 1340: ...executed the master returns to Idle status 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 Quick Command Receive After Quick Command is executed the master returns to Idle status 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 START condition followed by RECEIVE...

Page 1341: ...aster goes to Idle status 0 1 0 0 X 0 1 0 Repeated START condition followed by N FIFO serviced TRANSMIT operations master remains in Master Transmit status 0 1 0 0 X 1 1 0 Repeated START condition fol...

Page 1342: ...ster Receivestatus X 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 Illegal X 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 Illegal 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 Repeated START condition followed by RECEIVE operation with a negative ACK master remains in Master Receivestatus 1 0...

Page 1343: ...r Receive state If the BURST bit is enabled in the I2CMCS register then the I2CFIFODATA register is used for the current data transmit or receive value and this register is ignored I2CMDR is shown in...

Page 1344: ...tion 31 19 RESERVED R 0x0 18 16 PULSEL R W 0x0 Glitch Suppression Pulse Width This field controls the pulse width select for glitch suppression on the SCL and SDA lines The following values are the gl...

Page 1345: ...when the RXFFRIS bit in the I2CMRIS register is set 10 TXFEIM R W 0x0 Transmit FIFO Empty Interrupt Mask The TXFEIM interrupt mask bit in the I2CMIMR register should be clear masking the TXFE interrup...

Page 1346: ...ntroller 0x1 The address data NACK interrupt is sent to the interrupt controller when the NACKRIS bit in the I2CMRIS register is set 3 DMATXIM R W 0x0 Transmit DMA Interrupt Mask 0x0 The DMATXRIS inte...

Page 1347: ...it is cleared by writing a 1 to the TXFEIC bit in the I2CMICR register Note that if we clear the TXFERIS interrupt by setting the TXFEIC bit when the TX FIFO is empty the TXFERIS interrupt does not re...

Page 1348: ...CK interrupt is pending 3 DMATXRIS R 0x0 Transmit DMA Raw Interrupt Status This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the DMATXIC bit in the I2CMICR register 0x0 No interrupt 0x1 The transmit DMA complete...

Page 1349: ...gister 0x0 No interrupt 0x1 An unmasked Receive FIFO Full interrupt was signaled and is pending 10 TXFEMIS R 0x0 Transmit FIFO Empty Interrupt Mask This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the TXFEIC bit...

Page 1350: ...signaled and is pending 3 DMATXMIS R 0x0 Transmit DMA Interrupt Status This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the DMATXIC bit in the I2CMICR register 0x0 No interrupt 0x1 An unmasked transmit DMA compl...

Page 1351: ...FIFO Request Interrupt Clear Writing a 1 to this bit clears the RXRIS bit in the I2CMRIS register and the RXMIS bit in the I2CMMIS register A read of this register returns no meaningful data 8 TXIC W...

Page 1352: ...bit clears the DMARXRIS bit in the I2CMRIS register and the DMARXMIS bit in the I2CMMIS register A read of this register returns no meaningful data 1 CLKIC W 0x0 Clock Time out Interrupt Clear Writing...

Page 1353: ...Table Figure 19 25 I2CMCR Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED SFE MFE RESERVED LPBK R 0...

Page 1354: ...t counter counts for the entire time SCL is held Low continuously If SCL is deasserted at any point the Master Clock Low Time out Counter is reloaded with the value in the I2CMCLKOCNT register and beg...

Page 1355: ...tatus I2CMBMON is shown in Figure 19 27 and described in Table 19 17 Return to Summary Table Figure 19 27 I2CMBMON Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 1...

Page 1356: ...a Burst request I2CMBLEN is shown in Figure 19 28 and described in Table 19 18 Return to Summary Table Figure 19 28 I2CMBLEN Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10...

Page 1357: ...e used to determine the number of transfers that occurred when a BURST terminates early as a result of a data NACK When a BURST completes successfully this register will contain 0 I2CMBCNT is shown in...

Page 1358: ...of seven address bits that identify this I2C device on the I2C bus I2CSOAR is shown in Figure 19 30 and described in Table 19 20 Return to Summary Table Figure 19 30 I2CSOAR Register 31 30 29 28 27 26...

Page 1359: ...Field Descriptions Read Only Status Register Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 3 ACTDMARX R 0x0 DMA RX Active Status 0x0 DMA RX is not active 0x1 DMA RX is active 30 ACTDMATX R 0x0 DMA TX Active Sta...

Page 1360: ...he I2C master and is using clock stretching to delay the master until the data has been read from the I2CSDR register Figure 19 32 I2CSCSR Register Write Only Control Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24...

Page 1361: ...ed and the data value being transferred from the FIFO is contained in the I2CFIFODATA register NOTE Best practice recommends that an application should not switch between the I2CSDR register and TX FI...

Page 1362: ...ister is set 7 TXFEIM R W 0x0 Transmit FIFO Empty Interrupt Mask 0x0 The TXFERIS interrupt is suppressed and not sent to the interrupt controller 0x1 The Transmit FIFO Empty interrupt is sent to the i...

Page 1363: ...controller 0x1 The STOP condition interrupt is sent to the interrupt controller when the STOPRIS bit in the I2CSRIS register is set 1 STARTIM R W 0x0 Start Condition Interrupt Mask 0x0 The STARTRIS i...

Page 1364: ...Empty Raw Interrupt Status This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the TXFEIC bit in the I2CSICR register Note that if the TXFERIS interrupt is cleared by setting the TXFEIC bit when the TX FIFO is emp...

Page 1365: ...the STOPIC bit in the I2CSICR register 0x0 No interrupt 0x1 A STOP condition interrupt is pending 1 STARTRIS R 0x0 Start Condition Raw Interrupt Status This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the STARTI...

Page 1366: ...interrupt was signaled and is pending 7 TXFEMIS R 0x0 Transmit FIFO Empty Interrupt Mask This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the TXFEIC bit in the I2CSICR register 0x0 No interrupt 0x1 An unmasked T...

Page 1367: ...SICR register 0x0 An interrupt has not occurred or is masked 0x1 An unmasked STOP condition interrupt was signaled is pending 1 STARTMIS R 0x0 Start Condition Masked Interrupt Status This bit is clear...

Page 1368: ...IC W 0x0 Receive Request Interrupt Mask Writing a 1 to this bit clears the RXRIS bit in the I2CSRIS register and the RXMIS bit in the I2CSMIS register A read of this register returns no meaningful dat...

Page 1369: ...hown in Figure 19 38 and described in Table 19 28 Return to Summary Table Figure 19 38 I2CSOAR2 Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10...

Page 1370: ...Figure 19 39 and described in Table 19 29 Return to Summary Table Figure 19 39 I2CSACKCTL Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8...

Page 1371: ...ent value of the top of the RX or TX FIFO stack being used in the a transfer I2CFIFODATA is shown in Figure 19 40 and described in Table 19 30 Return to Summary Table Figure 19 40 I2CFIFODATA Register...

Page 1372: ...gned to Master 0x1 RX FIFO is assigned to Slave 30 RXFLUSH R W 0x0 RX FIFO Flush Setting this bit will Flush the RX FIFO This bit will self clear when the flush has completed 29 DMARXENA R W 0x0 DMA R...

Page 1373: ...continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 12 3 RESERVED R 0x0 2 0 TXTRIG R W 0x4 TX FIFO Trigger Indicates at what fill level in the TX FIFO a trigger will be generated 0x0 Trigger when the TX FIFO...

Page 1374: ...ield Type Reset Description 31 19 RESERVED R 0x0 18 RXABVTRIG R 0x0 RX FIFO Above Trigger Level 0x0 The number of bytes in RX FIFO is below the trigger level programmed by the RXTRIG bit in the I2CFIF...

Page 1375: ...e properties of the I2C module I2CPP is shown in Figure 19 43 and described in Table 19 33 Return to Summary Table Figure 19 43 I2CPP Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED...

Page 1376: ...19 44 and described in Table 19 34 Return to Summary Table Figure 19 44 I2CPC Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x1 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED R...

Page 1377: ...23A October 2017 Revised October 2018 LCD Controller The Liquid Crystal Display LCD controller provides support for a variety of LCD and OLED panels Topic Page 20 1 Introduction 1378 20 2 Block Diagra...

Page 1378: ...play Driver LIDD controller Each controller operates independently from the other and only one of them is active at any given time The Raster Controller provides a synchronous LCD interface It provide...

Page 1379: ...eedback Copyright 2017 2018 Texas Instruments Incorporated LCD Controller Figure 20 1 LCD Block Diagram 20 3 Functional Description The following sections describe the functional capability of the LCD...

Page 1380: ...20 3 1 3 VSYNC Vertical Clock LCDFP Signal VSYNC LCDFP signal toggles after all lines in a frame have been transmitted to the LCD and a programmable number of line clock cycles has elapsed both at the...

Page 1381: ...D DMA again 20 3 2 1 Interrupts Interrupts in this LCD module are related to DMA engine operation Five registers are used to control and monitor the interrupts LCDLIDDCTL and LCDRASTRCTL registers ena...

Page 1382: ...e in LCD Raster Control LCDRASTRCTL register and must be set to generate an interrupt to the CPU 20 3 3 LIDD Bus Operation The integrated LIDD controller has programmable timing parameters that suppor...

Page 1383: ...ect second display optional 0x0 LCDMCLK None Synchronous clock optional Micro Interface Graphic Display 8080 Family Up to 16 0x3 LCDDATA 15 0 DATA 15 0 LCD data bus 16 bits always available LCDCP RD R...

Page 1384: ...k LCDFP Vertical clock frame clock LCDAC AC Bias LCDMCLK Not used Active TFT Color 16 x10 LCDDATA 15 0 Data Bus LCDCP Pixel Clock LCDLP Horizontal clock line clock LCDFP Vertical clock frame clock LCD...

Page 1385: ...external pins according to the specified format 20 3 5 LCD Frame Buffer The LCD controller has the option to use the internal SRAM or external memory through the EPI interface to hold the frame buffe...

Page 1386: ...pixel bpp source images always use the palette Twelve 16 and 24 bits per pixel do not use the palette RAM since raw data transfers occur The LCD palette RAM uses a 12 bit output code such that there i...

Page 1387: ...field in the LCD Raster Control LCDRASTRCTL register is programmed to 0x01 If the type field in the first palette entry is for 1 2 4 or 12 16 and 24 bpp an 8 word palette buffer is read from DDR by t...

Page 1388: ...t packed format four consecutive pixels provide three word aligned accesses for the DMA If the MSBPPL and PPL bits in the LCDRASTRTIM0 register are programmed to a multiple of 16 then the MSBLPP and L...

Page 1389: ...tober 2018 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright 2017 2018 Texas Instruments Incorporated LCD Controller Figure 20 7 24 bpp Color RGB Remapping on LCDDATA 23 0 20 3 6 2 2 2 Data Format for 16 bpp Th...

Page 1390: ...er four bits in each 16 bit halfword are unused Figure 20 10 shows the 12 bpp data format Figure 20 10 12 bpp Data Format 12 bpp color format has 4 pixels per red green and blue color component The BG...

Page 1391: ...ette by the pixel data its content is sent to the grayscaler serializer If it is monochrome data it is encoded as 4 bits If it is color data it is encoded as 4 bits Red 4 bits Green and 4 bits Blue Th...

Page 1392: ...lect within 15 grayscales but exists anyways 256 palette entries to select within 3375 possible colors 256 palette entries to select within 4096 possible colors 12 3375 possible colors 4096 possible c...

Page 1393: ...ional Description 1393 SLAU723A October 2017 Revised October 2018 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright 2017 2018 Texas Instruments Incorporated LCD Controller Figure 20 13 Monochrome and Color Outp...

Page 1394: ...tom of the screen When the HOLS bit is set to 1 Active video lines are at the top of the screen and Default Pixel Data lines are at the bottom of the screen The HOLS bit behavior is shown in Figure 20...

Page 1395: ...trol LCDRASTRCTL register and after the last frame is sent to the pins After the Raster mode DMA is running the interrupt occurs only once after the module is disabled The interrupts are enabled in th...

Page 1396: ...DDMACTL register Program the frame buffer boundaries in the LCDDMABAFBn and LCDDMACAFBn registers 4 Enable any required interrupts in the LCDIM register 5 Initiate Raster mode transactions by setting...

Page 1397: ...LCD Raster Timing 0 Section 20 7 11 0x30 LCDRASTRTIM1 LCD Raster Timing 1 Section 20 7 12 0x34 LCDRASTRTIM2 LCD Raster Timing 2 Section 20 7 13 0x38 LCDRASTRSUBP1 LCD Raster Subpanel Display 1 Section...

Page 1398: ...0 16 and described in Table 20 8 Return to Summary Table Figure 20 16 LCDPID Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED MAJOR...

Page 1399: ...6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED LCDMODE R 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 20 9 LCDCTL Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 8 CLKDIV R W 0x0 Clock Divisor This field contains...

Page 1400: ...2017 2018 Texas Instruments Incorporated LCD Controller Table 20 10 SYSCLK to Pixel Clock LCDCP Frequency Conversion Table fSYSCLK MHz CLKDIV Value fLCDCP MHz 120 2 60 3 40 4 30 5 24 6 20 7 17 1428 8...

Page 1401: ...DMA writes to LIDD CS0 LCDAC 0x1 DMA writes to LIDD CS1 LCDMCLK 8 DMAEN R W 0x0 LIDD DMA enable 0x0 Deactivate DMA control of LIDD interface DMA control is released upon completion of transfer of the...

Page 1402: ...EN is active high 0x1 Invert RD EN LCDCP RD is active high and EN is active low 3 ALE R W 0x0 Address Latch Enable ALE Polarity Control ALE is active low by default 0x0 ALE LCDFP is not inverted 0x1...

Page 1403: ...of MCLK cycles for which the write strobe is held active when performing a write access The minimum value is 0x1 20 17 WRHOLD R W 0x2 Write strobe WR hold cycles This field value defines the number o...

Page 1404: ...0 14 LIDDCS0ADDR Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 0 CS0ADDR R W 0x0 LCD address The LCD Controller supports a shared address and data output bus A w...

Page 1405: ...Table 20 15 LIDDCS0DATA Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 0 CS0DATA R W 0x0 LCD data read write The LCD Controller supports a shared Address Data ou...

Page 1406: ...r of LCDMCLK cycles for which WR LCDLP is held active when performing a write access The minimum value is 0x1 20 17 WRHOLD R W 0x2 Write strobe WR hold cycles Field value defines the number of LCDMCLK...

Page 1407: ...0 17 LIDDCS1ADDR Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 0 CS1ADDR R W 0x0 LCD Address Bus The LCD Controller supports a shared Address Data output bus A w...

Page 1408: ...TA Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 0 CS0DATA R W 0x0 LCD Data Read Write Initiation The LCD Controller supports a shared Address Data output bus A...

Page 1409: ...d Type Reset Description 31 27 RESERVED R 0x0 26 TFT24UPCK R W 0x0 24 bit TFT mode packing This bit is only used when TFT24 and LCDTFT are both set to 1 If TFT24UPCK is clear 24 bit pixels are packed...

Page 1410: ...For raw data 12 16 or 24 bpp frame buffers no palette lookup is employed Thus these frame buffers use the data only loading mode 0x0 Palette and data loading reset value 0x1 Palette loading only 0x2...

Page 1411: ...t 0 to bit 31 of the input word from the DMA output 0x1 The famebuffer parsing for Palette Data lookup is from Bit 31 to Bit 0 of the input word from the DMA output 7 LCDTFT R W 0x0 LCD TFT 0x0 Passiv...

Page 1412: ...ld in its inactive state during the beginning of the line wait period in passive display mode and is permitted to transition in active display mode 23 16 HFP R W 0x0 Horizontal Front Porch Lowbits Enc...

Page 1413: ...5 used to specify the number of line clock periods to add to the end of each frame Note that the line clock transitions during the insertion of the extra line clock periods 15 10 VSW R W 0x0 Vertical...

Page 1414: ...RVED R 0x0 30 27 HSW R W 0x0 Bits 9 6 of the horizontal sync width field 26 MSBLPP R W 0x0 MSB of lines per panel Bit 10 of the LPP field in LCDRASTRTIM1 25 PXLCLKCTL R W 0x0 HSYNC VSYNC pixel clock c...

Page 1415: ...iod 0x0 LCDLP pin is active high and inactive low 0x1 LCDLP pin is active low and inactive high 20 IVS R W 0x0 Invert vsync Active mode vertical sync pulse active between frames after end of frame wai...

Page 1416: ...Sub panel function mode enabled 30 RESERVED R 0x0 29 HOLS R W 0x0 High or low signal This field indicates the position of the sub panel based on the LPPT value 0x0 Default Pixel Data lines are at the...

Page 1417: ...24 Return to Summary Table Figure 20 30 LCDRASTRSUBP2 Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED LPPTMSB R 0x0 R W 0x0 7 6 5...

Page 1418: ...ORDY R W 0x0 DMA FIFO threshold The DMA FIFO becomes ready when the number of words specified by this register from the frame buffer have been loaded 0x0 8 words 0x1 16 words 0x2 32 words 0x3 64 words...

Page 1419: ...n the processor is operating in big endian mode and writes to the frame buffers are less than 32 bits wide Only this needs to change the byte alignment for data coming into the FIFO from the frame buf...

Page 1420: ...CPU To change any of these registers disable the DMA clear the DMAEN bit in the LCDLIDDCTL register or the LCDEN bit in the LCDRASTRCTL register update the registers and enable the LCD DMA again LCDD...

Page 1421: ...disable the DMA clear the DMAEN bit in the LCDLIDDCTL register or the LCDEN bit in the LCDRASTRCTL register update the registers and enable the LCD DMA again LCDDMACAFB0 is shown in Figure 20 33 and...

Page 1422: ...CPU To change any of these registers disable the DMA clear the DMAEN bit in the LCDLIDDCTL register or the LCDEN bit in the LCDRASTRCTL register update the registers and enable the LCD DMA again LCDD...

Page 1423: ...disable the DMA clear the DMAEN bit in the LCDLIDDCTL register or the LCDEN bit in the LCDRASTRCTL register update the registers and enable the LCD DMA again LCDDMACAFB1 is shown in Figure 20 35 and...

Page 1424: ...Force standby mode local initiator is unconditionally placed in standby state Backup mode for debug only 0x1 No standby mode local initiator is unconditionally placed out of standby state Backup mode...

Page 1425: ...d indicates raw status 0x0 Inactive 0x1 Active 8 EOF0 R W 0x0 DMA End of Frame 0 Raw Interrupt Status and Set Writing 1 will set status Writing 0 has no effect Read indicates raw status 0x0 Inactive 0...

Page 1426: ...aw Interrupt Status and Set Writing 1 will set status Writing 0 has no effect Read indicates raw status 0x0 Inactive 0x1 Active 1 RRASTRDONE R W 0x0 Raster Mode Frame Done interrupt Writing 1 will set...

Page 1427: ...20 32 LCDMISCLR Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 10 RESERVED R 0x0 9 EOF1 R W 0x0 DMA End of Frame 1 Enabled Interrupt and Clear Writing 1 will clear interrupt enable W...

Page 1428: ...aded with the value in ACBI but it is disabled until the user clears ABCS Writing 1 will set status Writing 0 has no effect Read indicates enabled masked status 0x0 Inactive 0x1 Active 2 SYNCS R W 0x0...

Page 1429: ...Description 31 10 RESERVED R 0x0 9 EOF1 R W 0x0 DMA End of Frame 1 Interrupt Enable Set Writing 1 will set interrupt enable Writing 0 has no effect Read indicates enabled mask status 0x0 Disabled 0x1...

Page 1430: ...I but it is disabled until the user clears ABCS Writing 1 will set interrupt enable Writing 0 has no effect Read indicates enabled masked status 0x0 Disabled 0x1 Enabled 2 SYNCS R W 0x0 Frame Synchron...

Page 1431: ...ield Type Reset Description 31 10 RESERVED R 0x0 9 EOF1 R W 0x0 DMA End of Frame 1 Interrupt Enable Clear Writing 1 will clear interrupt enable Writing 0 has no effect Read indicates enabled status 0x...

Page 1432: ...ue in ACBI but it is disabled until the user clears ABCS Writing 1 will clear interrupt enable Writing 0 has no effect Read indicates enabled status 0x0 Disabled 0x1 Enabled 2 SYNCS R W 0x0 Frame Sync...

Page 1433: ...3 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED DMA LIDD CORE R 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 20 35 LCDCLKEN Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 3 RESERVED R 0x0...

Page 1434: ...R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 20 36 LCDCLKRESET Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 4 RESERVED R 0x0 3 MAIN R W 0x0 Software Reset for the entire LCD module This re...

Page 1435: ...dulation PWM is a powerful technique for digitally encoding analog signal levels High resolution counters are used to generate a square wave and the duty cycle of the square wave is modulated to encod...

Page 1436: ...to the motor being controlled One 16 bit counter Runs in Down or Up Down mode Output frequency controlled by a 16 bit load value Load value updates can be synchronized Produces output signals at zero...

Page 1437: ...WMRIS PWMISC PWMCTL Control and Status PWMSYNC PWMSTATUS PWMPP www ti com Block Diagram 1437 SLAU723A October 2017 Revised October 2018 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright 2017 2018 Texas Instrume...

Page 1438: ...V bit field specifies the divisor of the System Clock that is used to create the PWM Clock 21 3 2 PWM Timer The timer in each PWM generator runs in one of two modes Count Down mode or Count Up Down mo...

Page 1439: ...outputs a high pulse Figure 21 3 shows the behavior of the counter and the relationship of these pulses when the counter is in Count Down mode Figure 21 4 shows the behavior of the counter and the re...

Page 1440: ...based only on the match A event and the second signal pwmB is generated based only on the match B event For each event the effect on each output PWM signal is programmable it can be left alone ignorin...

Page 1441: ...vent the same set of events or a different set of events can be selected as a source for an ADC trigger when any of these selected events occur an ADC trigger pulse is generated The selection of event...

Page 1442: ...d CMPBUPD Generator Registers PWMnLOAD PWMnCMPA and PWMnCMPB The following registers default to immediate update but are provided with the optional functionality of synchronously updating rather than...

Page 1443: ...d by the feedback control loop In addition the updating of the bits in the PWMENABLE register can be configured to be immediate or locally or globally synchronized to the next synchronous update using...

Page 1444: ...cks per period Use this value to set the PWM0LOAD register In count down mode set the LOAD field in the PWM0LOAD register to the requested period minus one Write the PWM0LOAD register with a value of...

Page 1445: ...PWM0CTL PWM0 Control Section 21 5 12 0x44 PWM0INTEN PWM0 Interrupt and Trigger Enable Section 21 5 13 0x48 PWM0RIS PWM0 Raw Interrupt Status Section 21 5 14 0x4C PWM0ISC PWM0 Interrupt Status and Clea...

Page 1446: ...um Fault Period Section 21 5 27 0x100 PWM3CTL PWM3 Control Section 21 5 12 0x104 PWM3INTEN PWM3 Interrupt and Trigger Enable Section 21 5 13 0x108 PWM3RIS PWM3 Raw Interrupt Status Section 21 5 14 0x1...

Page 1447: ...M3 Fault Status 1 Section 21 5 30 0xFC0 PWMPP PWM Peripheral Properties Section 21 5 31 0xFC8 PWMCC PWM Clock Configuration Section 21 5 32 Complex bit access types are encoded to fit into small table...

Page 1448: ...ed it cannot be cleared by software 0x0 No effect 0x1 Any queued update to a load or comparator register in PWM generator 3 is applied the next time the corresponding counter becomes zero 2 GLOBALSYNC...

Page 1449: ...as completed PWMSYNC is shown in Figure 21 8 and described in Table 21 4 Return to Summary Table Figure 21 8 PWMSYNC Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R...

Page 1450: ...PWMENUPD register PWMENABLE is shown in Figure 21 9 and described in Table 21 5 Return to Summary Table Figure 21 9 PWMENABLE Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 R...

Page 1451: ...tor PWM Table 21 5 PWMENABLE Register Field Descriptions continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 1 PWM1EN R W 0x0 MnPWM1 Output Enable 0x0 The MnPWM1 signal has a zero value 0x1 The generated pwm0B...

Page 1452: ...6 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 PWM7INV PWM6INV PWM5INV PWM4INV PWM3INV PWM2INV PWM1INV PWM0INV R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0...

Page 1453: ...on Feedback Copyright 2017 2018 Texas Instruments Incorporated Pulse Width Modulator PWM Table 21 6 PWMINVERT Register Field Descriptions continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 0 PWM0INV R W 0x0 I...

Page 1454: ...igure 21 11 PWMFAULT Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 FAULT7 FAULT6 FAULT5 FAULT4 FAULT3 FAUL...

Page 1455: ...nal is passed to the MnPWM2 pin 0x1 The MnPWM2 output signal is driven to the value specified by the PWM2 bit in the PWMFAULTVAL register 1 FAULT1 R W 0x0 MnPWM1 Fault 0x0 The generated pwm0B signal i...

Page 1456: ...W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 21 8 PWMINTEN Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 20 RESERVED R 0x0 19 INTFAULT3 R W 0x0 Interrupt Fault 3 0x0 The fault condition for...

Page 1457: ...t 2 INTPWM2 R W 0x0 PWM2 Interrupt Enable 0x0 The PWM generator 2 interrupt is suppressed and not sent to the interrupt controller 0x1 An interrupt is sent to the interrupt controller when the PWM gen...

Page 1458: ...ED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED INTPWM3 INTPWM2 INTPWM1 INTPWM0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 Table 21 9 PWMRIS Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 20 RESERVED R 0x0 19 I...

Page 1459: ...g a 1 to the corresponding bit in the PWM3ISC register 0x0 The PWM generator 3 block interrupt has not been asserted 0x1 The PWM generator 3 block interrupt is asserted 2 INTPWM2 R 0x0 PWM2 Interrupt...

Page 1460: ...0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 Table 21 10 PWMISC Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 20 RESERVED R 0x0 19 INTFAULT3 R W1C 0x0 FAULT3 Interrupt Asserted Writing a 1 to this bit clears it...

Page 1461: ...interrupt This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the corresponding bit in the PWM2ISC register 0x0 The PWM generator 2 block interrupt is not asserted or is not enabled 0x1 An enabled interrupt for the...

Page 1462: ...is not asserted 0x1 The fault condition for PWM generator 3 is asserted If the FLTSRC bit in the PWM3CTL register is clear the input is the source of the fault condition and is therefore asserted 2 FA...

Page 1463: ...t signal is driven Low during fault conditions if the FAULT7 bit in the PWMFAULT register is set 0x1 The MnPWM7 output signal is driven High during fault conditions if the FAULT7 bit in the PWMFAULT r...

Page 1464: ...output signal is driven High during fault conditions if the FAULT2 bit in the PWMFAULT register is set 1 PWM1 R W 0x0 MnPWM1 Fault value 0x0 The MnPWM1 output signal is driven Low during fault conditi...

Page 1465: ...bit in the PWMENABLE register are used by the PWM generator the next time the counter is 0 0x3 Globally SynchronizedWrites to the PWM7EN bit in the PWMENABLE register are used by the PWM generator the...

Page 1466: ...ble Update Mode 0x0 ImmediateWrites to the PWM2EN bit in the PWMENABLE register are used by the PWM generator immediately 0x1 Reserved 0x2 Locally SynchronizedWrites to the PWM2EN bit in the PWMENABLE...

Page 1467: ...ces the MnPWM6 and MnPWM7 outputs PWMnCTL is shown in Figure 21 18 and described in Table 21 14 Return to Summary Table Figure 21 18 PWMnCTL Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20...

Page 1468: ...R bits in the PWMnCTL register should be set to 1 to ensure trigger assertions are captured 0x0 The FAULT input deassertion is unaffected 0x1 The PWMnMINFLTPER one shot counter is active and extends t...

Page 1469: ...ous update has been requested through the PWMCTL register 4 CMPAUPD R W 0x0 Comparator A update mode 0x0 Locally SynchronizedUpdates to the PWMnCMPA register are reflected to the generator the next ti...

Page 1470: ...actual event that caused an ADC trigger if more than one is specified The PWMnRIS register provides information about which events have caused raw interrupts PWMnINTEN is shown in Figure 21 19 and des...

Page 1471: ...0x0 Interrupt for Counter PWMnCMPB down 0x0 No interrupt 0x1 A raw interrupt occurs when the counter matches the value in the PWMnCMPB register value while counting down 4 INTCMPBU R W 0x0 Interrupt...

Page 1472: ...ED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED INTCMPBD INTCMPBU INTCMPAD INTCMPAU INTCNTLOAD INTCNTZERO R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 Table 21 16 PWMnRIS Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Res...

Page 1473: ...d Type Reset Description 1 INTCNTLOAD R 0x0 Counter Load interrupt status This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the INTCNTLOAD bit in the PWMnISC register 0x0 An interrupt has not occurred 0x1 The cou...

Page 1474: ...30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED INTCMPBD INTCMPBU INTCMPAD INTCMPAU INTCNTLOAD INTCNTZERO R 0x...

Page 1475: ...registers are set providing an interrupt to the interrupt controller 1 INTCNTLOAD R W1C 0x0 Counter Load interrupt This bit is cleared by writing a 1 Clearing this bit also clears the INTCNTLOAD bit i...

Page 1476: ...wmB signal via the PWMnGENA PWMnGENB register or drive an interrupt or ADC trigger via the PWMnINTEN register If the Load Value Update mode is locally synchronized based on the LOADUPD field encoding...

Page 1477: ...e is output which can be configured to drive the generation of a PWM signal or drive an interrupt or ADC trigger NOTE Disabling the PWM by clearing the ENABLE bit does not clear the COUNT field of the...

Page 1478: ...MnLOAD register see Section 21 5 16 then no pulse is ever output If the comparator A update mode is locally synchronized based on the CMPAUPD bit in the PWMnCTL register the 16 bit COMPA value is used...

Page 1479: ...r than the PWMnLOAD register no pulse is ever output If the comparator B update mode is locally synchronized based on the CMPBUPD bit in the PWMnCTL register the 16 bit COMPB value is used the next ti...

Page 1480: ...ncides with a compare B event the compare A action is taken and the compare B action is ignored If the Generator A update mode is immediate based on the GENAUPD field encoding in the PWMnCTL register...

Page 1481: ...action to be taken when the counter matches comparator A while counting down 0x0 Do nothing 0x1 Invert pwmA 0x2 Drive pwmA low 0x3 Drive pwmA high 5 4 ACTCMPAU R W 0x0 Action for Comparator A Up This...

Page 1482: ...f a compare A event coincides with a compare B event the compare B action is taken and the compare A action is ignored If the Generator B update mode is immediate based on the GENBUPD field encoding i...

Page 1483: ...pecifies the action to be taken when the counter matches comparator A while counting down 0x0 Do nothing 0x1 Invert pwmB 0x2 Drive pwmB low 0x3 Drive pwmB high 5 4 ACTCMPAU R W 0x0 Action for Comparat...

Page 1484: ...3 are produced from the pwm1A and pwm1B signals MnPWM4 and MnPWM5 are produced from the pwm2A and pwm2B signals and MnPWM6 and MnPWM7 are produced from the pwm3A and pwm3B signals If the Dead Band Con...

Page 1485: ...mA High time always exceeds the rising edge delay If the Dead Band Rising Edge Delay mode is immediate based on the DBRISEUPD field encoding in the PWMnCTL register the 12 bit RISEDELAY value is used...

Page 1486: ...he pwmA Low time always exceeds the falling edge delay If the Dead Band Falling Edge Delay mode is immediate based on the DBFALLUP field encoding in the PWMnCTL register the 12 bit FALLDELAY value is...

Page 1487: ...igure 21 31 PWMnFLTSRC0 Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 reserved_2 R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 reserved_2 FAULT3 FAULT2 FAULT1 FA...

Page 1488: ...0 Register Field Descriptions continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 0 FAULT0 R W 0x0 Fault0 Input The FLTSRC bit in the PWMnCTL register must be set for this bit to affect fault condition generat...

Page 1489: ...C0 and PWMnFLTSRC1 affect the fault condition generated PWMnFLTSRC1 is shown in Figure 21 32 and described in Table 21 28 Return to Summary Table Figure 21 32 PWMnFLTSRC1 Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25...

Page 1490: ...ation 0x0 The trigger from digital comparator 3 is suppressed and cannot generate a fault condition 0x1 The trigger from digital comparator 3 is ORed with all other fault condition generation inputs F...

Page 1491: ...e fault condition is released in the clock immediately after the counter value reaches 0 The fault condition is asynchronous to the PWM clock and the delay value is the product of the PWM clock period...

Page 1492: ...0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED FAULT3 FAULT2 FAULT1 FAULT0 R 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 21 30 PWMnFLTSEN Regist...

Page 1493: ...his register can only be written if the fault source extensions are enabled the FLTSRC bit in the PWMnCTL register is set NOTE The fault status registers PWMnFLTSTAT0 and PWMnFLTSTAT1 reflect the stat...

Page 1494: ...WMnCTL register LATCH bit is clear this bit is R and represents the current state of the MnFAULT1 input signal after the logic sense adjustment If the PWMnCTL register LATCH bit is set this bit is RW1...

Page 1495: ...fault source extensions are enabled the FLTSRC bit in the PWMnCTL register is set NOTE The fault status registers PWMnFLTSTAT0 and PWMnFLTSTAT1 reflect the status of all fault sources regardless of w...

Page 1496: ...0x0 Digital Comparator 4 Trigger If the PWMnCTL register LATCH bit is clear this bit represents the current state of the Digital Comparator 4 trigger input If the PWMnCTL register LATCH bit is set th...

Page 1497: ...ger If DCMP1 is set the trigger transitioned to the active state previously If DCMP1 is clear the trigger has not transitioned to the active state since the last time it was cleared The DCMP1 bit is c...

Page 1498: ...2 1 0 FCNT GCNT R 0x4 R 0x4 Table 21 33 PWMPP Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 11 RESERVED R 0x0 10 ONE R 0x0 One Shot Mode 0x0 One shot modes are not available 0x1 One...

Page 1499: ...Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED USEPWM R 0x0 R W 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 reserved_2 PWMDIV R 0x0 R W 0x5 Table 21 34 P...

Page 1500: ...porated 1 Wire Master Module Chapter 22 SLAU723A October 2017 Revised October 2018 1 Wire Master Module This chapter describes the 1 Wire Master module Topic Page 22 1 Introduction 1501 22 2 Block Dia...

Page 1501: ...a single wire The 1 Wire Master module can interface with a multiple variety of slaves such as thermometers mixed signal devices memory and authentication devices Features of the 1 Wire Master module...

Page 1502: ...Master module drives and holds line low for 480 s The controller waits for an answer to reset from one or more slaves A slave signals a reset by pulling the line low for 60 s to 240 s If the line is n...

Page 1503: ...tting a 1 Figure 22 4 1 Wire Master Transmitting a 0 For a read from the slave the Master drives and holds the line low for at least 1 s but less than 15 s and then releases A typical hold time is 6 s...

Page 1504: ...t commands are pre defined The basic protocol is Reset the line by driving and holding the OWIRE signal low for 480 s Wait for answer to reset from one or more slaves Answer to reset ATR is defined as...

Page 1505: ...holds at least 7 s Reset 70 s low Note 2 s delay before reset for safety Answer to Reset 4 s to 48 s Master samples at 8 5 s 22 3 4 Timing Override The 1 Wire module can manually override timing for a...

Page 1506: ...e transaction starts The interrupt is used to notify when both are done To setup a read write or mixed transaction the following configuration must occur For writes the 1 Wire Data Write ONEWIREDATW r...

Page 1507: ...application is notified if the reset or transaction failed 5 Write the DMAOP field of the ONEWIREDMA register with the encoding 0x2 to enable the 1 Wire module assert a DMA request when ONEWIREDATW i...

Page 1508: ...sters to ensure correct operation In particular The control register is used live not buffered by the communication engine Once an operation is started it must be allowed to finish before changes are...

Page 1509: ...ree bit fields the reset is performed first followed by the operation unless an error occurs and then any interrupt triggers 8 If normal interrupts are generated for example OPC and RST clear these in...

Page 1510: ...5 1 0x4 ONEWIRETIM 1 Wire Timing Override Section 22 5 2 0x8 ONEWIREDATW 1 Wire Data Write Section 22 5 3 0xC ONEWIREDATR 1 Wire Data Read Section 22 5 4 0x100 ONEWIREIM 1 Wire Interrupt Mask Section...

Page 1511: ...K NOATR BUSY R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 SKATR LSAM ODRV SZ OP RST R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 22 5 ONEWIRECS Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Des...

Page 1512: ...ve cannot pull low quickly 0x0 Late sample disabled 0x1 1 Wire module samples late in the read The sample point moves to 50 s for normal and 7 s for overdrive versus 16 s and 2 s in normal operation 5...

Page 1513: ...icates time low for a 0 in 4 s units If W0TIM has been programmed to a non default value W0REST must be programmed for correct functionality 22 19 W0REST R W 0x0 Rest Time This field indicates time to...

Page 1514: ...cause bits written as a 1 in the ONEWIREDATR register also act as a read writing 0xFF is the same as a read of two bytes Writing 0xF0 allows writing 0 for the lower nibble and reading the upper nibble...

Page 1515: ...use bits written as a 1 in the ONEWIREDATR register also act as a read writing 0xFF is the same as a read of two bytes Writing 0xF0 allows writing 0 for the lower nibble and reading the upper nibble I...

Page 1516: ...s Interrupt Mask When unmasked this interrupt indicates a line hold low error is detected 0x0 The Stuck interrupt is suppressed and not sent to the interrupt controller 0x1 The Stuck status interrupt...

Page 1517: ...0 ONEWIRERIS Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 5 RESERVED R 0x0 4 DMA R 0x0 DMA Done Raw Interrupt Status 0x0 No interrupt 0x1 DMA transfer complete and an interrupt is p...

Page 1518: ...RST R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 Table 22 11 ONEWIREMIS Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 5 RESERVED R 0x0 4 DMA R 0x0 DMA Done Masked Interrupt Status 0x0 No int...

Page 1519: ...0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED DMA STUCK NOATR OPC RST R 0x0 W1C 0x0 W1C 0x0 W1C 0x0 W1C 0x0 W1C 0x0 Table 22 12 ONEWIREICR Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 5 RESERVED R 0...

Page 1520: ...ister Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 4 RESERVED R 0x0 3 SG R W 0x0 Scatter Gather Enable This bit should be enabled when DMAOP 0x1 and the scatter gather method is being used T...

Page 1521: ...Figure 22 16 and described in Table 22 14 Return to Summary Table Figure 22 16 ONEWIREPP Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RE...

Page 1522: ...us Serial Interface QSSI Chapter 23 SLAU723A October 2017 Revised October 2018 Quad Synchronous Serial Interface QSSI This chapter describes the Quad Synchronous Serial Interface QSSI Topic Page 23 1...

Page 1523: ...ed as source and destination addresses in the DMA module The QSSI modules have the following features Four QSSI channels with advanced bi and quad SSI functionality Programmable interface operation fo...

Page 1524: ...2018 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright 2017 2018 Texas Instruments Incorporated Quad Synchronous Serial Interface QSSI Figure 23 1 QSSI module with Advanced Bi SSI and Quad SSI Support 23 3 Fun...

Page 1525: ...O until it is read out by the transmission logic When configured as a master or a slave parallel data is written into the transmit FIFO prior to a legacy SSI serial conversion and transmission to the...

Page 1526: ...I mode 0x3 When data is first written to the TX FIFO a SSInFss is asserted low indicating the start of a frame At the EOT bit 12 of the last data entry in the TX FIFO signifies whether a frame is endi...

Page 1527: ...rmat with SPH 0 the SSInFss signal is deasserted high between continuous transfers For SPH 1 the SSInFss signal is asserted low between continuous transfers For TI format the SSInFss signal is deasser...

Page 1528: ...ime a new or next byte is written to the RX FIFO thus the counter will continue to count down to zero unless there is new activity The time out period is 32 periods based on the period of SSInClk When...

Page 1529: ...an be used in combination with frame hold and high speed mode Frequency system clock SSInCLK Master 1 2 Slave 1 12 Master 1 2 Slave 1 12 For advanced bi and quad SSI modes using the Freescale SPI form...

Page 1530: ...larity control bit is clear it produces a steady state low value on the SSInClk pin If the SPO bit is set a steady state high value is placed on the SSInClk pin when data is not being transferred 23 3...

Page 1531: ...pin goes High after one additional half SSInClk period The data is now captured on the rising and propagated on the falling edges of the SSInClk signal In the case of a single word transmission after...

Page 1532: ...he SSInFss line is returned to its idle High state one SSInClk period after the last bit has been captured For continuous back to back transfers the SSInFss pin is held Low between successive data wor...

Page 1533: ...ransfer signal sequence for both single and continuous transfers in Freescale SPI format with SPO 1 and SPH 1 NOTE This Freescale SPI frame format configuration is only available when operating in Leg...

Page 1534: ...led again If a data transfer by the DMA from the Rx FIFO completes the DMARXRIS bit is set The EOT bit in the SSIRIS register is also provided to indicate when the Tx FIFO is empty and the last bit ha...

Page 1535: ...Control SSIDMACTL register and then setting the DMATXIC bit in the SSIICR register This clears the DMA completion interrupt When the DMA is needed to transmit more data the TXDMAE bit must be set enab...

Page 1536: ...ne data byte to the TX FIFO set the EOM bit to 1 and write the second data byte to the Tx FIFO 3 Set the MODE bit to 0x1 and the FSSHLDFM bit to 1 in the SSICR1 register To operate in the master mode...

Page 1537: ...Interrupt Status Section 23 5 8 0x20 SSIICR QSSI Interrupt Clear Section 23 5 9 0x24 SSIDMACTL QSSI DMA Control Section 23 5 10 0xFC0 SSIPP QSSI Peripheral Properties Section 23 5 11 0xFC8 SSICC QSSI...

Page 1538: ...evised October 2018 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright 2017 2018 Texas Instruments Incorporated Quad Synchronous Serial Interface QSSI Table 23 5 QSSI Access Type Codes continued Access Type Code...

Page 1539: ...e is BR SysClk CPSDVSR 1 SCR where CPSDVSR is an even value from 2 to 254 programmed in the SSICPSR register and SCR is a value from 0 to 255 7 SPH R W 0x0 QSSI Serial Clock Phase This bit is only app...

Page 1540: ...ld Descriptions continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 3 0 DSS R W 0x0 QSSI Data Size Select When operating in Advanced Bi or Quad SSI data size can only be 8 bit All other fields will be ignored...

Page 1541: ...M R W 0x0 Stop Frame End of Message This bit is applicable when MODE is set to Advanced Bi or Quad SSI This bit is inserted into bit 12 of the TXFIFO data entry by the QSSI module 0x0 No change is tra...

Page 1542: ...a master 0x1 The QSSI is configured as a slave 1 SSE R W 0x0 QSSI Synchronous Serial Port Enable 0x0 QSSI operation is disabled 0x1 QSSI operation is enabled The HSCLKEN bit in the SSICR1 register sho...

Page 1543: ...loaded into the transmit serial shifter then serially shifted out onto the SSInDAT0 SSInTX pin at the programmed bit rate When a data size of less than 16 bits is selected the user must right justify...

Page 1544: ...12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED BSY RFF RNE TNF TFE R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x1 R 0x1 Table 23 9 SSISR Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 5 RESERVED R 0x0 4 BSY R...

Page 1545: ...The value programmed into this register must be an even number between 2 and 254 The least significant bit of the programmed number is hard coded to zero If an odd number is written to this register d...

Page 1546: ...RXIM RTIM RORIM R 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 23 11 SSIIM Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 7 RESERVED R 0x0 6 EOTIM R W 0x0 End of...

Page 1547: ...s cleared when a 1 is written to the EOTIC bit in the SSI Interrupt Clear SSIICR register 0x0 No interrupt 0x1 The transmit FIFO is empty and the last bit has been transmitted out of the serializer 5...

Page 1548: ...porated Quad Synchronous Serial Interface QSSI Table 23 12 SSIRIS Register Field Descriptions continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 0 RORRIS R 0x0 QSSI Receive Overrun Raw Interrupt Status This b...

Page 1549: ...t Clear SSIICR register 0x0 An interrupt has not occurred or is masked 0x1 An unmasked interrupt was signaled due to the transmission of the last data bit 5 DMATXMIS R 0x0 QSSI Transmit DMA Masked Int...

Page 1550: ...Masked Interrupt Status This bit is cleared when a 1 is written to the RTIC bit in the SSI Interrupt Clear SSIICR register 0x0 An interrupt has not occurred or is masked 0x1 An unmasked interrupt was...

Page 1551: ...0x0 W1C 0x0 Table 23 14 SSIICR Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 7 RESERVED R 0x0 6 EOTIC W1C 0x0 End of Transmit Interrupt Clear Writing a 1 to this bit clears the EOTR...

Page 1552: ...Table 23 15 Return to Summary Table Figure 23 19 SSIDMACTL Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0...

Page 1553: ...2 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED FSSHLDFRM MODE HSCLK R 0x0 R 0x1 R 0x2 R 0x1 Table 23 16 SSIPP Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Ty...

Page 1554: ...e that of the ALTCLK programmed value in Run mode SSICC is shown in Figure 23 21 and described in Table 23 17 Return to Summary Table Figure 23 21 SSICC Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19...

Page 1555: ...re hard coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value SSIPeriphID4 is shown in Figure 23 22 and described in Table 23 18 Return to Summary Table Figure 23 22 SSIPeriphID4 Register...

Page 1556: ...re hard coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value SSIPeriphID5 is shown in Figure 23 23 and described in Table 23 19 Return to Summary Table Figure 23 23 SSIPeriphID5 Register...

Page 1557: ...e hard coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value SSIPeriphID6 is shown in Figure 23 24 and described in Table 23 20 Return to Summary Table Figure 23 24 SSIPeriphID6 Register...

Page 1558: ...e hard coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value SSIPeriphID7 is shown in Figure 23 25 and described in Table 23 21 Return to Summary Table Figure 23 25 SSIPeriphID7 Register...

Page 1559: ...re hard coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value SSIPeriphID0 is shown in Figure 23 26 and described in Table 23 22 Return to Summary Table Figure 23 26 SSIPeriphID0 Register...

Page 1560: ...re hard coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value SSIPeriphID1 is shown in Figure 23 27 and described in Table 23 23 Return to Summary Table Figure 23 27 SSIPeriphID1 Register...

Page 1561: ...e hard coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value SSIPeriphID2 is shown in Figure 23 28 and described in Table 23 24 Return to Summary Table Figure 23 28 SSIPeriphID2 Register...

Page 1562: ...e hard coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value SSIPeriphID3 is shown in Figure 23 29 and described in Table 23 25 Return to Summary Table Figure 23 29 SSIPeriphID3 Register...

Page 1563: ...re hard coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value SSIPCellID0 is shown in Figure 23 30 and described in Table 23 26 Return to Summary Table Figure 23 30 SSIPCellID0 Register 3...

Page 1564: ...e hard coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value SSIPCellID1 is shown in Figure 23 31 and described in Table 23 27 Return to Summary Table Figure 23 31 SSIPCellID1 Register 31...

Page 1565: ...e hard coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value SSIPCellID2 is shown in Figure 23 32 and described in Table 23 28 Return to Summary Table Figure 23 32 SSIPCellID2 Register 31...

Page 1566: ...e hard coded and the fields within the register determine the reset value SSIPCellID3 is shown in Figure 23 33 and described in Table 23 29 Return to Summary Table Figure 23 33 SSIPCellID3 Register 31...

Page 1567: ...nown as a 2 channel incremental encoder converts linear displacement into a pulse signal By monitoring both the number of pulses and the relative phase of the two signals users can track the position...

Page 1568: ...input frequency of the QEI inputs may be as high as 1 4 of the system frequency for example 30 MHz for a 120 MHz system Interrupt generation on Index pulse Velocity timer expiration Direction change...

Page 1569: ...D Velocity Timer QEILOAD QEITIME PhA PhB IDX clk dir Interrupt Control Status QEICTL QEISTAT www ti com Block Diagram 1569 SLAU723A October 2017 Revised October 2018 Submit Documentation Feedback Copy...

Page 1570: ...osition counter on every PhA and PhB edge provides more positional resolution at the cost of less range in the positional counter When edges on PhA lead edges on PhB the position counter is incremente...

Page 1571: ...date Using the above equation rpm 10000 1 20480 60 2500 2048 4 600 rpm 67 Now consider that the motor is sped up to 3000 rpm This results in 409600 pulses per second or 102400 every 1 4 of a second Ag...

Page 1572: ...Configure the quadrature encoder to capture edges on both signals and maintain an absolute position by resetting on index pulses A 1000 line encoder with four edges per line results in 4000 pulses pe...

Page 1573: ...ssed Table 24 1 QEI Registers Offset Acronym Register Name Section 0x0 QEICTL QEI Control Section 24 5 1 0x4 QEISTAT QEI Status Section 24 5 2 0x8 QEIPOS QEI Position Section 24 5 3 0xC QEIMAXPOS QEI...

Page 1574: ...R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 VELDIV VELEN RESMODE CAPMODE SIGMODE SWAP ENABLE R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 24 3 QEICTL Register Field Descriptions Bit Field...

Page 1575: ...reset when the index pulse is captured 3 CAPMODE R W 0x0 Capture Mode When SIGMODE 1 the CAPMODE setting is not applicable and is reserved 0x0 Only the PhA edges are counted 0x1 The PhA and PhB edges...

Page 1576: ...gure 24 5 QEISTAT Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED DIRECTION ERROR R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0...

Page 1577: ...grator The value is updated by the status of the QEI phase inputs and can be set to a specific value by writing to it QEIPOS is shown in Figure 24 6 and described in Table 24 5 Return to Summary Table...

Page 1578: ...sition register resets to zero when it increments past this value When moving in reverse the position register resets to this value when it decrements from zero QEIMAXPOS is shown in Figure 24 7 and d...

Page 1579: ...after the timer is zero this value should be one less than the number of clocks in the desired period So for example to have 2000 decimal clocks per timer period this register should contain 1999 dec...

Page 1580: ...value of the velocity timer This counter does not increment when the VELEN bit in the QEICTL register is clear QEITIME is shown in Figure 24 9 and described in Table 24 8 Return to Summary Table Figur...

Page 1581: ...he QEITIME register because there is a small window of time between the two reads during which either value may have changed The QEISPEED register should be used to determine the actual encoder veloci...

Page 1582: ...sponds to the number of velocity pulses counted in the previous velocity timer period This register does not update when the VELEN bit in the QEICTL register is clear QEISPEED is shown in Figure 24 11...

Page 1583: ...OR R W 0x0 Phase Error Interrupt Enable The INTERROR bit is only applicable when the QEI is operating in quadrature phase mode SIGMODE 0 and should be masked when SIGMODE 1 0x0 The INTERROR interrupt...

Page 1584: ...SERVED INTERROR INTDIR INTTIMER INTINDEX R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 Table 24 12 QEIRIS Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 4 RESERVED R 0x0 3 INTERROR R 0x0 Phase Error...

Page 1585: ...or Interrupt This bit is cleared by writing a 1 Clearing this bit also clears the INTERROR bit in the QEIRIS register 0x0 No interrupt has occurred or the interrupt is masked 0x1 The INTERROR bits in...

Page 1586: ...nsed representation of a message or a data file called digest or signature which can then be used to verify the message integrity Hashing of 0 to 233 2 bytes of data of which 232 1 bytes are in one pa...

Page 1587: ...A_DMAIC registers which reside in the Encryption Control Base address space Interrupt status register SHA_IRQSTATUS register Enable register SHA_IRQENABLE register 25 1 1 2 Hash HMAC Engine The Hash H...

Page 1588: ...Software must ensure that the software reset completes before doing any operations The behavior of the software reset is the same as the hardware reset except that the software reset bit resets this m...

Page 1589: ...Mode SHA_MODE register to let the SHA engine do the padding If the Hash is computed in one shot the length of the message can be any value up to 128 MB To process an intermediate Hash digest the CLOSE...

Page 1590: ...ite SHA 1 Read Write SHA 2 Read Write HMAC Key Processing write SHA_ODIGEST_A 0x000 Outer digest 127 96 Outer digest 159 128 Outer digest 255 224 HMAC Key 31 0 SHA_ODIGEST_B 0x004 Outer digest 95 64 O...

Page 1591: ...must be written explicitly the core does not pad Additionally if the HMAC key is larger than 512 bits the host must perform a preprocessing step to reduce it to one 512 bit block This involves hashin...

Page 1592: ...do a HMAC key processing only pass to obtain the inner and outer digest precomputes and load these precomputes for subsequent passes only the inner digest must be reloaded if the outer digest is not...

Page 1593: ...ODE register to 0x0 to select the MD5 algorithm 2 Set the ALGO_CONSTANT bit to 1 in the SHA_MODE register to initialize all digest registers from SHA_ODIGEST_A and SHA_IDIGEST_A to SHA_ODIGEST_H and S...

Page 1594: ...ash completion is then indicated the same way as for a new hash and the 128 bit result can be read in the digest registers The SHA_DIGESTCOUNT register returns restored digest count and length when it...

Page 1595: ...nels for Context In Context Out Data In and or Data Out by programming the appropriate encoding value in the DMA Channel Map Select n DMACHMAPn register in the DMA module offset 0x510 For more informa...

Page 1596: ...he value before the switch to the high priority task SHA_DIGEST_COUNT 31 0 COUNT Use the already loaded in the engine key SHA_MODE 5 HMAC_KEY_PROC 0x0 Do not use the constants of the selected hash alg...

Page 1597: ...nstruments Incorporated SHA MD5 Accelerator 25 1 7 1 3 Operational Modes Configuration 25 1 7 1 3 1 SHA MD5 Polling Mode Figure 25 2 shows the SHA MD5 polling mode SHA MD5 polling mode uses the follow...

Page 1598: ...Step Register Bit Field Programming Model Value Enable the DMA request to the CDMA controller SHA_SYSCONFIG 3 DMA_EN 0x1 Load the message length this is the trigger to start processing SHA_LENGTH 31 0...

Page 1599: ...GEST_COUNT 31 0 COUNT 0x SHA_S_LENGTH 31 0 LENGTH 0x Read the context context1 SHA_S_IDIGEST_i 31 0 DATA context2 SHA_S_DIGEST_COUNT 31 0 COUNT conetxt3 SHA_S_LENGTH 31 0 LENGTH No Yes Yes No No Yes I...

Page 1600: ...est 223 192 HMAC key 63 32 SHA_ODIGEST_C 0x0008 Outer digest 63 32 Outer digest 95 64 Outer digest 191 160 HMAC key 95 64 SHA_ODIGEST_D 0x000C Outer digest 31 0 Outer digest 63 32 Outer digest 159 128...

Page 1601: ...25 2 1 0x03C SHA_IDIGEST_H SHA Inner Digest H Section 25 2 1 0x040 SHA_DIGEST_COUNT SHA Digest Count Section 25 2 2 0x044 SHA_MODE SHA Mode Section 25 2 3 0x048 SHA_LENGTH SHA Length Section 25 2 4 0...

Page 1602: ...18 Submit Documentation Feedback Copyright 2017 2018 Texas Instruments Incorporated SHA MD5 Accelerator Table 25 14 SHA MD5 Access Type Codes Access Type Code Description Read Type R R Read Write Type...

Page 1603: ...SHA_ODIGEST_H offset 0x01C SHA Inner Digest A SHA_IDIGEST_A offset 0x020 SHA Inner Digest B SHA_IDIGEST_B offset 0x024 SHA Inner Digest C SHA_IDIGEST_C offset 0x028 SHA Inner Digest D SHA_IDIGEST_D o...

Page 1604: ...When starting an HMAC operation from precomputes HMAC_KEY_PROC 0 the value 64 must be written in the SHA_DIGESTCOUNT register Note that the value written should always be a 64 byte multiple the lower...

Page 1605: ...st when the inner hash has finished The inner hash finishes when the length of hash has been processed the final inner hash is performed if CLOSE_HASH was set to 1 This bit should normally be set toge...

Page 1606: ...en hash closed 0x0 No padding hash computation can be continued 0x1 Last packet will be padded 3 ALGO_CONSTANT R W 0x0 The initial digest register will be overwritten with the algorithm constants for...

Page 1607: ...IRQ if programmed length 0 and start processing The remaining byte count for the active operation can be read from this register when the interrupt status register indicates that the operation is sus...

Page 1608: ...TA_8_IN offset 0x0A0 SHA Data 9 Input SHA_DATA_9_IN offset 0x0A4 SHA Data 10 Input SHA_DATA_10_IN offset 0x0A8 SHA Data 11 Input SHA_DATA_11_IN offset 0x0AC SHA Data 12 Input SHA_DATA_12_IN offset 0x0...

Page 1609: ...umber of the module This can be used by the driver to determine the capabilities available SHA_REVISION is shown in Figure 25 9 and described in Table 25 20 Return to Summary Table Figure 25 9 SHA_REV...

Page 1610: ...Enable 0x0 Legacy mode enabled for the Secure World In Legacy mode the Secure World the context input DMA request and the result output DMA request are masked This means that neither DMAREQUEST_CTXIN...

Page 1611: ...ocumentation Feedback Copyright 2017 2018 Texas Instruments Incorporated SHA MD5 Accelerator Table 25 21 SHA_SYSCONFIG Register Field Descriptions continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 1 SOFTRESE...

Page 1612: ...SSTATUS is shown in Figure 25 11 and described in Table 25 22 Return to Summary Table Figure 25 11 SHA_SYSSTATUS Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0...

Page 1613: ...T_RE ADY RESERVED INPUT_READY OUTPUT_REA DY R 0x0 R 0x1 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 Table 25 23 SHA_IRQSTATUS Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 4 RESERVED R 0x0 3 CONTEXT_READY R 0...

Page 1614: ...QENABLE Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED M_CONTEXT_ READY RESERVED M_INPUT_REA DY M_...

Page 1615: ...e address 0x44030000 Table 25 25 SHA_MD5_UDMA Registers Offset Acronym Register Name Section 0x10 SHA_DMAIM SHA DMA Interrupt Mask Section 25 3 1 0x14 SHA_DMARIS SHA DMA Raw Interrupt Status Section 2...

Page 1616: ...Reset Description 31 3 RESERVED R 0x0 2 COUT R W 0x0 Context Out DMA Done Interrupt Mask If this bit is unmasked an interrupt is generated when the DMA completes the output context read from the inter...

Page 1617: ...2 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED COUT DIN CIN R 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 25 28 SHA_DMARIS Register Field Descriptions Bit Field...

Page 1618: ...SHA_DMAMIS Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED COUT DIN CIN R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 Ta...

Page 1619: ...5 17 SHA_DMAIC Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED COUT DIN CIN R 0x0 W1C 0x0 W1C 0x0 W...

Page 1620: ...r Transmitter UART Chapter 26 SLAU723A October 2017 Revised October 2018 Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter UART This chapter describes the Universal Asynchronous Receivers Transmitters UARTs...

Page 1621: ...rDA serial IR SIR encoder and decoder providing Programmable use of IrDA SIR or UART input output Support of IrDA SIR encoder and decoder functions for data rates up to 115 2 kbps half duplex Support...

Page 1622: ...allel to serial and serial to parallel conversions It is similar in functionality to a 16C550 UART but is not register compatible The UART is configured for transmit or receive through the TXE and RXE...

Page 1623: ...r or 8 if HSE is set 69 By default this will be the main system clock described in Section 4 1 5 Alternatively the UART may be clocked from the internal precision oscillator PIOSC independent of the s...

Page 1624: ...rd 26 3 4 Serial IR SIR The UART peripheral includes an IrDA SIR encoder and decoder block The IrDA SIR block provides functionality that converts between an asynchronous UART data stream and a half d...

Page 1625: ...tcard When bit 3 SMART of the UARTCTL register is set the UnTx signal is used as a bit clock and the UnRx signal is used as the half duplex communication line connected to the smartcard A GPIO signal...

Page 1626: ...he receiving device to the UnCTS input The UnCTS input controls the transmitter The transmitter may only transmit data when the UnCTS input is asserted active low The UnRTS output signal indicates the...

Page 1627: ...yte To match the transmission time with correct parity settings the address byte can be transmitted as a single then a burst transfer The transmit FIFO does not hold the address data bit hence softwar...

Page 1628: ...set The receive interrupt is cleared by performing a single read of the receive FIFO or by clearing the interrupt by writing a 1 to the RXIC bit The transmit interrupt changes state when one of the f...

Page 1629: ...OT completion by setting the EOTIM bit of the UARTIM register See Chapter 8 for more details about programming the DMA controller 26 4 Initialization and Configuration To enable and initialize the UAR...

Page 1630: ...8507 64 0 5 54 72 With the BRD values in hand the UART configuration is written to the module in the following order 1 Disable the UART by clearing the UARTEN bit in the UARTCTL register 2 Write the i...

Page 1631: ...s only apply to the following UARTs UART0 modem flow control and modem status UART1 modem flow control and modem status UART2 modem flow control UART3 modem flow control UART4 modem flow control Table...

Page 1632: ...6 5 24 0xFE8 UARTPeriphID2 UART Peripheral Identification 2 Section 26 5 25 0xFEC UARTPeriphID3 UART Peripheral Identification 3 Section 26 5 26 0xFF0 UARTPCellID0 UART PrimeCell Identification 0 Sect...

Page 1633: ...PE FE DATA R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 26 4 UARTDR Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 12 RESERVED R 0x0 11 OE R 0x0 UART Overrun Error 0x0 No data has bee...

Page 1634: ...3 OE 0x0 UART Overrun Error This bit is cleared by a write to UARTECR The FIFO contents remain valid because no further data is written when the FIFO is full only the contents of the shift register a...

Page 1635: ...R CTS R 0x1 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x1 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 Table 26 6 UARTFR Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 9 RESERVED R 0x0 8 RI R 0x0 Ring Indicator 0x0 The UnRI signal i...

Page 1636: ...e receive holding register is empty If the FIFO is enabled FEN is 1 the receive FIFO is empty 3 BUSY R 0x0 UART Busy This bit is set as soon as the transmit FIFO becomes non empty regardless of whethe...

Page 1637: ...FIrLPBaud16is nominally 1 8432 MHz Because the IrLPBaud16 clock is used to sample transmitted data irrespective of mode the ILPDVSR field must be programmed in both low power and normal mode such that...

Page 1638: ...FBRD register is ignored When changing the UARTIBRD register the new value does not take effect until transmission reception of the current character is complete Any changes to the baud rate divisor m...

Page 1639: ...ter the new value does not take effect until transmission reception of the current character is complete Any changes to the baud rate divisor must be followed by a write to the UARTLCRH register SeeSe...

Page 1640: ...R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 26 10 UARTLCRH Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 SPS R W 0x0 UART Stick Parity Select When bits 1...

Page 1641: ...performed which checks for an odd number of 1s 0x1 Even parity generation and checking is performed during transmission and reception which checks for an even number of 1s in data and parity bits 1 PE...

Page 1642: ...ntrol UART4 modem flow control NOTE The UARTCTL register should not be changed while the UART is enabled or else the results are unpredictable The following sequence is recommended for making changes...

Page 1643: ...0x0 The transmit section of the UART is disabled 0x1 The transmit section of the UART is enabled 7 LBE R W 0x0 UART Loop Back Enable 0x0 Normal operation 0x1 The UnTx path is fed through the UnRx path...

Page 1644: ...tances 0x0 Low level bits are transmitted as an active High pulse with a width of 3 16th of the bit period 0x1 The UART operates in SIR Low Power mode Low level bits are transmitted with a pulse width...

Page 1645: ...ARTIFLS is shown in Figure 26 12 and described in Table 26 12 Return to Summary Table Figure 26 12 UARTIFLS Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9...

Page 1646: ...RTIM Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED DMATXIM DMARXIM R 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED 9BITIM EOTIM OEIM BEIM PEIM R 0x0 R W 0x0 R W...

Page 1647: ...rrupt controller 0x1 An interrupt is sent to the interrupt controller when the FERIS bit in the UARTRIS register is set 6 RTIM R W 0x0 UART Receive Time Out Interrupt Mask 0x0 The RTRIS interrupt is s...

Page 1648: ...synchronous Receiver Transmitter UART Table 26 13 UARTIM Register Field Descriptions continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 0 RIIM R W 0x0 UART Ring Indicator Modem Interrupt Mask 0x0 The RIRIS in...

Page 1649: ...0x0 R 0x0 Table 26 14 UARTRIS Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 18 RESERVED R 0x0 17 DMATXRIS R 0x0 Transmit DMA Raw Interrupt Status This bit is cleared by writing a 1 t...

Page 1650: ...nabled or by writing a single byte if the FIFO is disabled 0x0 No interrupt 0x1 If the EOT bit in the UARTCTL register is clear the transmit FIFO level has passed through the condition defined in the...

Page 1651: ...t Status This bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the DMATXIC bit in the UARTICR register 0x0 An interrupt has not occurred or is masked 0x1 An unmasked interrupt was signaled due to the completion of th...

Page 1652: ...igger level if the FIFO is enabled or by writing a single byte if the FIFO is disabled 0x0 An interrupt has not occurred or is masked 0x1 An unmasked interrupt was signaled due to passing through the...

Page 1653: ...it clears the DMATXRIS bit in the UARTRIS register and the DMATXMIS bit in the UARTMIS register 16 DMARXIC W1C 0x0 Receive DMA Interrupt Clear Writing a 1 to this bit clears the DMARXRIS bit in the UA...

Page 1654: ...IS register and the RXMIS bit in the UARTMIS register 3 DSRMIC W1C 0x0 UART Data Set Ready Modem Interrupt Clear Writing a 1 to this bit clears the DSRRIS bit in the UARTRIS register and the DSRMIS bi...

Page 1655: ...ERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED DMAERR TXDMAE RXDMAE R 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 26 17 UARTDMACTL Register Fiel...

Page 1656: ...tion with UART9BITAMASK to form a match for address byte received UART9BITADDR is shown in Figure 26 18 and described in Table 26 18 Return to Summary Table Figure 26 18 UART9BITADDR Register 31 30 29...

Page 1657: ...ess bits are masked to create a set of addresses to be matched with the received address byte UART9BITAMASK is shown in Figure 26 19 and described in Table 26 19 Return to Summary Table Figure 26 19 U...

Page 1658: ...le 26 20 UARTPP Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 4 RESERVED R 0x0 3 MSE R 0x1 Modem Support Extended 0x0 The UART module does not provide extended support for modem cont...

Page 1659: ...information seeSection 4 1 5 2 1 NOTE If the PIOSC is used for the UART baud clock the system clock frequency must be at least 9 MHz in Run mode UARTCC is shown in Figure 26 21 and described in Table...

Page 1660: ...hard coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values UARTPeriphID4 is shown in Figure 26 22 and described in Table 26 22 Return to Summary Table Figure 26 22 UARTPeriphID4 Registe...

Page 1661: ...hard coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values UARTPeriphID5 is shown in Figure 26 23 and described in Table 26 23 Return to Summary Table Figure 26 23 UARTPeriphID5 Registe...

Page 1662: ...hard coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values UARTPeriphID6 is shown in Figure 26 24 and described in Table 26 24 Return to Summary Table Figure 26 24 UARTPeriphID6 Registe...

Page 1663: ...hard coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values UARTPeriphID7 is shown in Figure 26 25 and described in Table 26 25 Return to Summary Table Figure 26 25 UARTPeriphID7 Registe...

Page 1664: ...hard coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values UARTPeriphID0 is shown in Figure 26 26 and described in Table 26 26 Return to Summary Table Figure 26 26 UARTPeriphID0 Registe...

Page 1665: ...hard coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values UARTPeriphID1 is shown in Figure 26 27 and described in Table 26 27 Return to Summary Table Figure 26 27 UARTPeriphID1 Registe...

Page 1666: ...ard coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values UARTPeriphID2 is shown in Figure 26 28 and described in Table 26 28 Return to Summary Table Figure 26 28 UARTPeriphID2 Register...

Page 1667: ...hard coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values UARTPeriphID3 is shown in Figure 26 29 and described in Table 26 29 Return to Summary Table Figure 26 29 UARTPeriphID3 Registe...

Page 1668: ...hard coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values UARTPCellID0 is shown in Figure 26 30 and described in Table 26 30 Return to Summary Table Figure 26 30 UARTPCellID0 Register...

Page 1669: ...hard coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values UARTPCellID1 is shown in Figure 26 31 and described in Table 26 31 Return to Summary Table Figure 26 31 UARTPCellID1 Register...

Page 1670: ...hard coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values UARTPCellID2 is shown in Figure 26 32 and described in Table 26 32 Return to Summary Table Figure 26 32 UARTPCellID2 Register...

Page 1671: ...ard coded and the fields within the registers determine the reset values UARTPCellID3 is shown in Figure 26 33 and described in Table 26 33 Return to Summary Table Figure 26 33 UARTPCellID3 Register 3...

Page 1672: ...r 2017 Revised October 2018 Universal Serial Bus USB Controller This chapter describes the USB controller NOTE Portions of this chapter are excerpted from Mentor Graphics documentation Mentor Graphics...

Page 1673: ...able FIFO support multiple packet queueing USB DMA access to the FIFO allows minimal interference from system software Software controlled connect and disconnect allows flexibility during USB device s...

Page 1674: ...lock source either with or without using the PLL and the system clock must be at least 30 MHz 27 3 1 Operation as a Device This section describes the USB controller when it is being used as a USB devi...

Page 1675: ...e size of the transmit endpoint s FIFO is less than twice the maximum packet size for this endpoint as set in the USB Transmit Dynamic FIFO Sizing USBTXFIFOSZ register only one packet can be buffered...

Page 1676: ...now be unloaded from the FIFO After the packet has been unloaded the RXRDY bit must be cleared in order to allow further packets to be received This action also generates the acknowledge signaling to...

Page 1677: ...than USBRXMAXPn bytes of data with an OUT data token 4 The host sends more than a zero length data packet for the OUT STATUS phase 27 3 1 5 2 Zero Length OUT Data Packets A zero length OUT data packe...

Page 1678: ...ame When the USB controller is operating in device mode it receives a Start Of Frame SOF packet from the host once every millisecond When the SOF packet is received the 11 bit frame number contained i...

Page 1679: ...isochronous and interrupt transactions are supported This section describes the USB controller s actions when it is being used as a USB host Configuration of IN endpoints OUT endpoints entry into and...

Page 1680: ...e cleared The AUTOCL bit in the USBRXCSRHn register can be used to have RXRDY automatically cleared when a maximum sized packet has been unloaded from the FIFO The AUTORQ bit in USBRXCSRHn causes the...

Page 1681: ...started if the transaction is found on the first scheduler cycle of a frame and if the interval counter for that endpoint has counted down to zero As a result only one interrupt or isochronous transa...

Page 1682: ...the SESSION bit in the USB Device Control USBDEVCTL register enabling the USB controller to wait for a device to be connected When a device is detected a connect interrupt is generated The speed of th...

Page 1683: ...device of the OTG setup wishes to start a session it either raises VBUS above the Session Valid threshold if it is the A device or if it is the B device it pulses the data line then pulses VBUS Depend...

Page 1684: ...ead the return data from the ULPIREGDATA register 27 3 4 2 Register Write To execute a polled write 1 Write the ULPIREGADDR register with the address of the PHY register to be accessed 2 Initiate the...

Page 1685: ...different for subsequent LPM transactions RMTWAK This bit indicates if the remote wakeup by the USB is allowed This bit applies to the current suspend and resume cycle only and may be different for s...

Page 1686: ...ion two more times The device does not suspend for 8 s after the initial LPM so it is able to respond to either of these subsequent LPM transactions If an LPM timeout has occurred three times the NC a...

Page 1687: ...RXCSRLn register The behavior of the DMA request lines for Rx endpoints in Request Mode 1 is similar except the request line only goes high when the packet received is of the maximum packet size as se...

Page 1688: ...nsfers in order to complete an odd byte or odd word transfer NOTE DMA Requests should be disabled before the DMA Request Mode is changed In particular the DMAMODE bit in the USBTXCSRHn register should...

Page 1689: ...last packet loaded is less than the maximum packet size the TXRDY bit is not set and therefore needs to be set manually that is by the CPU to allow the last packet to be sent The TXRDY bit also needs...

Page 1690: ...B Receive Byte Count Endpoint n USBCOUNTn register 3 he BRSTM field should be configured in the USB DMA Control n USBDMACTLn register and the remaining bits should be programmed with the following ENA...

Page 1691: ...e end of the transfer This short packet is not be transferred by the DMA controller instead the USB interrupts the processor by generating the appropriate Endpoint interrupt The processor can then rea...

Page 1692: ...e integrated USB PHY the 60 MHz clock is constructed by dividing the PLL VCO output by a dedicated programmable divisor The divisor is controlled by the USBCC register When using the ULPI interface th...

Page 1693: ...the power fault condition The polarity and actions related to both USB0EPEN and USB0PFLT are fully configurable in the USB controller The controller also provides interrupts on device insertion and re...

Page 1694: ...bled before any USB module registers are accessed Table 27 5 USB Registers Offset Acronym Register Name Section 0x0 USBFADDR USB Device Functional Address Section 27 5 1 0x1 USBPOWER USB Power Section...

Page 1695: ...e Hub Port Endpoint 2 Section 27 5 33 0x98 USBTXFUNCADDR3 USB Transmit Functional Address Endpoint 3 Section 27 5 28 0x9A USBTXHUBADDR3 USB Transmit Hub Address Endpoint 3 Section 27 5 29 0x9B USBTXHU...

Page 1696: ...L2 USB Transmit Control and Status Endpoint 2 Low Section 27 5 40 0x123 USBTXCSRH2 USB Transmit Control and Status Endpoint 2 High Section 27 5 41 0x124 USBRXMAXP2 USB Maximum Receive Data Endpoint 2...

Page 1697: ...RH6 USB Transmit Control and Status Endpoint 6 High Section 27 5 41 0x164 USBRXMAXP6 USB Maximum Receive Data Endpoint 6 Section 27 5 42 0x166 USBRXCSRL6 USB Receive Control and Status Endpoint 6 Low...

Page 1698: ...in Block Transfer Endpoint 5 Section 27 5 54 0x318 USBRQPKTCOUNT6 USB Request Packet Count in Block Transfer Endpoint 6 Section 27 5 54 0x31C USBRQPKTCOUNT7 USB Request Packet Count in Block Transfer...

Page 1699: ...SBPC USB Peripheral Configuration Section 27 5 78 0xFC8 USBCC USB Clock Configuration Section 27 5 79 Complex bit access types are encoded to fit into small table cells Table 27 6 shows the codes that...

Page 1700: ...T bit in the USBDEVCTL register is clear this register must be written with the address received through a SET_ADDRESS command which is then used for decoding the function address in subsequent token...

Page 1701: ...eld Descriptions OTG A Host Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 6 RESERVED R 0x2 5 HSENAB R W 0x1 High Speed Enable 0x0 The USB operates in full speed mode 0x1 The USB negotiates for high speed mode wh...

Page 1702: ...D lines are tri stated 0x1 The USB D D lines are enabled 5 HSENAB R W 0x1 High Speed Enable 0x0 The USB operates in full speed mode 0x1 The USB negotiates for high speed mode when the device is reset...

Page 1703: ...rupt NOTE Bits relating to endpoints that have not been configured always return 0 Note also that all active interrupts are cleared when this register is read USBTXIS is shown in Figure 27 5 and descr...

Page 1704: ...USBRXIS is shown in Figure 27 6 and described in Table 27 11 Return to Summary Table Figure 27 6 USBRXIS Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 EP7 EP6 EP5 EP4 EP3 EP2 EP1 RESERVED R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R...

Page 1705: ...P5 EP4 EP3 EP2 EP1 EP0 R W 0x1 R W 0x1 R W 0x1 R W 0x1 R W 0x1 R W 0x1 R W 0x1 R W 0x1 Table 27 12 USBTXIE Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 EP7 R W 0x1 TX Endpoint 7 Inte...

Page 1706: ...re 27 8 and described in Table 27 13 Return to Summary Table Figure 27 8 USBRXIE Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 EP7 EP6 EP5 EP4 EP3 EP2 EP1 RESERVED R W 0x1 R W 0x1 R W 0x1 R W 0x1 R W 0x1 R W 0x1 R W 0x1 R...

Page 1707: ...Descriptions OTG A Host Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 VBUSERR R 0x0 VBUS Error 0x0 No interrupt 0x1 VBUS has dropped below the VBUS Valid threshold during a session 6 SESREQ R 0x0 SESSION REQUEST...

Page 1708: ...rrupt 0x1 The device has been disconnected from the host 4 RESERVED R 0x0 3 SOF R 0x0 Start of Frame 0x0 No interrupt 0x1 A new frame has started 2 RESET R 0x0 RESET Signaling Detected 0x0 No interrup...

Page 1709: ...Session Request 0x0 The SESREQ interrupt is suppressed and not sent to the interrupt controller 0x1 An interrupt is sent to the interrupt controller when the SESREEQ bit in the USBIS register is set 5...

Page 1710: ...R 0x0 3 SOF R W 0x0 Enable Start of Frame Interrupt 0x0 The SOF interrupt is suppressed and not sent to the interrupt controller 0x1 An interrupt is sent to the interrupt controller when the SOF bit...

Page 1711: ...alue USBFRAME OTG A Host OTG B Device USBFRAME is a 16 bit read only register that holds the last received frame number USBFRAME is shown in Figure 27 13 and described in Table 27 18 Return to Summary...

Page 1712: ...gister is used with the USBTXFIFOSZ USBRXFIFOSZ USBTXFIFOADD and USBRXFIFOADD registers USBEPIDX is shown in Figure 27 14 and described in Table 27 19 Return to Summary Table Figure 27 14 USBEPIDX Reg...

Page 1713: ...from the FORCEFS bit and FORCEHS bit The operating speed is as follows FORCEHS 0 and FORCEFS 0 Low Speed FORCEHS 0 and FORCEFS 1 Full Speed FORCEHS 1 and FORCEFS 0 High Speed FORCEHS 1 and FORCEFS 1 U...

Page 1714: ...n this mode a continuous J is transmitted on the bus 0x0 Test_J mode disabled 0x1 Test_J Mode enabled 0 TESTSE0NAK R W 0x0 Test_SE0_NAK Test Mode Enable In this mode the USB remains in high speed mode...

Page 1715: ...ation of accesses is allowed provided the data accessed is contiguous All transfers associated with one packet must be of the same width so that the data is consistently byte halfword or word aligned...

Page 1716: ...he OTG A side of the cable 0x1 The USB controller is operating on the OTG B side of the cable 6 FSDEV R 0x0 Full Speed Device Detected 0x0 A full speed Device has not been detected on the port 0x1 A f...

Page 1717: ...Figure 27 19 USBCCONF Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED TXEDMA RXEDMA R 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 27 24 USBCCONF Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 2 RESERVED R 0x0 1 TXEDM...

Page 1718: ...nd described in Table 27 25 Return to Summary Table Figure 27 20 USBnXFIFOSZ Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED DPB SIZE R 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 27 25 USBnXFIFOSZ Register Field Descriptions Bit Fi...

Page 1719: ...ost OTG B Device USBTXFIFOADD and USBRXFIFOADD are 16 bit registers that control the start address of the selected transmit and receive endpoint FIFOs USBnXFIFOADD is shown in Figure 27 21 and describ...

Page 1720: ...ister is read back from the PHY clock domain These bits will not therefore return updated values while the PHY is suspended ULPIVBUSCTL is shown in Figure 27 22 and described in Table 27 27 Return to...

Page 1721: ...A Host OTG B Device The ULPIREGDATA register contains the data associated with register reads writes conducted through the ULPI interface ULPIREGDATA is shown in Figure 27 23 and described in Table 27...

Page 1722: ...TG A Host OTG B Device The ULPIREGADDR register contains the address of the register being read written through the ULPI interface ULPIREGADDR is shown in Figure 27 24 and described in Table 27 29 Ret...

Page 1723: ...ble 27 30 Return to Summary Table Figure 27 25 ULPIREGCTL Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED RDWR REGCMPLT REGACC R 0x0 R W 0x0 R W0 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 27 30 ULPIREGCTL Register Field Descriptions Bit F...

Page 1724: ...nly register allows read back of the number of TX and Rx endpoints included in the design USBEPINFO is shown in Figure 27 26 and described in Table 27 31 Return to Summary Table Figure 27 26 USBEPINFO...

Page 1725: ...er provides information about the width of the RAM USBRAMINFO is shown in Figure 27 27 and described in Table 27 32 Return to Summary Table Figure 27 27 USBRAMINFO Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 DMACHAN RAM...

Page 1726: ...Figure 27 28 and described in Table 27 33 Return to Summary Table Figure 27 28 USBCONTIM Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 WTCON WTID R W 0x5 R W 0xC Table 27 33 USBCONTIM Register Field Descriptions Bit Fiel...

Page 1727: ...OTG This 8 bit configuration register specifies the duration of the VBUS pulsing charge USBVPLEN is shown in Figure 27 29 and described in Table 27 34 Return to Summary Table Figure 27 29 USBVPLEN Reg...

Page 1728: ...gap that is to be allowed between the start of the last transaction and the EOF for High speed transactions USBHSEOF is shown in Figure 27 30 and described in Table 27 35 Return to Summary Table Figur...

Page 1729: ...he minimum time gap allowed between the start of the last transaction and the EOF for full speed transactions USBFSEOF is shown in Figure 27 31 and described in Table 27 36 Return to Summary Table Fig...

Page 1730: ...minimum time gap that is to be allowed between the start of the last transaction and the EOF for low speed transactions USBLSEOF is shown in Figure 27 32 and described in Table 27 37 Return to Summar...

Page 1731: ...BTXFUNCADDR5 offset 0x0A8 USB Transmit Functional Address Endpoint 6 USBTXFUNCADDR6 offset 0x0B0 USB Transmit Functional Address Endpoint 7 USBTXFUNCADDR7 offset 0x0B8 OTG A Host USBTXFUNCADDRn is an...

Page 1732: ...dpoint 6 USBTXHUBADDR6 offset 0x0B2 USB Transmit Hub Address Endpoint 7 USBTXHUBADDR7 offset 0x0BA OTG A Host USBTXHUBADDRn is an 8 bit read write register that like USBTXHUBPORTn only must be written...

Page 1733: ...t 6 USBTXHUBPORT6 offset 0x0B3 USB Transmit Hub Port Endpoint 7 USBTXHUBPORT7 offset 0x0BB OTG A Host USBTXHUBPORTn is an 8 bit read write register that like USBTXHUBADDRn only must be written when a...

Page 1734: ...unctional Address Endpoint 6 USBRXFUNCADDR6 offset 0x0B4 USB Receive Functional Address Endpoint 7 USBRXFUNCADDR7 offset 0x0BC OTG A Host USBRXFUNCADDRn is an 8 bit read write register that records th...

Page 1735: ...Receive Hub Address Endpoint 7 USBRXHUBADDR7 offset 0x0BE OTG A Host USBRXHUBADDRn is an 8 bit read write register that like USBRXHUBPORTn only must be written when a full or low speed Device is conne...

Page 1736: ...x0B6 USB Receive Hub Address Endpoint 7 USBRXHUBADDR7 offset 0x0BE OTG A Host USBRXHUBADDRn is an 8 bit read write register that like USBRXHUBPORTn only must be written when a full or low speed Device...

Page 1737: ...eceipt of NAK responses for longer than the time set by the USBNAKLMT register 6 STATUS R W 0x0 STATUS Packet Setting this bit ensures that the DT bit is set in the USBCSRH0 register so that a DATA1 p...

Page 1738: ...2 1 0 SETENDC RXRDYC STALL SETEND DATAEND STALLED TXRDY RXRDY W1C 0x0 W1C 0x0 R W 0x0 R 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R 0x0 Table 27 45 USBCSRL0 Register Field Descriptions OTG B Device Bit Field Type R...

Page 1739: ...W 0x0 Transmit Packet Ready This bit is cleared automatically when the data packet has been transmitted 0x0 No transmit packet is ready 0x1 Software sets this bit after loading an IN data packet into...

Page 1740: ...vailable for devices that do not respond to PING 0x0 PING token issues enabled 0x1 PING tokens are not issued in data and status phases of high speed control transfer 2 DTWE R W 0x0 Data Toggle Write...

Page 1741: ...0x0 Table 27 47 USBCSRH0 Register Field Descriptions OTG B Device Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 1 RESERVED R 0x0 0 FLUSH R W 0x0 Flush FIFO This bit is automatically cleared after the flush is p...

Page 1742: ...cates the number of received data bytes in the endpoint 0 FIFO The value returned changes as the contents of the FIFO change and is only valid while the RXRDY bit is set USBCOUNT0 is shown in Figure 2...

Page 1743: ...f the targeted Device being communicated with using endpoint 0 USBTYPE0 is shown in Figure 27 44 and described in Table 27 49 Return to Summary Table Figure 27 44 USBTYPE0 Register 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 SPE...

Page 1744: ...registers The number of frames selected is 2 m 1 where m is the value set in the register with valid values of 2 to 16 If the Host receives NAK responses from the target for more frames than the numb...

Page 1745: ...set can be up to 1024 bytes but is subject to the constraints placed by the USB Specification on packet sizes for bulk interrupt and isochronous transfers in full speed operation The total amount of d...

Page 1746: ...Return to Summary Table Figure 27 47 USBTXCSRLn Register OTG A Host 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 NAKTO CLRDT STALLED SETUP FLUSH ERROR FIFONE TXRDY R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 T...

Page 1747: ...ister is set and the FIFO is completely flushed in this situation 1 FIFONE R W 0x0 FIFO Not Empty 0x0 The FIFO is empty 0x1 At least one packet is in the transmit FIFO 0 TXRDY R W 0x0 Transmit Packet...

Page 1748: ...use data to be corrupted 0x0 No effect 0x1 Flushes the latest packet from the endpoint transmit FIFO The FIFO pointer is reset and the TXRDY bit is cleared The EPn bit in the USBTXIS register is also...

Page 1749: ...0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 27 54 USBTXCSRHn Register Field Descriptions OTG A Host Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 AUTOSET R W 0x0 Auto Set 0x0 The TXRDY bit must be se...

Page 1750: ...bit must be set manually 0x1 Enables the TXRDY bit to be automatically set when data of the maximum packet size value in USBTXMAXPn is loaded into the transmit FIFO If a packet of less than the maxim...

Page 1751: ...dpoint in a single operation Bits 10 0 define in bytes the maximum payload transmitted in a single transaction The value set can be up to 1024 bytes but is subject to the constraints placed by the USB...

Page 1752: ...SRLn for OTG B Device is shown in Figure 27 53 and described in Table 27 58 Return to Summary Table Figure 27 52 USBRXCSRLn Register OTG A Host 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CLRDT STALLED REQPKT FLUSH DATAERR NAK T...

Page 1753: ...IFO is not full 0x1 No more packets can be loaded into the receive FIFO 0 RXRDY R W 0x0 Receive Packet Ready If the AUTOCLR bit in the USBRXCSRHn register is set then the this bit is automatically cle...

Page 1754: ...lid when the endpoint is operating in Isochronous mode In Bulk mode it always returns zero 0x0 Normal operation 0x1 Indicates that RXRDY is set and the data packet has a CRC or bit stuff error 2 OVER...

Page 1755: ...MOD DTWE DT RESERVED R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 R 0x0 Table 27 59 USBRXCSRHn Register Field Descriptions OTG A Host Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 AUTOCL R W 0x0 Auto Clea...

Page 1756: ...x0 No effect 0x1 Enables the RXRDY bit to be automatically cleared when a packet of USBRXMAXPn bytes has been unloaded from the receive FIFO When packets of less than the maximum packet size are unloa...

Page 1757: ...Table 27 60 USBRXCSRHn Register Field Descriptions OTG B Device continued Bit Field Type Reset Description 0 INCOMPRX R W0C 0x0 Incomplete RX Transmission Status In anything other than an Isochronous...

Page 1758: ...USBRXCOUNT7 offset 0x178 OTG A Host OTG B Device NOTE The value returned changes as the FIFO is unloaded and is only valid while the RXRDY bit in the USBRXCSRLn register is set USBRXCOUNTn is a 16 bi...

Page 1759: ...r to be targeted by the endpoint the transaction protocol to use for the currently selected transmit endpoint and its operating speed USBTXTYPEn is shown in Figure 27 57 and described in Table 27 62 R...

Page 1760: ...the number of frames after which the endpoint should time out on receiving a stream of NAK responses The USBTXINTERVALn register value defines a number of frames Table 27 63 USBTXINTERVALn Register V...

Page 1761: ...er to be targeted by the endpoint the transaction protocol to use for the currently selected receive endpoint and its operating speed USBRXTYPEn is shown in Figure 27 59 and described in Table 27 65 R...

Page 1762: ...ts this register defines the number of frames after which the endpoint should time out on receiving a stream of NAK responses The USBRXINTERVALn register value defines a number of frames Table 27 66 U...

Page 1763: ...AINT CH4DMAINT CH3DMAINT CH2DMAINT CH1DMAINT CH0DMAINT R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 R 0x0 Table 27 68 USBDMAINTR Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description...

Page 1764: ...and described in Table 27 69 Return to Summary Table Figure 27 62 USBDMACTLn Register 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED BRSTM ERR R 0x0 R 0x0 R W 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 EP IE MODE DIR ENABLE R W 0x0 R W 0x0...

Page 1765: ...cumentation Feedback Copyright 2017 2018 Texas Instruments Incorporated Universal Serial Bus USB Controller Table 27 69 USBDMACTLn Register Field Descriptions continued Bit Field Type Reset Descriptio...

Page 1766: ...This register provides the DMA transfer control for each channel The enabling transfer direction transfer mode the DMA burst modes are all controlled by this register USBDMAADDRn is shown in Figure 27...

Page 1767: ...identifies the current DMA count of the transfer Software will set the initial count of the transfer which identifies the entire transfer length As the count progresses this count is decremented as b...

Page 1768: ...st This 16 bit read write register is used in Host mode to specify the number of packets that are to be transferred in a block transfer of one or more bulk packets to receive endpoint n The USB contro...

Page 1769: ...DPKTBUFDIS Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 EP7 R W 0x0 EP7 RX Double Packet Buffer Disable 0x0 Disables double packet buffering 0x1 Enables double packet buffering 6 EP6...

Page 1770: ...XDPKTBUFDIS Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 7 EP7 R W 0x0 EP7 TX Double Packet Buffer Disable 0x0 Disables double packet buffering 0x1 Enables double packet buffering 6 EP...

Page 1771: ...re the time out occurs If SYSCLK is 60MHz this number represents the number of 67ns time intervals before the time out occurs Although this bit is written by the host in the CLK domain the counter tha...

Page 1772: ...the number of 33 3 ns time intervals before the time out occurs If SYSCLK is 60MHz this number represents the number of 16 7ns time intervals before the time out occurs Although this bit is written b...

Page 1773: ...n increments of 64 high speed bit times 133 ns There are 16 possible values By default the adder is 0 thus setting the high speed time out to its minimum value Use of this register will allow the high...

Page 1774: ...These values will be inserted in the payload of the next LPM Transaction USBLPMATTR is shown in Figure 27 71 and described in Table 27 78 Return to Summary Table Figure 27 71 USBLPMATTR Register 15 14...

Page 1775: ...tate This bit differs from the classic RESUME bit in the USBPOWER register address 0x001 in that the RESUME signal timing is controlled by hardware 0x0 No effect 0x1 Resume signaling is asserted for a...

Page 1776: ...t 0x3 The USB supports LPM extended transactions In this case the USB responds with a NYET or an ACK as determined by the value of TXLPM and other conditions 1 RES R W 0x0 LPM Resume This bit is used...

Page 1777: ...ask 0x0 The RES bit in the USBLPMRIS registers is masked and does not cause an interrupt 0x1 The RES bit in the USBLPMRIS register is not masked and can trigger an interrupt to the interrupt controlle...

Page 1778: ...or Interrupt Status 0x0 No status interrupt 0x1 An LPM transaction is received with a Bit Stuff error or a PID error In this case no suspend occurs and the state of the device is now unknown 4 RES R W...

Page 1779: ...he USB has been resumed 3 NC R W 0x0 LPM NC Interrupt Status This condition can only occur when the LPMEN field is set to 0x3 and the TXLPM field is set to 0x1 in the LPMCNTRL register and there is no...

Page 1780: ...OTG A Host The USBLPMFADDR register is the function address that is placed in the LPM payload USBLPMFADDR is shown in Figure 27 77 and described in Table 27 84 Return to Summary Table Figure 27 77 US...

Page 1781: ...0x0 Table 27 85 USBEPC Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 10 RESERVED R 0x0 9 8 PFLTACT R W 0x0 Power Fault Action This bit field specifies how the USB0EPEN signal is cha...

Page 1782: ...EN signal is undriven at reset because the sense of the external power supply enable is unknown By adding the high impedance state system designers may bias the power supply enable to the disabled sta...

Page 1783: ...of the two pin external power interface USBEPCRIS is shown in Figure 27 79 and described in Table 27 86 Return to Summary Table Figure 27 79 USBEPCRIS Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 1...

Page 1784: ...in external power interface USBEPCIM is shown in Figure 27 80 and described in Table 27 87 Return to Summary Table Figure 27 80 USBEPCIM Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERV...

Page 1785: ...SBEPCISC is shown in Figure 27 81 and described in Table 27 88 Return to Summary Table Figure 27 81 USBEPCISC Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10...

Page 1786: ...f the corresponding interrupt prior to masking A write has no effect USBDRRIS is shown in Figure 27 82 and described in Table 27 89 Return to Summary Table Figure 27 82 USBDRRIS Register 31 30 29 28 2...

Page 1787: ...g a bit clears the corresponding mask enabling the interrupt to be sent to the interrupt controller USBDRIM is shown in Figure 27 83 and described in Table 27 90 Return to Summary Table Figure 27 83 U...

Page 1788: ...27 84 and described in Table 27 91 Return to Summary Table Figure 27 84 USBDRISC Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED R...

Page 1789: ...must still be monitored to assure that if the Host removes VBUS the self powered Device disables the D D pullup resistors This function can be accomplished by connecting a standard GPIO to VBUS The te...

Page 1790: ...ot below AValid 2 0 V for 65 microseconds without signaling a VBUSERR interrupt in the controller Without this any glitch on VBUS would force the USB Host controller to remove power from VBUS and then...

Page 1791: ...US droop limit of 65 us USBVDCRIS is shown in Figure 27 87 and described in Table 27 94 Return to Summary Table Figure 27 87 USBVDCRIS Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED...

Page 1792: ...VBUS droop USBVDCIM is shown in Figure 27 88 and described in Table 27 95 Return to Summary Table Figure 27 88 USBVDCIM Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 1...

Page 1793: ...n Figure 27 89 and described in Table 27 96 Return to Summary Table Figure 27 89 USBVDCISC Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0...

Page 1794: ...SERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 ECNT R 0x8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 USB ULPI PHY TYPE R 0x3 R 0x1 R 0x1 R 0x1 Table 27 97 USBPP Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 16 RESERVED R...

Page 1795: ...escribed in Table 27 98 Return to Summary Table Figure 27 91 USBPC Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED ULPIEN R 0x0 R W 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED...

Page 1796: ...SERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED CLKEN CSD R 0x0 R W 0x0 R W 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED CLKDIV R 0x0 R W 0x0 Table 27 99 USBCC Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description...

Page 1797: ...ruments Incorporated Watchdog Timers Chapter 28 SLAU723A October 2017 Revised October 2018 Watchdog Timers This chapter describes the watchdog timers Topic Page 28 1 Introduction 1798 28 2 Block Diagr...

Page 1798: ...s synchronizers As a result WDT1 has a bit defined in the Watchdog Timer Control WDTCTL register to indicate when a write to a WDT1 register is complete Software can use this bit to ensure that the pr...

Page 1799: ...Watchdog Timer has been configured the Watchdog Timer Lock WDTLOCK register is written which prevents the timer configuration from being inadvertently altered by software If the timer counts down to i...

Page 1800: ...l clock must be enabled by setting the Rn bit in the Watchdog Timer Run Mode Clock Gating Control RCGCWD register see Section 4 2 85 The Watchdog Timer is configured using the following sequence 1 Loa...

Page 1801: ...TLOCK Watchdog Lock Section 28 5 8 0xFD0 WDTPeriphID4 Watchdog Peripheral Identification 4 Section 28 5 9 0xFD4 WDTPeriphID5 Watchdog Peripheral Identification 5 Section 28 5 10 0xFD8 WDTPeriphID6 Wat...

Page 1802: ...y Table Figure 28 2 WDTLOAD Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 WDTLOAD R W 0xFFFFFFFF Table 28 3 WDTLOAD Register Field Descriptions Bit Fie...

Page 1803: ...ds from the WDT1 module has no restrictions The WRC bit in the Watchdog Control WDTCTL register for WDT1 indicates that the required timing gap has elapsed This bit is cleared on a write operation and...

Page 1804: ...atchdog Reset Enable 0x0 Disabled 0x1 Enable the Watchdog module reset output Setting this bit enables the Watchdog Timer 0 INTEN R W 0x0 Watchdog Interrupt Enable 0x0 Interrupt event disabled Once th...

Page 1805: ...ws interrupts to always be serviced Thus a write at any time of the WDTICR register clears the WDTMIS register and reloads the 32 bit counter from the WDTLOAD register The WDTICR register should only...

Page 1806: ...ia this register if the controller interrupt is masked WDTRIS is shown in Figure 28 6 and described in Table 28 7 Return to Summary Table Figure 28 6 WDTRIS Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R...

Page 1807: ...og interrupt enable bit WDTMIS is shown in Figure 28 7 and described in Table 28 8 Return to Summary Table Figure 28 7 WDTMIS Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RE...

Page 1808: ...o Summary Table Figure 28 8 WDTTEST Register 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 RESERVED R 0x0 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 RESERVED R 0x0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 RESERVED STALL R 0x0 R W 0x0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 RESERVED R...

Page 1809: ...e disabled reading the WDTLOCK register returns 0x00000001 when locked otherwise the returned value is 0x00000000 when unlocked WDTLOCK is shown in Figure 28 9 and described in Table 28 10 Return to S...

Page 1810: ...2 1 0 RESERVED PID4 R 0x0 R 0x0 Table 28 11 WDTPeriphID4 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 0 PID4 R 0x0 WDT Peripheral ID Register 7 0 28 5 10 WDTPerip...

Page 1811: ...1 0 RESERVED PID6 R 0x0 R 0x0 Table 28 13 WDTPeriphID6 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 0 PID6 R 0x0 WDT Peripheral ID Register 23 16 28 5 12 WDTPeri...

Page 1812: ...RESERVED PID0 R 0x0 R 0x5 Table 28 15 WDTPeriphID0 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 0 PID0 R 0x5 Watchdog Peripheral ID Register 7 0 28 5 14 WDTPeriph...

Page 1813: ...RESERVED PID2 R 0x0 R 0x18 Table 28 17 WDTPeriphID2 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 0 PID2 R 0x18 Watchdog Peripheral ID Register 23 16 28 5 16 WDTPe...

Page 1814: ...0 RESERVED CID0 R 0x0 R 0xD Table 28 19 WDTPCellID0 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 0 CID0 R 0xD Watchdog PrimeCell ID Register 7 0 28 5 18 WDTPCellI...

Page 1815: ...RESERVED CID2 R 0x0 R 0x6 Table 28 21 WDTPCellID2 Register Field Descriptions Bit Field Type Reset Description 31 8 RESERVED R 0x0 7 0 CID2 R 0x6 Watchdog PrimeCell ID Register 23 16 28 5 20 WDTPCell...

Page 1816: ...in Section 7 2 3 5 Execute Only Protection 540 Updated Figure 9 2 AES ECB Feedback Mode 664 Updated Figure 9 5 AES CFB Feedback Mode 665 Updated Figure 9 7 AES XTS Operation 667 Corrected the enum 0h...

Page 1817: ...e resources are subject to change without notice TI grants you permission to use these resources only for development of an application that uses the TI products described in the resource Other reprod...

Reviews:

No comments

Related manuals for SimpleLink Ethernet MSP432E401Y

CAME Z Series Technical Documentation Manual preview
Z Series
Brand: CAME Pages: 16
Ultrak KEGS5000 User Manual preview
KEGS5000
Brand: Ultrak Pages: 41
Zander Aachen ZX Series Quick Start Manual preview
ZX Series
Brand: Zander Aachen Pages: 10
OEG KMS Manual preview
KMS
Brand: OEG Pages: 168
easydriver Pro Installation And Instruction Manual preview
Pro
Brand: easydriver Pages: 26
Calsense CS3000 Quick Start Manual preview
CS3000
Brand: Calsense Pages: 10
Eaton A201 Instruction Leaflet preview
A201
Brand: Eaton Pages: 6
Newport MM4005 User Manual preview
MM4005
Brand: Newport Pages: 417
Bender CC613-H Series Manual preview
CC613-H Series
Brand: Bender Pages: 28
Adaptec ACB-2310 Installation Manual preview
ACB-2310
Brand: Adaptec Pages: 2
KBR multicomp F144-MS-1V1C1TI6RO-3 User Manual preview
multicomp F144-MS-1V1C1TI6RO-3
Brand: KBR Pages: 68
DROPSA VIP5 Quick Start Manual preview
VIP5
Brand: DROPSA Pages: 29
Cruisair TWLC User Manual preview
TWLC
Brand: Cruisair Pages: 30
ETI PFC 12 RS User And Service Manual preview
PFC 12 RS
Brand: ETI Pages: 14
WAGO 750-8202/040-000 Manual preview
750-8202/040-000
Brand: WAGO Pages: 418
Parker P3HPA Series Manual preview
P3HPA Series
Brand: Parker Pages: 22
Coremorrow Modular E70 Series User Manual preview
Modular E70 Series
Brand: Coremorrow Pages: 14
Lennox M0STAT61Q-1 Installation & Operation Instructions preview
M0STAT61Q-1
Brand: Lennox Pages: 12

Brands by name

Popular brands

Load more brands